xvEPA
          United States
          Environmental Protection
          Agency
          Industrial Environmental
          Research Laboratory
          Research Triangle Park,
          NC 27711
EPA-600/8-80-007
January 1980
          Research and Development
Environmental Assessment
Data Systems

User Guide

Fine  Particle
Emissions
Information System
EADS  FPEIS

-------
                   RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series.  These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental  technology.   Elimination  of traditional grouping was  consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT series.  Reports  in this series result from the
effort funded  under the 17-agency Federal Energy/Environment Research and
Development Program.  These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
tems.  The goal of the Program is  to assure the rapid development  of domestic
energy supplies in an  environmentally compatible manner by  providing the nec-
essary environmental data and control technology.  Investigations include analy-
ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their health and ecological
effects;  assessments of, and development of,  control technologies  for  energy
systems; and integrated assessments of a wide range of energy-related environ-
mental issues.
                         EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for publication.   Approval  does not signify that the contents necessarily  reflect
the views  and policies of the Government, nor does  mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute  endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                                EPA-600/8-80-007
                                                   January 1980
 Environmental Assessment Data Systems
                      User Guide:
Fine Particle Emissions  Information System
       J. P. Reider, Editor
     Midwest Research Institute
      425 Volker Boulevard
    Kansas City, Missouri 64110
     R. J. Larkin, Editor
    Acurex Corporation
Energy & Environmental Divison
     485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
                          Prepared for
                EPA Project Officer — Gary L. Johnson
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 Office of Research and Development
              Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                  Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

                   Contract Nos. 68-02-2641; 2699

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER

       This report has been reviewed by the Industrial Environmental
Research Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and approved
for publication.  Mention of trade names or commercial products does not
constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                     11

-------
This page contains the publication and revision record of the FPEIS User
Guide.  The current revision status  is indicated  by  the Schedule of
Document Control.  As the guide is revised, the affected pages  are dated.
Changes and additions to the guide are shown  by vertical lines  in the
margins.  A bar near the page number  indicates new pagination rather than
change of content.  New pages are indicated by a  dot  near the page number.
                        SCHEDULE OF DOCUMENT CONTROL
  Revision
                    Description
  June 1976

  June 1978

  May 1980
Original printing.

Reissue.

Reissue.  This version entirely replaces  and
  supercedes the previous editions.

-------
                                  PREFACE

       In the course of fulfilling its charter, EPA performs multimedia
environmental assessments of stationary sources of pollution and conducts
R&D programs to develop and demonstrate feasible control technology.  Such
programs generate voluminous data, often according to different reporting
protocols and sampling and analysis practices.  The Environmental
Assessment Data Systems (EADS) have been developed to consolidate the
results of these programs and others into one comprehensive information
system.  The EADS is also designed to provide uniformity in reporting
protocols and to supply current information and methods for analyzing data.
       The EADS is composed of four waste stream data bases and a number
of reference and support data bases.  The waste stream data bases include
the Fine Particle Emissions Information System  (FPEIS), the Gaseous
Emissions Data System (GEDS), the Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS),  and
the Solid Discharge Data System (SDDS).  The FPEIS was the  original  data
base in EADS, having become operational in 1977, and is now a mature
system containing data from hundreds of stationary sources  and serving  the
needs of a diverse user community.  The GEDS, LEDS, and SDDS were initiated
in 1978 and  are now operational.  The  original  FPEIS has concurrently been
redesigned to conform to the requirements of expanded multimedia testing,
although existing data in FPEIS will continue  to be available  to the user.
                                     111

-------
       A complete set of EADS documentation includes six publications —
one User Guide for each of the four waste stream data bases, a Terminology
Reference Manual, and a Systems Overview Manual.  This document, the FPEIS
User Guide, gives instructions for the encoding of FPEIS data sets and
defines procedures for submitting and retrieving data.  It also describes
available software packages for analysis of FPEIS data.
                                     IV

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                              Page

   1      INTRODUCTION  	    1.0-1

   2      DATA BASE DESCRIPTION	    2.0-1

          2.0  FPEIS Structure	    2.0-1
          2.1  FPEIS Organization and Contents  	    2.1-1

          2.1.1  Source and Test Series Related Information . .  .    2.1-1
          2.1.2  Control Device and Stream Design Conditions  .  .    2.1-6
          2.1.3  Test Operating Conditions	    2.1-6
          2.1.4  Sampling Activity Information  	    2.1-7

   3      DATA ACQUISTION AND ORGANIZATION  	    3.0-1

          3.0  Introduction	    3.0-1
          3.1  How to Build a Test Series	    3.1-1
          3.2  Data Input Form Structure	    3.2-1
          3.3  Structure Application Example   	    3.3-1
          3.4  Special Encoding Considerations  	    3.4-1

          3.4.1  Multimedia Test Series	    3.4-1
          3.4.2  Multiple Control Devices 	    3.4-2
          3.4.3  Parallel or Series Control Devices  	    3.4-2
          3.4.4  Fuels and Feedstocks	    3.4-2
          3.4.5  Data Accuracy and Quality	    3.4-3
          3.4.6  Source Assessment Sampling System   	    3.4-4
          3.4.7  Effluent Characteristics 	    3.4-5
          3.4.8  Reporting of Chemical Analysis Results  	    3.4-5
          3.4.9  Reporting of Radionuclide Data 	    3.4-10
          3.4.10 Bioassay Results  	  ...    3.4-10

          3.5  Fine Particle Data Reduction System	    3.5-1

   4      ENCODING  INSTRUCTIONS FOR FPEIS DATA INPUT FORMS   .  .  .    4.0-1

          4.0  General Rules	    4.0-1
          4.1  Labor  Saving Features   	    4.1-1

          4.1.1  Repetitive Data Feature	    4.1-1
          4.1.2  Control Device and Design Parameters 	    4.1-4
          4.1.3  Operating Parameter Serial Number   	    4.1-4

          4.2  Encoding  Instructions   	    4.2-1

    5      DATA SUBMITTAL	    5.0-1

          5.0  Introduction	     5.0-1
          5.1  Data  Input  Form  Processing	     5.1-1

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section                                                              Page

          5.2  Submittal  Procedures 	     5.2-1
          5.3  Review and Corrective Action Procedures  	     5.3-1
          5.4  EDIT/LOAD  Programs 	     5.4-1

          5.4.1  EDIT Program	     5.4-1
          5.4.2  LOAD Program	     5.4-3

   6      DATA RETRIEVAL	     6.0-1

          6.0  Introduction	     6.0-1
          6.1  Data Retrieval Using the Program Library 	     6.1-1
          6.2  Special Data Retrieval  Requests  	     6.2-1
          6.3  Key/Non-key Data Elements	     6.3-1
          6.4  On-Line Request Procedures 	     6.4-1
          6.5  NCC  User Qualifications and Services
               Registration 	     6.5-1

          6.5.1  Registration Procedures  	     6.5-1
          6.5.2  User ID  and Password	     6.5-5

          6.6  Interactive Terminal Operation 	     6.6-1

          6.6.1  Initiating a Demand Processing Session 	     6.6-4
          6.6.2  Terminating a Demand  Processing Session  ....     6.6-8
          6.6.3  Accessing the EADS	     6.6-9

          6.7  Remote Batch Terminal Operation  	     6.7-1

          6.7.1  Initiating a Remote Batch Processing Session .  .     6.7-3
          6.7.2  Terminating a Remote  Batch Processing
                 Session	     6.7-3

          6.8  EADS User  Support	     6.8-1

   7      PROGRAM LIBRARY 	     7.0-1

          7.0  Introduction	     7.0-1
          7.1  SERIES Report	     7.1-1

          7.1.1  Applicability	     7.1-1
          7.1.2  Abstract	     7.1-1
          7.1.3  User Data Required	     7.1-2
          7.1.4  Data Qualification Required  	     7.1-2
          7.1.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.1-2
          7.1.6  Functional Description	     7.1-2
          7.1.7  User Instructions  —  Demand	     7.1-2
          7.1.8  User Instructions  —  Batch	     7.1-4

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Section                                                              Page

          7.1.9  Sample Demand Runs	     7.1-5
          7.1.10 Sample SERIES Report 	     7.1-5

          7.2  Chemical Search Program (CHEM-SEARCH)   	     7.2-1

          7.2.1  Applicability	     7.2-1
          7.2.2  Abstract	     7.2-1
          7.2.3  User Data Required	     7.2-2
          7.2.4  Data Qualification Required	     7.2-2
          7.2.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.2-2
          7.2.6  Functional Description 	     7.2-2
          7.2.7  User Instructions — Demand	     7.2-2
          7.2.8  User Instructions — Batch	     7.2-5
          7.2.9  Sample Demand Runs	     7.2-7
          7.2.10 Sample Batch Runs  	     7.2-13

          7.3  Series Summary Information Program (SNAP-SHOT) . .     7.3-1

          7.3.1  Applicability	     7.3-1
          7.3.2  Abstract	     7.3-1
          7.3.3  User Data Required	     7.3-2
          7.3.4  Data Qualification Required  	     7.3-3
          7.3.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.3-3
          7.3.6  Functional Description 	     7.3-3
          7.3.7  User Instructions -- Demand	     7.3-3
          7.3.8  User Instructions — Batch	     7.3-6
          7.3.9  Sample Demand Runs	     7.3-8
          7.3.10 Sample Batch Runs  	     7.3-9
          7.3.11 Sample Output  	     7.3-9

          7.4  Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH) 	     7.4-1

          7.4.1  Applicability	     7.4-1
          7.4.2  Abstract	     7.4-1
          7.4.3  User Data Required	     7.4-1
          7.4.4  Data Qualification Required  	     7.4-2
          7.4.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.4-2
          7.4.6  Functional Description  	    7.4-2
          7.4.7  User  Instructions — Demand	     7.4-2
          7.4.8  User  Instructions — Batch	    7.4-4
          7.4.9  Sample Demand Runs	    7.4-6
          7.4.10 Sample Batch Runs   	    7.4-9

          7.5  Radiological Search Program  (RAD-SEARCH)  	    7.5-1

          7.5.1  Applicability	    7.5-1
          7.5.2  Abstract	    7.5-1
          7.5.3  User  Data Required	    7.5-1
          7.5.4  Data  Qualification Required  	    7.5-1
                                     vii

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS (Concluded)

Section                                                              Page

          7.5.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.5-2
          7.5.6  Functional  Description  	     7.5-2
          7.5.7  User Instructions — Demand	     7.5-2
          7.5.8  User Instructions — Batch	     7.5-4
          7.5.9  Sample Demand Runs	     7.5-6
          7.5.10 Sample Batch Runs  	     7.5-8

          7.6  Control  Technology Search Program
               (CONTROL-SEARCH) 	     7.6-1

          7.6.1  Applicability	     7.6-1
          7.6.2  Abstract	     7.6-1
          7.6.3  User Data Required	     7.6-1
          7.6.4  Data Qualification Required  	     7.6-1
          7.6.5  Limitations/Restrictions 	     7.6-2
          7.6.6  Functional  Description  	     7.6-2
          7.6.7  User Instructions -- Demand	     7.6-2
          7.6.8  User Instructions -- Batch	     7.6-5
          7.6.9  Sample Demand Runs	     7.6-6
          7.6.10 Sample Batch Runs  	     7.6-10

          7.7  Cascade  Impactor Data Reduction  System  (CIDRS)  .  .     7.7-1

          APPENDIX
                                   vm

-------
                           LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure                                                               Page
  2-1     EADS Structure	    2.0-5
  2-2     Waste Stream Data Base Structure	    2.1-4
  2-3     Organic Extract Summary Table 	    2.1-9
  3-1     Waste Stream Data Base Structure and Contents 	    3.1-2
  3-2     Forms Ordering	    3.2-3
  3-3     Data Structure — Coal-Fired Power Plant  	    3.3-3
  3-4     Source Assessment Sampling System 	    3.4-7
  3-5     Use of CIDRS	    3.5-3
  4-1     Repetitive Data Feature Structure 	    4.1-2
  5-1     Sample Data Submittal Letter  	    5.2-2
  5-2     Sample Data Submittal Acknowledgement Letter  	    5.2-3
  5-3     QA Procedure	    5.3-2
  5-4     Sample EDIT Output	    5.4-5
  6-1     NCC Application	    6.5-2
  6-2     Request for Batch Terminal Support Form  	    6.7-2

-------
                              LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                Page
 2-1     FPEIS Data Elements and Their Levels	      2.1-2
 3-1     Source Sampling Log — Coal-Fired Power Plant 	      3.3-2
 3-2     Response Ranges for Ranking of Various Biotests ....      3.4-12
 4-1     Engineering Units 	      4.2-36
 4-2     Conversion Factors to Metric Units  	      4.2-38
 6-1     List of Key Data Elements	      6.3-2
 6-2     Remote Interface Control  Statements 	      6.6-5
 6-3     NCC Demand Access Telephone Numbers 	      6.6-7
 6-4     NCC Remote Batch Access Telephone Numbers  	      6.7-4

-------
                                  CONTACTS
EADS Program Manager
EADS Technical Staff

  Gaseous Emissions Data
  System, Liquid Effluents
  Data System
Gary L. Johnson (MD-63)
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
919-541-2745
Barbara S. Ballard
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California  94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019
  Fine Particle Emissions
  Information System, Solid
  Discharge Data System
  Software
                              or
Robert J. Lark in
Acurex Corporation
485 Clyde Avenue
Mountain View, California 94042
415-964-3200, Extension 3019

J. Patrick Reider
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, Missouri  64110
816-753-7600

Nick Young
Acurex Corporation
Route 1, Box 423
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
919-781-9704
                                     XI

-------
                                 SECTION 1
                                INTRODUCTION

       The Environmental Assessment Data Systems (EADS) are a group of
independent computerized data bases which are interlinked to provide
common accessibility to data produced by a variety of EPA projects.
EPA-IERL/RTP's Environmental Assessment (EA) programs are expected to be
heavy contributors and users.  Accordingly, the EADS has been structured
in a manner such that EA data can easily be transferred to the input
forms.  However, the structure is flexible and comprehensive enough so
that data from virtually any pollutant sampling and analysis protocol
could be included.  The EADS is intended to accept data from either energy
systems or industrial processes.  Often times these data are multimedia in
nature.  Emissions could be fine particles, gases, liquids, solids, or any
combination all coming from the same industrial source.  Because pollution
controls are developed on a media-by-media and pollutant-by-pollutant basis,
EADS is composed of media-specific data base systems.  They are the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System (FPEIS), the Gaseous Emissions Data
System (GEDS), the Liquid Effluents Data System (LEDS), and the Solid
Discharge Data System (SDDS).  This User Guide will instruct in the use of the
FPEIS.  There are companion User Guides for the other  data bases  (GEDS User
Guide, EPA 600/8-80-006, January 1980; LEDS User Guide, EPA 600/8-80-008,
January 1980; SDDS User Guide, EPA-600/8-80-009, January 1980).
                                     1.0-1

-------
        While independent, the four data bases are very similar in structure
 and are interlinked.   Interlinking is necessary to enable a control strategy
 analyst or an R&D program planner to select the most environmentally acceptable
 control methods on a  systems basis.   When one considers the objectives and
 scope of today's investigative and iterative environmental studies, it is easy
 to  see why interlinking  is  necessary.   Environmental Assessments, for example,
 are intended to determine comprehensive multimedia environmental  loadings and
 compare them to existing  emissions and  ambient standards.   Resulting health,
 ecological  and  environmental  effects,  and cross-media impacts and trade-offs
 are also  assessed.  It is necessary  and useful to examine  and compare
 emissions  across  all media  from  a specific  source.
        For  example, to evaluate  the  total environmental  impact of a flue gas
 scrubber  installation on  a  coal-fired boiler,  you would  need  to sample and
 analyze a  variety of effluent  streams from  different media.   Among  these might
 be  the  boiler bottom ash, the  flue gas  into and  out  of  the scrubber,  and the
 liquid  slurry produced from the  scrubber  treatment of the  flue gas.   These
 would be solid,  gaseous and  liquid effluents,  respectively, all from one
 source.  The EADS  (FPEIS, 6EDS,  LEDS, and SDDS)  is designed to characterize
 these emissions  by providing  data  on the  factors  affecting their  generation,
modification, sampling, measurement, and  analysis.   The  data  base system is
 designed so  that  one can  encode  and  retrieve  information regarding  a  specific
 test, a specific  source,   a  specific control device or treatment process,  and  a
 specific pollutant, as well  as a  large  array of other data elements  that  may
 be of interest  to the user.
       The EADS can accommodate partial data.  The number  of  parameters
measured in a test depends  upon the objectives of the testing  program.   It  is
possible that certain source tests will not have  all the data  which  the  EADS
                                    1.0-2

-------
is designed to contain, nor is the EADS intended to suggest or dictate the
details of a test program.  For example, in a given testing program, all the
tests may be made at only the inlet or outlet, and the chemical analysis or
bioassay results may or may not be conducted.  It is also likely that some of
the control technology design and operating parameters may not be reported.
Even if there are missing data, the available data will be of use and should
be reported.
       Reading this manual may suggest that EAOS is bound, even constricted,
by numerous operational rules.  In any computerized system there must be
rules; once understood, they facilitate the job of data encoding.   It must be
stressed, nevertheless, that flexibility has been built into EADS.  This will
be shown in succeeding sections of this User Guide.
       Data from sources or sites for which the company name,  location, etc.,
are or should remain confidential can also be accommodated.  The encoding  of
data from confidential sources is discussed in Section 4 of this User Guide
and the EADS Systems Overview Manual (EPA-600/8-80-005, January  1980).
       The FPEIS system contains industrial or energy process  source emissions
test data and related  source and control system design and operating data.  It
attempts to comprehensively describe the fine particle emissions at the point
from which the particulate sample is collected from the gas stream.  General
groups or categories of information include source characteristics, discharge
stream characteristics, control device or treatment process information,
process conditions, test  information, analyses of the fuels and  feedstocks,
sampling activity  information, inorganic and  organic  chemical  analyses,
radionuclide analyses, and bioassay results.  Each group  of information
includes a number  of related data elements, each of which  is  a unique  variable
essential for the  description of the source tested.
                                    1.0-3

-------
        A uniform protocol  for units and terminology has been developed along
 with standard data input forms,  output report formats and analytical
 software.   Each  data  element  in  the system has been defined in detail  for
 clarity.   These  standards  and definitions  will allow all  data in the  system to
 be  stored  or  retrieved  on  a common  basis.
        The FPEIS has  been  implemented  at the Environmental  Protection  Agency
 (EPA) National Computer  Center (NCC)  at Research  Triangle Park,  on  the UNIVAC
 1100 computer, using  SYSTEM 2000®.   SYSTEM 2000® is a data base
management system  developed by the  Commercial  Systems Division of INTEL,  Inc.
 It will provide  users with  a  virtually unlimited  potential  for data analysis.
, ,		     include  sorting,  comparing,  and  retrieving
 information from the FPEIS  data  base  in a  variety of arrangements.
        There  are two companion documents to  the FPEIS User  Guide: the  EADS
Systems Overview Manual  (EPA-600/8-80-005, January  1980)  and the EADS
Terminology Reference Manual  (EPA-600/8-80-011, February  1980).   A  complete
set  of  EADS documentation would  include User  Guides for the liquid, gaseous
and  solid  discharge data bases (LEDS,  GEDS and SDDS,  respectively)  as  well.
The  EADS Systems Overview Manual contains  a broad-based description of the
purposes and  scope of the EADS,  a discussion  of its organization, and
descriptions of  the EADS reference  data bases  and user  software.  The  EADS
Terminology Reference Manual  is  a general reference manual  on  the terminology
used to enter and retrieve  information  from the EADS waste  stream data bases.
These manuals are designed with  discrete segments for major  sections and
subsections.  As changes, additions, and expansions  of  the  system and  the
informational capabilities  are made, the manuals will be  updated  as
appropriate.
                                     1.0-4

-------
       Section 2 describes the structure, organization and contents of the
FPEIS.  Section 3 demonstrates an application of a sampling activity to the
FPEIS structure and how data should be organized for an encoding effort.
Encoding instructions are given in Section 4.  Section 5 describes procedures
required after data has been encoded and is being submitted for inclusion in
the FPEIS.  Section 6 describes the steps for on- and off-line data
retrievals.  User output analysis packages are enumerated in Section 7 —
Program Library.  Users should become thoroughly familiar with the contents of
this document before attempting to encode data.
                                     1.0-5

-------
                                 SECTION 2
                           DATA BASE DESCRIPTION

2.0    FPEIS STRUCTURE
       The discussion in this section is intended to introduce the new
EADS user to the data base.  The main objective is to familiarize the user
with the fundamental structural components of the data base and how they
are assembled to form a structural hierarchy.  While this User Guide is
for FPEIS only, the user should realize that each of the four data bases
that comprise EADS (GEDS, FPEIS, LEDS and SDDS) are structured in an
identical manner.  Naturally, though, certain data elements will be
specific to one media only.  Consequently there will be detail differences
between data bases, but not structural differences.
       The structure of the FPEIS data base presents and organizes a
comprehensive set of data which describes the conduct, techniques,
conditions and results of stationary source emission sampling and analysis
activities.  Each variable or bit of data or information concerning the
source test is defined as a data element.  The completeness of information
for any given source test within the data base is  limited only by the
completeness of the test report or  original test data from which the FPEIS
input was derived.
       Before continuing on  in this  section, the user should  become
familiar with certain terms used throughout the  EADS documents.  These
                                    2.0-1

-------
terms form the structure upon which all of the  EADS waste  stream  data
bases are based.  Many of the terms will probably be familiar, but others
such as "test" may, in the context of EADS, have definitions that are
slightly different from the typical definition.  In order  to maintain the
integrity of the EADS data, it is imperative that these definitions are
understood and properly used.
       media —    Used in reference to an effluent stream from a
                   stationary source.  May be either fine particle,
                   gaseous, liquid, or solid.
       source —   A source may be either an industrial or energy
                   conversion  facility.   It is the origin of one or more
                   multimedia  effluent streams.  An oil refinery and a
                   coal-fired  powerplant would each be examples of a
                   source.
       stream ~    Any multimedia effluent discharging to the environment
                   from a stationary source.
       control  device/treatment  process  —  A device or process  designed to
                   remove or treat a specific pollutant or pollutants from
                   an  effluent  stream.
       control  system  —  Frequently a discharge stream is controlled by a
                   number of control  devices  which  may be in either a
                   series or parallel  arrangement.   The total  group of
                   control  devices on  that  stream is  referred  to  as the
                   control  system.
                                  2.0-2

-------
level —•     A data base structural term used to differentiate
            groupings of data within the data base.   The EADS
            contains four structural levels:  the test series
            level, the stream design level, the test operating
            level, and the sample level.
test series -- Taken in its broadest context, a test series
            designates the sampling activities performed at a
            single source over a specified period of time (usually
            continuous) with a specific control system employed.
test --     A set of various types of samples taken to characterize
            a source waste stream(s) under one set of source and
            control device/treatment process operating conditions.
sample —   The measurement or group of measurements taken with a
            single measurement method or instrument to describe the
            composition of a stream at a given point in time and at
            a specific location.
component — Frequently a measurement instrument can be separated
            into two or more components, each of which contains a
            sample which may be analyzed separately or combined.  For
            example, an Andersen Mark III impactor collects a sample
            on eight stages.  Stages one through four could be
            combined into one sample while stages five through eight
            could be combined into  a second  sample.  Each sample
            would then be referred  to as a component and analyzed
            separately.  On the other hand,  if each individual  stage
            was analyzed separately, each stage would then be
            considered, in EADS terminology, a component.
                            2.0-3

-------
        Several  data elements  or  information  items  are  required  to
 adequately  describe the  groups of  information  which  are  contained within
 the FPEIS.  These  groups  are  discussed  in  the  EADS Systems  Overview  Manual
 and  in  greater  detail  in  this section.   Also,  the  reader might  wish  to
 refer  to  the  Data  Base Definition  (a  computer  listing  of all  data
 elements) and the  Data Base Tree (a graphical  presentation  of the major
 groups  of information  contained  in the  data  base)  in Appendix A.2.   From
 an organizational  standpoint, the various  data elements  are grouped  in one
 of four levels:  the test  series level,  the  stream design level,  the test
 operating level, and the  sample  level.   These  levels and their
 relationship  are shown in  Figure 2-1.
       The  term "test  series  level" is  used  to designate the  uppermost
 level  in the  data  base structure.  This  is where source  description  data
 are contained.  A  single  "test series"  is  composed of  all data  in the four
 structural  levels, the first  of which has  been designated the "test  series
 level".  A  test series designates the sampling activities performed  at a
 single site over a specified  period of  time  (usually continuous)  with a
 specific control system employed.  Each  test series is assigned a unique
 Test Series Number (TSN) which can always be used  to identify that data.
 It is possible that certain tests may involve  changes  to the  process  which
may make the use of multiple  test series more  appropriate.  This  is
entirely at the discretion of the encoder.  The encoder  should do whatever
 seems most convenient  and  logical.  The  following  examples will illustrate
this point.
       Suppose a utility boiler is tested under two sets of particulate
control techniques; first  a baghouse with woven glass  bags and one with
felt Orion bags.  One test is performed  using  each control technique
                                   2.0-4

-------
                                               Source
                                                                    Test
                                                                    Series
                                                                    Level
                               Stream 1
                                               Stream 2
                                                        Stream
                                                        Design
                                                        Level
o
en
            Tesfl
 Test 2
      Te«t3
Testl
Test 2
Test
Operating
Lever
           Sample 2
Sample 1
Sample 1
                                                                                                     Sample
                                                                                                     Level
'Each test could be at a different process (source) operating condition.
                                          Figure 2-1.   EADS structure.

-------
 individually.  The encoder would  probably find  it  most  convenient to
 assign  a  unique Test  ID Number  to each  test  within one  test  series,  rather
 than  assigning each test  to  a separate  test  series.   Because these two
 control techniques do  not have  appreciable design  differences,  there is no
 reason  to call them different control systems,  and thus assign  them to
 different test series.  Now  suppose  a utility boiler  is equipped  with  an
 electrostatic precipitator and  a  venturi  scrubber,  each of which  is  shut
 down  while the other  is tested.   Because  design  conditions of the two
 control systems are now different, it would  be more  appropriate to assign
 those control types to two different test series rather than two  tests
 within  one test series.
        The level following the  test  series level is  the stream  design
 level.  Here, each waste  stream that has  been sampled during the  test
 series  is fully described with regard to  design  parameters.   These include
 control device(s)/treatment  process  design parameters as  well  as  stream
 parameters (i.e.,  flowrate,  temperature,  pressure,  etc.).  Being  design
 data, the information at this level will  not change within a test series,
 barring, of course, any physical  changes  to  the  process,  ductwork,  or
 control device.  This is a highly unlikely situation.   It is important to
 keep  in mind the meaning of  a control device/treatment  process.   Fine
 particle,  gaseous, and liquid waste  streams  have control  devices  to  reduce
 emissions.  Examples include ESP's, SCL scrubbers,  and  waste water
 clarifiers.  Solid discharge streams do not, however, have control  devices
 per se.  They are "controlled" rather by  treatment,  storage  or  recovery
processes which in some manner decrease the pollutant burden on the
 environment.   Hence, the terminology, Control Device/Treatment/Storage/
Recovery Process.
                                   2.0-6

-------
       Following the stream design level is the test operating level.  As
the name implies, operating data for each test is defined here.  Source
operating data, such as operating mode and feed material rate, and control
device/treatment process operating data are included.  Here also, the
fuels and feedstocks to the process are completely characterized.  A test
is broadly defined as a set of various types of samples (e.g., SASS train
with cyclones, impactor, impinger train, filter, etc.) taken to
characterize a source waste stream(s) under one set of source and control
device/treatment process operating conditions.  Occasionally engineering
judgement needs to be used when, for example, source operating conditions
may change during a test.  A decision needs to be made regarding the
effect of the change on the emissions being tested.  If it  is  deemed an
insignificant change then the encoder may designate the test as one  test.
However, if the source operating change could appreciably alter the
quality or quantity of emissions, then the encoder should create multiple
tests, one for each source condition and each containing samples taken
during that particular operating condition.
       The fourth level in the EADS structure is the sample level.   All
details for each discrete sample taken  during a  test are contained here.
This includes measurement equipment particulars, measured stream
conditions at the sampling location, and complete  physical, chemical,
radionuclide and bioassay analysis data.
       This level contains a "component" feature which  enables one  to
report data with respect to a measurement  instrument component.   For
example, the Source Assessment Sampling  System  (SASS)  is  a  measurement
instrument with multiple components that collect different  compounds
simultaneously.  The SASS train  is the  recommended EPA  environmental
                                    2.0-7

-------
 assessment measurement  instrument  for  gaseous  streams  which may  contain
 fine particles.  Complete detailed information  on  the  SASS can be  found  in
 "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual:  Level  1  Environmental Assessment (Second
 Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978.  The SASS train has a set  of
 three cyclones followed by a filter which classifies fine particles in a
 gas stream according to size.  Each cyclone and the filter may be  analyzed
 as a separate component or they may be  combined and analyzed  in  some
 combination, depending  on the purpose  of the test.  Simultaneously, other
 components collect gaseous organic material and volatile trace elements.
 Typically, each SASS component is  subjected separately to a variety of
 analyses.  EADS is designed to accommodate the  data resulting from such  an
 arrangement.  Be sure,  however, to encode this  data in the correct data
 base.  Even though the  SASS is one sampling train, it  produces data on
 fine particles and gaseous pollutants.  Thus, the  fine particle  data  would
 be in FPEIS, with the cyclones and filter being  the components,  and the
 organic and trace element data collected from the  organic module and
 impinger components would be in 6EDS.  FPEIS contains  fine particle data
 and 6EDS contains gaseous data.  While this procedure  may seem confusing
while encoding data, it will facilitate data output requests.
       Looking again at Figure 2-1, it is easy  to  see  the flexibility of the
 data base structure.  Each test series includes  information and  data  from one
stationary source in a given time  period with one  particular source/control
system.   Each source, however,  can contain any  number  of effluent  streams in
any media.   The data system is  capable of accommodating as many  particulate
 laden gaseous emissions streams as are tested.   In the same manner, each
stream is likely to be tested a number of times  under  a variety  of source and
control  device operating conditions.  Again, the data  system will  accommodate
                                     2.0-8

-------
information from any number of tests performed on each emissions stream.
Frequently an emissions stream is sampled with a variety of measurement
methods under each set of source/control operating conditions.  The data
system will accommodate information from any number of samples obtained during
each test on each stream.  The EADS will contain many test series each
structured in a similar manner.
       When making a decision whether or not to submit data to EADS, the user
should not let the amount of data enter into his or her decision.  EADS will
accept a test series of any size, regardless of the number of effluent
streams, tests, or samples.  The primary decision criteria should be the
perceived value or usefulness of the data to the user community.  This
decision should be a mutual one between the contractor and his project
officer.  Guidance may also be sought from the EADS technical staff.
                                      2.0-9

-------
2.1    FPEIS ORGANIZATION AND CONTENTS
       As one can see from the previous discussion, the FPEIS data base
structure contains four levels.  These levels are simply an organizational
tool — enabling the data to be arranged in a manner which is logical from
the user's viewpoint.  Each level contains specific types or groups of
data.  Table 2-1 shows the relationship between these general groups of
information and the contents in each group, while the data base structure
is shown in Figure 2-2.  The data are grouped into the following general
categories:  (a) general source description and related information; (b)
design conditions and parameters of the effluent stream and of the control
device or treatment/storage/recovery process; (c) test operating
information including analyses of any fuels and feedstocks;  (d) sampling
activity information including chemical, physical, radionuclide, and
bioassay analysis results.
2.1.1  Source and Test Series Related Information
       This group of data elements identifies the stationary  source  that
was  tested, the source location, and the origin of the data which  comprise
the  test series.  To enable a general grouping of sources  to  be made and
to facilitate computer searches of particular  source types,  each source  is
to be  described using  appropriate terms from the EADS  Source  Classification
System.  The NEDS Source Classification Codes  (SCC) were  formerly  used
with the FPEIS, but  to enhance flexibility,  they have  been replaced  by the
EADS system.  The NEDS SCC  system had proved to be  too cumbersome  and
archaic  and had contained  terminology unfamiliar to users of environmental
data.  The  EADS system contains more familiar  source  terminology and,  in
addition,  contains  a reference to the SIC  code  (Standard  Industrial
Classification Manual, Executive Office of the  President  — Office of
                                    2.1-1

-------
                                                     TABLE  2-1.    FPEIS  DATA  ELEMENTS AND  THEIR  LEVELS
                       Test  Series Level
                                               Stream Design Level
                                            Test Operating Level
                                                                                                                                         Sample Level
ro
 i
ro
A.  Source Description

    Source category
    Source type
    Product/device type
    SIC code
    Process type
    Design process rate and units
    Feed material category
    Source name
    Site name and address
    6EDS, SODS, and LEDS TSN's
    Series start and finish dates
    Sponsor organization
    Contract number
    TO/TO number
    Name of sampling group/contractor
    Reference title, author,  number,
      publication date, and NTIS
      number

B.  Test Series Comments
C.  Stream Characteristics (Design)

    Flowrate and units
    Velocity
    Temperature
    Pressure
    Moisture content
    Stack height
    Stream name
    Comments

0.  Control Device or Treatment
    Process

    Generic device/process type
    Design type
    Specific process/device type
    Device/process class
    Commercial name
    Manufacturer
    Device/process keywords
    Design parameters analysis
E.  Test Identification

    Date
    Start and end  times
    Operating mode
    Percent design capacity
    Device operating  parameters
    Comments

F.  Fuels and Feedstocks

    Source feed material,  feed
      rate and units
    Sample mass and units
    Laboratory name and  approval
    Feed sample volume and units
    Proximate analysis
    Ultimate analysis
    Physical characteristics
    Inorganic and  organic
      analysis
    Comments
H.  Sampling Activity Description

    Measurement  instrument/method
    Start time and  duration
    Measured stream:
       Flowrate
       Velocity
       Temperature
       Pressure
       Moisture  content
       Density
    Density determination
    Sample volume
    Flowrate measurement method
    Sample mass  and units
    Sampling location description
    Instrument temperature,  pressure,
      and flow rate
    Percent Isokinetic
    C02, CO, 03  and N2
    Particle diameter basis
    Particle concentration basis
    Upper boundary diameter
    Calibration/calculation
    Trace gases
    Collection surface/substrate
    Comments
                                                                                                                                  Comi
                                                                                                                                  Hit)
                                                                                                                      onent  of  Sampling Measurement
                                                                                                                                  Component name
                                                                                                                                  Stage/filter cut size
                                                                                                                                  Stage weight or concentration
                                                                                                                                  Chemical analysis laboratory name
                                                                                                                                  Chemical lab approval
                                                                                                                                  Radionuclide lab approval
                                                                                                                                  Component aliquot mass/volume and
                                                                                                                                    units
                                                                                                                                  Effluent characteristics
                                                                                                                                    Parameter
                                                                                                                                    Value and units
                                                                                                                                    Analysis method
                                                                                                                                    Detection limits
                                                                                                                                  Comnents

-------
                                             TABLE  2-1.      Concluded
Test Series Level
Stream Design Level
Test Operating  Level
                                                                                                        Simple Level
                                                                                             L.   Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level 1 or 2
                                                                                                 Organic Analysis

                                                                                                 Species
                                                                                                 Analysis method
                                                                                                 Detection limits
                                                                                                 Total milligrams recovered
                                                                                                 Concentration
                                                                                                 Comments

                                                                                             M.   Level 1 or 2 Organic Analysis

                                                                                                 Fraction ID
                                                                                                 TCO
                                                                                                 Grav
                                                                                                 Species
                                                                                                 Analysis method
                                                                                                 Detection limits
                                                                                                 Intensity
                                                                                                 Concentration
                                                                                                 Comments

                                                                                             R.   Radionuclide Data

                                                                                                 Radionuclide ID
                                                                                                 Analytical  method
                                                                                                 Detection limits
                                                                                                 Concentration
                                                                                                 Comments

                                                                                             T.   Bioassay Data

                                                                                                 Test type
                                                                                                 Test name
                                                                                                 Duration
                                                                                                 Laboratory  sample ID
                                                                                                 Laboratory  name and approval
                                                                                                 Test start  and end  dates
                                                                                                 Sample quantity and units
                                                                                                 Test organism/strains
                                                                                                 Type of value,  value,  and  units
                                                                                                 Confidence  limits
                                                                                                Maximum applicable  dose and units
                                                                                                 Level  of toxlcity
                                                                                                Bacteria mutagenicity response
                                                                                                Minimum effective concentration
                                                                                                  and  units
                                                                                                Approximate  concentration  factor
                                                                                                 Comments

-------
                                                    Source  description
               Stream design characteristics
               Test Identification,
               source/process/control device
               operating parameters
Sampling activity
description
Sampling
measurement/
method
component
description
                                                                                              Test series level
                                                        Control device or treatment/
                                                        storage/recovery process
                                                        design characteristics
                                                              	   	   	  	  	   	Stream design level  	
                                                          Fuels and feedstocks
                                                          characteristics
                                                                                              Test operating level
Inorganic
 analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
Bioassay
analysis
                                                                                              Sample level
                              Figure 2-2.   Waste stream data base  structure.

-------
Management and Budget, prepared by the Statistical Policy Division, GPO
Stock No. 4101-0066, 1972) for cross-reference to other data systems.  The
allowable entries for the EADS Source Classification System are listed in
the EADS Terminology Reference Manual and use four increasingly specific
descriptors to characterize a source.
       The name of the testing organization and the reference (report,
journal article, etc.) from which the data have been extracted are
included.  Additionally, comments or data may be  included which may be
pertinent to the test series, but for which a specific data element is not
available.
       An important feature of the FPEIS is that  it can protect confidential
or proprietary source data, if the source owners  so choose.  The FPEIS will
accept the entry "CONFIDENTIAL" for  any source who wishes their identity
(i.e., site name and  address) to be  anonymous.  This enables the FPEIS to
store important gaseous data from sources which would otherwise be
unavailable.  EPA will have no knowledge whatsoever of the  identity of the
source.  This feature has already been frequently used with the original
FPEIS and has been  a  great aid in obtaining data.
       Each of the  EADS data bases also contains  cross references  to  other
data bases within EADS.  For example, suppose a source with multimedia
discharge streams is  tested and the  particulate emissions data  are to be
reported  in the FPEIS.  The FPEIS test series would then contain cross
references (i.e., Test Series Number — TSN)  to test series in  the other
media, either gaseous,  liquid, solid or whichever combination  was
appropriate, for the  same  source.  In the  same manner,  test series in the
other media would contain  a cross reference  (TSN) to the FPEIS  data base.
                                    2.1-5

-------
 2.1.2   Control  Device  and  Stream  Design  Conditions
        A  description of  the  design  conditions  of  the  participate  emissions
 stream  at  the sampling location is  contained within this  group.   This
 information may include  data elements  such  as  flowrate, temperature  and
 pressure.  Because  this  is design  information,  the  values  will  not change
 from test  to test,  unless  of course the  control device or  stream  itself  is
 altered in some manner.
        This grouping of  data elements  contains  design information and
 descriptions of the control  system  tested  (if  any) for the  test series.
 Standard  nomenclature  (see the Terminology  Reference Manual)  is used to
 characterize the device  or treatment process by generic device type,
 design  type, specific process type, and  the device class.   If this
 standard nomenclature is found to be insufficient in describing the
 control device, the encoder  may include  keywords to further describe it.
 Commercial name and manufacturer may also be entered.
       Control  device/treatment process  design parameters  are indicated  by
 type and value, where known.  A tabulation of suggested minimum
 specification types is provided as standard nomenclature  in the Terminology
Reference Manual.  The units to be used  are also given.  The EADS uses SI
units throughout, except where noted.  A listing of units  and useful
conversion factors is located at the end of Section 4.
2.1.3  Test Operating Conditions
       Data elements in this group describe actual operating conditions,
as opposed to design conditions, for the test, source, and control
devices.  Included here  is such information as test dates and times and
operating conditions of the  source.  Control device operating parameters
are indicated by type and value, and are described by standard nomenclature
                                   2.1-6

-------
with appropriate units also given.  As with the design parameters,
suggested operating parameters are given for many of the typical gaseous
control devices or treatment processes in use today for a variety of
sources.  The user may define and include additional parameters as
required, but should, however, receive approval from the EADS Project
Manager beforehand.
       This group also contains data describing all fuels and feedstocks
that are inputs to the process being sampled.  Up to nine separate fuels
or feedstock materials may be described for each process waste  stream
sampled in the test  series.  The  description of the fuel or feedstock
includes proximate and ultimate analysis results, physical
characteristics, inorganic and organic composition, as well as  the rate of
consumption of the fuel or feedstock.
2.1.4  Sampling Activity Information
       This group of data elements consists of  information that describes
individual sampling  activities, including  actual measured gas  stream
conditions at the sampling location, such  as temperature, pressure,  and
moisture content.  In  addition the sampling  location  itself would be
described  in such  a  manner that its  location with  respect to  a control
device  or  treatment  process  would be clear.
        Frequently, a measurement  instrument  contains  two or more
components, each of  which  is designed  to capture different  particulate
samples.   For example,  an  impactor is  designed  to  collect  a number  of fine
particle  samples  but on different stages or  components  of  the sampling
train.   This group of  FPEIS  data  describes not  only the instrument  itself
but  also  each component separately and reports  the results  obtained from
the  analysis performed on  the sample collected  in  each  component.
                                    2.1-7

-------
Chemical, physical, radionuclide,  and bioassay results may  be  reported.
Results  are typically presented  as the  identification of  the species
analyzed and the actual source concentration  as contributed by that
component.
       An important feature of this group  is  the quality  control/quality
assurance information on the analytical  results.  Data elements that
provide  some measure of quality  control  and assurance include  detection
limits of the analytical method, total  amount of sample analyzed,  sample
aliquot, identification of the analytical  laboratory and  reference to  any
laboratory quality assurance (QA)  audit  information.  Analytical
laboratory audits are routinely  performed  by government organizations  such
as the Environmental Protection  Agency.  The results of such audits can be
valuable in assessing the reliability and  accuracy of analytical results.
The audit information is contained in a  separate reference  data base which
is accessed through a QA/QC code reported  in FPEIS.  More information  on
the audit data base can be found in the  EADS Systems Overview  Manual and
in Section 3 of this User Guide.
       Special provisions have been included to accommodate the organic
species reporting protocol of a  Level 1  or 2 environmental  assessment
sampling and analysis program.   This analysis protocol includes a  group of
qualitative and semi-quantitative analytical methods whose results are
suggested to be reported in a manner shown in the example in Figure 2-3
(taken from the "IERL/RTP Procedures Manual:  Level 1 Environmental
Assessment (Second Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978).  The FPEIS
is designed to accommodate this  information and, in addition,  can  report
analytical methods and detection limits  as well.
                                   2.1-8

-------
                                           ORGANIC EXTRACT SUMMARY TABLE
                                     Sample  Sorbent Extract-H-3	

Total Organicj, mg
TCO, mg
GRAV. mg
LCI
18.2
5.2
13.
LC2
22.3
19.
3.3
LC3
253
73.
180.
LC4
29.7
6.7
23.
LC5
11.0
3.7
7.3
LC6
46.3
5-3
41.
LC7
15.1
0.1
15.
2
390
110
280
Category
Assigned intensity-ing/	.(m3, L, or kg)*
Sulfur
Aliphatic HC'i
Aroma tics— Benzenes
Fused Arom 216
Fused Arom 216
Heterocyclic S
Heterocyclic N

Carboxylic Acids
Phenols
Esters



'Concentration (or gai samples = mg/m3, for liqui
actual tr>3, L, or kg value.
^Estimated assuming same relative intensities as LI
I
100-0.6
10-0.06













10-0.06
100-0.6
10-0.06
10-0.06










100-4
100-4
10-0.4







d samples = mg/L, for solid samples = m;



100-0.5
100-r0.5
10-0.05
10-0.05






I/kg. Fill in

~6, since IR spectra of LC5 and LC6 are very similar.
I |






-0.1 1
-0.1*
-0.1*
-0.01 f
-0.01 f











100-0.7
10-0.07
100-0.7
10-0.07
10-0.07











10-0.02
100-0.2
10-0.02
10-0.02






0.6
O.OG
0.06
5.
.5.
0.5
1.
0.3
1.0
0.1
0.08





                                    Figure  2-3.   Organic extract summary table.

-------
       The FPEIS is, however, not restricted to accepting Level 1 data
only.  It is flexible so that any reporting protocol can be included.
       The sampling activity information group can also handle
radionuclide data results and bioassay results.  The bioassays may be
either health effects or ecological effects tests.
                                  2.1-10

-------
                                 SECTION 3
                     DATA ACQUISITION AND ORGANIZATION

3.0    INTRODUCTION
       The purpose of this section is to demonstrate how the encoder would
use the structural concepts discussed in Section 2 to prepare a set of
source testing data for encoding into the FPEIS.  This will be
demonstrated with a hypothetical example.  This section will also discuss
some special problems that may occur while encoding source test data.  For
example, how do you encode data from a Source Assessment Sampling System
— an instrument which collects samples from two media -- fine particles
and gaseous?  We cannot forsee all the peculiar situations and special
problems that may occur during the encoding process, but the general
guidelines and techniques given here should greatly facilitate this task.
Feel free to call the EADS Data Base Program Manager or the EADS technical
staff listed on page xi if any questions  arise  during the encoding process.
                                    3.0-1

-------
3.1    HOW TO BUILD A TEST SERIES
       This section describes the techniques and the thought processes
that the user should employ when encoding source testing data onto the
FPEIS data input forms.   Using the techniques described here will be of
particular benefit to the user who is not familiar with the EADS system
and underlying concepts.  To those who already have some experience with
EADS, possibly through the use of the original Fine Particle Emissions
Information System (FPEIS), these methods may already be familiar to some
degree.  The FPEIS has evolved, however, into a somewhat expanded version,
in conjunction with the other data bases in EADS, and it will benefit even
the experienced user to become familiar with Section 3.
       In most cases, the user will have either a test report or perhaps
simply summary tables of results obtained from a source testing effort.
The problem that now confronts the user is how to efficiently and
accurately transfer that morass of data onto the FPEIS data  input forms.
Experience has shown that the most efficient thing to do is  to first
organize the data  and information before you -- on paper.  The key  to this
organization of data is the pyramid structure of the FPEIS.  All of the
EADS (i.e., FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS,  and SODS) are structured in a similar
manner and the encoding forms  and SERIES reports are designed to reflect
this structure.  Indeed, source  testing reports can be thought of as  being
arranged  in  such a manner.  Looking at  Figure 3-1,  the pyramid structure
becomes evident.   Data  is  arranged so that general  information,  such  as
the source description  and reference  information,  is situated at the  apex
of the pyramid.  The next  level  down  contains design information on the
sources' effluent  streams  and  control devices.  The pyramid  further
expands into the tests  performed on each effluent  stream  and the operating
                                    3.1-1

-------
                                                                   Source description
                              Stream design characteristics
i
ro
Test identification,
source/process/control device
operating  parameters
                Sampling activity
                description
        Sampling
        measurement/
        method
        component
        description
                                                                                                             Test series level
                                                               Control device or treatment
                                                               storage/recovery process
                                                               design characteristics
                                                                                   	   	   	  	  	Stream design level  	
                                   Fuels and feedstocks
                                   characteristics
                                                                                                             Test operating level
Inorganic
 analysis
Organic
analysis
Radionuclide
analysis
Bioassay
analysis
                                                                                                             Sample level
                                         Figure  3-1.   Waste  stream data  base  structure  and  contents.

-------
conditions of the source and control device(s) during those tests.  The
final level in the pyramid contains data on each of the samples taken
during each test.  This is the most specific information contained in the
data base.  It includes chemical, physical, radionuclide, and bioassay
analytical results.  Think of the pyramid structure as descending from the
general to the specific.  The source description being general and
analytical results being the most specific.
       How then does the user arrange his source testing data into the
pyramid structure?  Very simply, the user should lay out a structure on
paper similar to that shown in Figure 3-1.  There will be one box at the
test series level to represent the source.  The stream design level will
contain as many boxes as there are effluent streams.  In a like manner,
the test operating level will contain one box for each test performed on
each stream.  And finally, at the sample level, each test will contain as
many boxes as there are samples.  The user should then assign appropriate
labels, according to his data, to the source, streams, tests  and  samples,
and enter those  labels  in the corresponding boxes of the pyramid.  This
approach has two major  benefits.  One,  it forces the user  to  understand
and organize his data,  and two,  it structures the data  in  a manner that
aids tremendously in encoding and proper ordering of the forms.   You will
recall that the  data forms are organized  in a manner similar  to  the  data
base itself.  They proceed from  the general to  the  specific.
       Section 4 contains detailed encoding instructions which,  when  used
in conjunction with the above organization methods, make the  encoding  task
straightforward.
                                    3.1-3

-------
3.2    DATA INPUT FORM STRUCTURE
       The FPEIS data elements (see Table 2-1) are entered on twelve data
input forms.  The layout of the twelve forms is such that the data
elements in any one test series that are least likely to change, are
located on Form 1, and the most likely to change are on Forms 7 or 7a
through 11.  It becomes apparent that the input forms are arranged
according  to the hierarchical structure (i.e., a pyramid) of the data base
as shown in Figure 3-1.
       Forms 1 and 2 (see Section A.4 in the Appendix)  include  source
description data, stream design characteristics and control
device/treatment process information.  Because this is  design data,  it
will not change for a given test series on a given source/control
device/process combination.  The information on Form  1  is contained  in  the
test series level while the Form 2  stream/control device/process
information is at the stream design  level.
       The  test operating level is  the third  level down on  the
hierarchical structure and it,  as the name  implies, contains operating
information — operating  in  the sense that  these  are  the conditions  of  the
source, control device/process  and  fuels  and  feedstocks during  the actual
test.  This information  is entered  on Forms 3  through 5.
       The bottom  level  in the  EADS structure  is  the  sample level.  This
information is entered on Forms 6 through 11.   These  forms  are  expected to
be the most frequently used  in  that often a number  of measurement
instruments,  some  with  two or  more  components,  are  used in  a given test.
Also a  variety of  analyses are  frequently performed  on a collected sample.
        Once all  data  input forms  have been encoded,  the forms  must be put
in  a specific order.   There  are two important reasons for this.  One,
                                    3.2-1

-------
because  the repetitive  data  feature  (described  in  detail  in Section  4)  is
predicated on correctly ordered  input;  and  two,  the computer processing
performs order checks.   The  rules  for ordering  input are  very
straightforward  and  can be explained in  two different ways.
       Look at Figure 3-2, a typical test  series.   The input forms  are
ordered  by starting  at  the top and moving  down  and left,  checking off the
boxes  as you encounter  them.  When you can't go  down and  left any more,
back up  to the first place where you can go down and left again  to  an
unchecked box.   The  input forms  are  ordered in the same way as the  boxes
are numbered in  Figure  3-2.   Remember that  each  box represents one  or more
input  forms.
       Each input form  has multiple  lines on it.   Each line is identified
by a letter and  a number called  a  card number.   Each major grouping  of
lines  has the same letter and is identified on the input  forms,  e.g.,
F-fuels  and feedstocks.  Each line of input also has one  or more of  these
fields (or data  elements) —  test  series number, stream ID, test ID,
sample number, component number.   Suppose that you are encoding  a single
test series.  The test  series number will be the same on  all  forms
submitted.  The  first form will be Form  1,  containing the source
description and  test series  comments.  All  forms for the  first stream
follow.  The stream characteristics  and control  devices on one or more
Form 2's are next.  Then comes all of the data about the  first test  on  the
stream on Forms  3, 4, and 5.  The  first sample of  this test ID follows  on
Form 6.  The first component  of the  sample  follows on Forms 7, 8, 9, and
10.  Then comes  the second component, the third  and so on.  Then come
bioassay data on the sample  on one or more  Form  11's.   The second sample
of the test comes next  followed by its component and bioassay data.   Then
                                   3.2-2

-------
             Test Series l.ovel
00
•
r\j

oo
             Stream dpslcjn Level
                                   Stream 1 control
                                   device design
                                      parameters
            Test Operating Level.
                      Test  1
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
Source/control device
operating conditions
             Sample Level
                                                                      10
Sample
Sample
Sample
                                                                  11
                                                                              14
                                                                                         16
                                                                                                    17
Component
Component
Component
Component
Stream ? control
 device  design
   parameters
                                                                                                                                             Test 1
                                                                                                                          19
                                                                                                                                 Source/control device
                                                                                                                                 operating conditions
                                                                    Figure  3-2.   Forms  ordering.

-------
comes the third  sample  and  its  component  and  bioassay data,  the fourth
sample,  and  so on;  to complete  the  data for  the  first test.   Then there is
another  set  of Forms 3, 4,  and  5  describing  the  second test  and sets of
forms for each sample and component  following.   After all  tests on the
first stream have been  encoded, then  a new Form  2  is  used  to specify the
second stream.   The test, samples,  and components  of  the second stream
follow in the same way  as they  did  for the first stream.   Continue in this
way until all streams have  been encoded.
       Although  the stream  ID,  test  ID, sample number and  component number
form a defacto page numbering scheme, it  is  recommended  that the pages be
consecutively numbered  in the space provided.
                                   3.2-4

-------
3.3    STRUCTURE APPLICATION EXAMPLE
       The techniques for organizing fine particle source sampling data
are demonstrated in the following paragraphs using a hypothetical
example.   Table 3-1 shows a sampling log of source tests performed at a
coal-fired power plant equipped with an electrostatic precipitator (ESP)
for control of fine particulate.  The log shows that two tests were
performed at two sampling locations, the ESP inlet and the ESP outlet.
The two tests correspond to two different source operating conditions
where the plant was operating first at 80 percent of capacity and then  at
maximum rated capacity.  An Andersen Mark III cascade impactor sample and
a SASS train were used at each location under both operating conditions.
       While the sampling log clearly shows what occurred during the
testing program, it does not display this information in a manner such
that the user can easily visualize how the data should be organized for
encoding purposes.  Nor does it provide  any information on how the encoded
forms are to be ordered before they are keypunched.  At least for the
beginning user, and we believe  it's an excellent tool even for the
experienced user, the data  should be arranged  in the pyramid  structure
shown in Figure 3-3.  In our hypothetical example,  the  rearranged  sampling
log information would look  like Figure 3-3.  The coal-fired power  plant
would be entered as the  source  at the  test  series  level  and the  two
sampled streams would at the next level  down.   The  stream design level  can
contain any number of effluent  streams.  Following  down  to the  test
operating  level, you  can see that each of the  two  tests  is  labeled and
entered into  a box.   Each  stream thus  has two  tests,  one  at 80  percent
load and one  at full  load.  The sample  level indicates  which  samples  were
taken  during  each  test  on  each  stream.   Each box  represents one  measurement
                                    3.3-1

-------
     TABLE 3-1.  SOURCE SAMPLING LOG -- COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT
       Stream
      Test
          Sample
1 -- Stack gas, ESP
     inlet
2 — Stack gas, ESP
     outlet
1 -- 80% load
                         2 -- full load
1 -- 80* load
                         2 -- full load
1 — Andersen Mark III

2 -- SASS

1 ~ Andersen Mark III

2 -- SASS

1 ~ Andersen Mark III

2 -- SASS


1 -- Andersen Mark III

2 — SASS
                               3.3-2

-------
CO
•

CO


CO
                                                  Coal-fired
                                                  power plant
                                                                                   Stream 2
Full
load
Full
load
                                                                                                       Test Series Level
                                                                                                      Stream Design Level
                                                                                                      Test Operating Level
            Sample  1    Sample  2    Sample  1    Sample  2    Sample  1    Sample 2    Sample  1    Sample 2
                                   Figure 3-3.   Data  structure  — coal-fired power plant.

-------
 instrument  or sample.   The numbers in circles located at the upper left
 corner  of each box on  Figure  3-3 indicate the order in which the encoded
 data  input  forms  should be arranged.   The rule for ordering of forms is:
 starting  at the top, move  down  and left,  number the boxes consecutively as
 they  are  encountered.   When you can't go  down and left anymore,  back up to
 the first place where  you  can go down and left again to an unchecked box.
 While the forms should be  numbered in the manner indicated on Figure 3-3,
 recall  that each  number may represent one or  more forms.   For example the
 box:
                              80  percent  load
                                    test  1
may  include forms 3 through 5 which  describe  the  operating  conditions
during test 1.  The box:
                             Andersen Mark  III
                                  sample  1
may include forms 6, 7, 8, 9,  10, and  11.
                                   3.3-4

-------
3.4    SPECIAL ENCODING CONSIDERATIONS
       The FPEIS has a certain amount of flexibility built in and this
enables it to accommodate data from a variety of sampling protocols and
unusual source situations.  The purpose of this section is to discuss some
of these special situations and to familiarize the user with the manner in
which EADS conforms to them.  In addition, this section discusses the
rationale for some of the encoding instructions described in Section 4.
3.4.1  Multimedia Test Series
       Frequently in source sampling activities, multimedia effluent
samples are collected and analyzed.  This is particularly true in
environmental assessment  (EA) programs where the contractor is trying to
assess the overall environmental impact of a stationary source.  For
example, if a coal-fired  utility boiler equipped with NO  controls, an
                                                        A
electrostatic precipitator, and a flue gas desulfurization system was the
subject of an EA testing  program, streams from all media, gas, fine
particle, liquid, and solid, would probably be sampled and analyzed.  The
analysis data from each specific media effluent stream would be  encoded  in
its respective  data base  (i.e., fine particulate  data would be encoded
into the FPEIS).  You might ask yourself  how,  if  data from one source  is
entered into four separate  data bases  in  EADS, a  user could benefit from
this data.  Each data base  contains  a  cross reference to  the other  data
bases  containing data taken from the  same source  at  the  same point  in
time.  This cross reference is in the  form of  the TSN.  Thus,  in our
example, the FPEIS file would  contain  the GEDS, LEDS,  and SDDS Test  Series
Numbers as cross references.   Conversely, LEDS would contain the GEDS,
FPEIS,  and SDDS TSN's as  cross references.  GEDS  and SDDS would  follow in
the same manner.
                                    3.4-1

-------
 3.4.2  Multiple Control  Devices
        The  EADS recognizes  the  fact that an effluent stream may have
 multiple  control  devices.   For  example,  a particulate laden gaseous stream
 may  have  a  cyclone  and  an ESP  in series.  Up to five control devices can
 be accommodated per  stream.  During the  encoding process,  the user is
 required  to  assign a number  to  each control device.   The  control  device
 number  will  be  unique for that  device in that test  series.   The device
 number  is used  to identify  the  set  of design and operating  parameters for
 that  particular device  in the event that there are multiple devices.
 3.4.3   Parallel  or Series Control Devices
        Frequently an effluent stream will  have two or more  control devices
 for various  pollutants either in  a  series  or parallel  arrangement.  This
 situation is handled in  the  following way.   In a series arrangement, the
 control devices are  serially assigned unique device  numbers 1,  2,  3, ...
 etc., to a maximum of five.  Each control  device will  then  have a Form 2
 and a Form 3 encoded.  These forms  should  be ordered in the same  sequence
 as they occur in the effluent stream  and  in  addition,  group all Form 2's
 together and all Form 3's together.   If  the  control  devices are in
 parallel, the convention is  to  label  them  as 11,  12,  21, 22,  etc.   Each
device will  again have a Form 2 and  a Form  3 and  again they should be
ordered in the  same  sequence that they occur in  the  effluent  stream with
all  Form 2's together and all Form  3's together.
 3.4.4  Fuels and Feedstocks
       Frequently a  stationary source  of  particulate  emissions  will  have
one or more fuels and/or material feedstocks  as  inputs to the process.
These inputs are routinely sampled  as  part  of  most testing  activities and
are subsequently analyzed for a variety of  parameters  and purposes.   For
                                   3.4-2

-------
example, material balances around a process are usually performed on
elements (e.g., sulfur) with the intent of validating the data and to
assess the origin and fate of chemical species.  The FPEIS has two input
forms devoted totally to recording information about the fuels/feedstocks
and any chemical or physical analysis performed.  In addition to the
consumption rate and type of fuel/feedstock, the FPEIS has data groups
reserved for proximate and ultimate analyses (for fuels only), general
characteristics  (usually physical parameters such as viscosity or pour
point), and chemical analyses.   Information and analyses for  up to nine
different fuels  and feedstocks from one source may  be  included in each
test  series.
       The encoder of  data should note that general characteristics  may  be
entered as either number  or  text values.   Normally  such  values would be
entered as numbers (e.g., pour point,  -10°C).   However,  occasionally
either  a  range  of values  needs to be  entered or possibly a  word  descriptor
of  some physical characteristic.  Here, the entries would be  written as
text.   More  detailed  instructions on  this  point can be found  in  Section  4,
Group F.
        In recognizing  the variety of  units in  which fuels and feedstocks
chemical  analyses  are  reported,  the  FPEIS  has  left the units  selection for
actual  concentration  open to the discretion of the user.  This flexibility
is  not the  case, however, when  reporting  actual  concentrations of chemical
species in  effluent  streams  (on  Forms 8  and 9).   These units  must be in
   / 3
yg/m .
3.4.5  Data Accuracy and Quality
        The  FPEIS contains data elements  that assist the user in assessing
 data quality, accuracy, and validity.  These include identification  of  the
                                    3.4-3

-------
 testing group,  analytical  laboratories,  analysis  methods,  sampling
 methods,  high  and  low  detection  limits of the  analytical methods, total
 sample quantities  and  aliquots,  and  QA/QC codes.   The  QA/QC  codes are
 obtained  by  the  user from  the  EADS Program Manager at  the  time  the  FPEIS
 data  input forms are encoded.  Each  analytical  laboratory  that  has
 undergone a  quality assurance/quality control  audit  will be  assigned  a
 unique QA/QC code.  The  code refers  the  user to a reference  data base
 which  contains the results of  the audit.   These QA/QC  audits  describe the
 efficiency and effectiveness of  a particular laboratory in recovering a
 known  concentration of a chemical species  from a  spiked sample, thereby
 giving the user  of the laboratory's  services an appraisal  of  the
 laboratory's performance.  The QA/QC data  base will  contain each chemical
 species reported and will  identify the analysis method used to  detect the
 chemical.  Also, the number of samples submitted,  the  average percent of
 recovery  and its standard deviation,  and  the quality control frequency are
 reported  for each chemical species or compound in  the  audit.
        In the final analysis, the FPEIS QA/QC data elements, however,  only
 ensure the correctness of the data on an  as reported basis.  The
 responsibility for data validity lies with  the people who  collect and
 input  the data.
 3.4.6  Source Assessment Sampling System
       The Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS)  has three or more
 components that  collect different samples simultaneously.  The  SASS train
 is the recommended EPA EA measurement instrument for gaseous streams  which
may contain fine particles.  Complete detailed information on the SASS can
be found  in "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual:   Level 1  Environmental Assessment
 (Second Edition)," EPA-600/7-78-201, October 1978.  The SASS train
                                   3.4-4

-------
(Figure 3-4) has a set of three cyclones (with nominal cut diameters of
10 vim, 3.5 vim, and 1 vim) followed by a filter which classifies fine
particles in a gas stream according to size.  Simultaneously, another
component, the organics module, collects gaseous organic material while a
third component, a set of impingers, collects volatile trace elements.
Typically, each SASS component is separately subjected to a variety of
analyses.  EADS is designed to accommodate the data resulting from such an
arrangement.  Be sure, however, to encode this data in the correct data
base.  Even though the SASS is one sampling train, it produces data on
fine particles and gaseous pollutants.  Thus, the fine particle  data would
be in FPEIS, with the cyclones and filter being the components,  and the
organic and trace element data collected form the organic module and
impinger  components would be  in 6EDS.
3.4.7  Effluent Characteristics
       This group of  data is  intended to accommodate  any qualitative
measurement of  an effluent stream parameter,  other than inorganic and
organic chemical species, radionuclide, and bioassay  results.  This will
typically include physical parameters of the  sample such  as  opacity,  odor,
or color.  Values may be entered on  the forms  as  either number or text.
For example,  opacity  would be encoded as a  number, say  20  percent,  whereas
color would be  encoded  as a text value, light brown,  for  example.  Space
on the encoding forms is also provided  for  the analytical  method and  any
applicable detection  limits and  their units.
3.4.8 Reporting of  Chemical  Analysis Results
       The EADS input forms have been developed  so that  a variety of
sampling  and  analysis protocols  can be  accommodated.   EPA/IERL-RTP's  EA
programs  are  expected to be one  of the  primary suppliers  and users of
                                    3.4-5

-------
                                                                   [EE/S-003e]
Control Module
                    Trace Element
                    Impingers
Oven With Cyclones
                                    Gas Cooler &
                                    Organic Module
     Sampling Probe
                          Compressors

-------
data.  Thus, in response to the special reporting protocols of EA programs,
EADS has put emphasis in this area, without relegating other reporting
protocols to a lesser position.
       Specifically, Form 8 has been designed for all inorganic analysis
results and organic analysis results that do not conform to Level 1
protocols.  Form 9, however, is reserved exclusively for reporting organic
analysis results that do conform to Level 1 protocol.  Level 1 organic
analyses require special reporting formats due to the mix of qualitative
and  semiquantitative results from  analyses such as  liquid chromatography
fractionation  and  low resolution mass  spectra.  The purpose of this type
of analysis is to  identify the major classes of organic compounds in  a
process effluent stream and to estimate their concentrations.  In Level 1
this  is done by  liquid chromatography  which separates a sample into
fractions characterized by a range of  boiling points.  These are called
fraction  ID'S  and  are labeled  LCI  through LC7 — corresponding to groups
of chemical species with successively  higher boiling points.  Both the
whole  sample and the LC fractions  are  analyzed for  TCO and Grav
concentrations.  TCO analysis  gives volatile organic material and Grav
analysis yields  nonvolatile  organic material.  This data  in combination
with qualitative results obtained  from infrared  analysis,  called  intensity
values,  and information  about  the  source,  enables  the  analyst  to  identify
the  chemical species in  a  waste  stream sample.   Occasionally,  individual
species  are identified  in  an extension of  Level  1  analysis,  and  their
concentrations are determined.   The FPEIS  is  fully capable of accepting
all  this  data.  In addition, fractions,  organic  categories,  and  species
are  identified by  a MEG  number.  This  is  a unique  ID for  that species and
 is  part  of  a system used  in  EA methodology (Multimedia Environmental  Goals
                                    3.4-9

-------
 for  Environmental  Assessment  Volumes 1 and 2,  EPA-600/7-77-136a,  b,
 November  1977)  for evaluating and  ranking  pollutants  according  to
 environmental  impact.   The  encoder must use MEG  numbers  when  inputting EA
 data (i.e.,  Level  1 or  2).  Either MEG or  CAS  numbers ("Chemical  Abstracts
 — Chemical  Substance  Index," American Chemical  Society)  may  be used  for
 data obtained  by some other sampling and analysis  protocol.   When this
 data is extracted  from  the  data  base as output,  it  will  appear  with the
 preferred chemical  name first, then  other  less common names.
 3.4.9 Reporting of Radionuclide Data
       One complete form is devoted  to recording radionuclide analysis
 results of particulate  samples.  Actual  source concentrations of
 radionuclides  are  to be recorded in  the units, pCi/cubic  meter.   The
 isotopes most  likely to be  of interest include the  following:   U-238,
 Ra-226, Pb-210, PO-210,  U-235, Th-232,  Bi-212, Ac-228, and Bi-214.  Also,
 note  that space is  available  to  include  metastable  isotopes (i.e., Kr-85M).
 3.4.10  Bioassay Results
       As part of  EPA's  EA  scheme,  biological indicators  are  coupled with
 chemical tests to  assess the  hazard  potential of process  waste  streams.
 The Level 1  screening phase uses a series of short-term bioassays to
 detect acute biological effects.  Bioassays may  be  either health-related
 or ecological tests.  While EA methodology has specific recommendations
 for applying bioassays  to samples,*  it  is frequently  the  case that these
 recommendations cannot be followed.  For example, EA  protocol says that
 particulates captured 1n a  SASS  train  should be  divided into  two
*Duke, K. M., M. E. Davis and A. J. Dennis, "IERL-RTP Procedures Manual:
 Level 1 Environmental Assessment Biological Tests for Pilot Studies,"
 EPA-600/7-77-043, April 1977.
                                   3.4-10

-------
components -- those less than 3 microns and those greater than 3 microns.
Frequently it is the case that neither component separately can meet the
minimum sample quantity requirement for bioassay tests, so the components
must be combined.  Consequently Form 11, which records bioassay results,
has no space for component sequence number.  The encoder should record  in
the comments section which component sample was tested or if component
samples were combined.
       While most bioassay data elements on Form 11 pertain to all types
of biotests, some apply to only specific tests.  These are  listed below:

        Data Element                           Bioassay Test
        Type of  Value                          All except the Ames
        Bacteria Mutagenicity  Response         Ames only

       "Level of Toxicity"  is  defined  as "a qualitative expression of  the
bioassay  results based  upon  a  predefined range  in  LD,-Q, EC™  or  LC5Q,
etc."  Table 3-3* may be used  as  an  aid  in determining the  Level  of
Toxicity  for specific bioassays.   Given  a  certain  assay and response
range, the  encoder  can  determine  whether the  Level of Toxicity  is high,
moderate,  low,  or not detectable.
 ^Environmental Protection Agency, "Biological Screening of Complex Samples
  from Industrial/Energy Processes," EPA-600-8-79-021, August 1979.
                                    3.4-11

-------
                                   TABLE  3-2.   RESPONSE RANGES  FOR  RANKING OF  VARIOUS  BIOTESTS
ro
RESPONSE RANGES
ASSAY
Health Tests
Amis

RAM, CHO.WI-38

Rodent
EceJofkal Tests
Algae
Fish
Invertebrate
ACTIVITY MEASURED

Mutagenesis

Lethality ILCyj)

Lithality (LOM)

Growth Inhibition (ECjQ)
Lithality (LCM)
Lithality (LC50I
MAD

5 mg/plate or
SOOpL/plate
1.000 pg/mL or
600pL/mL
10 g/kg or
10 mL/kg

1,000 mg/L or
100%
1,000 mg/L or
100%
1,000 mg/L or
100%
HIGH

<0.05mgor
<5pL
<10pgor
<6pL
<0.1

<20%or
<200 mg
<20%or
<200mg
<20%or
<200mg
MODERATE

0.05-0.5 mg or
550pL
10- 100 pig or
6-60 pL
0.1-1.0

20-75% or
200 750 mg
20 75% or
200-750 mg
20-75% or
200-750 mg
LOW

0.5-5 mg or
SOSOOpL
100 1.000 pg or
60-600 pL
MO

75-100% or
750-1, 000 mg
75-100% or
7501, 000 mg
75-100% or
750 1,000 mg
NOT DETECTABLE

NO at >S mg or
NO at >500
LCso> 1.000 pg or
LC5Q>600pL
L050>10

EC50 s 100% or
LCSO > 100% or
LC5Q > 1,000 mg
LC50>100%or
LC5Q > 1.000 mg
         MAD  • Maximum Applicable Dose (Technical LimiUtions)
         LDso • Calculated Dosage Expected to Kill 50% of Population
         LC&fj  * Calculated Concentration Expected to Kill 50% of Population
         ECjo  " Calculated Concentration Expected to Produce Effect in 50% of Population
         NO   " Not Detectable

-------
3.5    FINE PARTICLE DATA REDUCTION PROGRAM
       The EADS employs a new data reduction program developed to reduce
impactor data by computer, yielding a measure of the fine particle size
distribution which includes inhalable particulates.  The Cascade Impactor
Data Reduction System* (CIDRS) is designed to reduce data taken with any
one of four commercially available round-jet inertial impactors:  the
Andersen Model III Stack Sampler; the Brink Model BMS-11; the University
of Washington Mark III Source Test Cascade Impactor; and the Meterology
Research Inc. Model 1502 Inertial Cascade Impactor.  Other impactors will
be included as needed.  Impactor design, particulate catch information,
and sampling conditions from single impactor runs  are used to calculate
particle size distributions.
       The overall system incorporates several programs:  MPPROG; SPLIN1;
STATIS; GRAPH; and PENTRA/PENLOG.  These programs  compute the effective
cut sizes of the  impactor stages, cumulative mass  concentrations, number
size distributions, percent efficiency and penetration of control devices,
and averages individual runs.
        In the  impactor program (MPPROG), calculations are performed  using
impactor design specifications in conjunction with impactor  stage weights
(mg) and sampling conditions which are provided  as raw  data  input by the
FPEIS  data base.  For  each  run,  MPPROG will  automatically produce the
various stage  D^Q'S (using  the D5Q analysis  method)  in  terms  of
Stokes, classic aerodynamic,  and aerodynamic  impaction  particle diameters,
                                  3
plus stage concentrations  (yg/dnm ).  MPPROG also  generates  cumulative
 *Johnson,  J.  W.,  G.  I.  Clinard,  L.  J.  Felix,  and  J.  D.  McCain,  "Computer-
  based Cascade Impactor Data Reduction System," Southern  Research
  Institute,  EPA-600/7-78-042,  March 1978.
                                    3.5-1

-------
 mass  concentartions< D_g,  geometric  mean  diameters,  and  mass/number  size
 distributions.   The output from MPPROG will  be  organized into  tabular
 printouts  and will  be stored  in the  FPEIS data  base,  as  shown  in
 Figure 3-5.
        MPPROG is  currently designed  to work  only with  round-jet cascade
 impactors,  but, with  modification, the computer programs will  eventually
 be  able to  accommodate cyclone  data  (i.e., SASS train) and  perform
 particle size calculations.   It is not designed to calculate particle  size
 distributions from  nonimpaction  devices such  as optical  particle counters,
 condensation nuclei counters, diffusion batteries, and other electronic
 and optical devices.  Due  to  this restriction on the utility of MPPROG,
 the FPEIS  is designed to handle  data from both  impaction and nonimpaction
 instruments.
        The following describes  how each case  is to be handled when
 encoding FPEIS data:

        1.  If HO, cc 16 =  [T] (inertial impaction), then KO, cc 34-41 =
           imp actor stage  weight in mg
       2.  If HO, cc 16 = [x] (other),
           2a.   and if H3, cc 41 = Q] (mass),  then KO,  cc 34-41 = mass
                concentration in yg/dnm
           2b.   and if H3, cc 41 - [o] (number), then KO, cc 34-41 = number
                concentration in number/dnm

In case  1,  particle size distribution calculations are performed by MPPROG,
the encoder need only enter stage weights.  MPPROG will not perform
calculations in  case 2.  Here, the encoder must calculate and enter mass
                                   3.5-2

-------
                              EADS/FPEIS
                               Database
Ct>
•
en

CO
              Cards
   Data
Reduction
 Program
                                                                  CIDRS
 Curve
   Fit
Program
Statistical
Analysis
                                                            Control
                                                            System
                                                           Efficiency
                                                                                                      "1
                                                                                         Graphical
                                                                                          Program
                                             Figure 3-5.  Use of CIDRS.

-------
 or number concentrations  onto  the  FPEIS data  input forms.   To  reiterate,
 MPPROG will  not  perform particle  size distribution calculations  on
 nonimpact!on  devices.
        A  curve fitting  program (SPLIN1)  has been  developed  and
 incorporated  into CIDRS that allows  extrapolation  between the  largest
 DCQ  and the maximum  particle diameter.   The largest  particle diameter  is
 determined by microscopic examination,  or  is  taken to be  an arbitrary
 value.  A special subroutine employs an  osculating polynomial  equation  to
 generate  a series of cumulative mass values over  the extrapolation
 interval.  These generated points  are  fitted  by the  same  spline  technique
 that  is used  between the smallest  and  largest D^g's.  The spline fit is
 a  smoothing technique which generates  a  series of  parabolic segments that
 approximates  a continuous curve.
        STATIS is a statistical program which  averages from multiple
 impactor  runs under a common condition.  The user  specifies the  series of
 individual runs to be included in  the  averages and the particle  diameter
basis.  The program output provides  averaged cumulative size distributions
on a mass basis or percentage basis, standard deviation, and 50 percent
confidence intervals in both tabular and graphical form.
       Program GRAPH presents graphs of  the calculated distributions.  The
output forms available  include cumulative mass loading versus D5Q and
dM/dlogD  versus geometric mean diameter  as calculated in MPPROG.
       Programs PENTRA/PENLOG are virtually identical and provide tabular
and graphical output of control device penetration and/or efficiency
versus particle size for a preselected series of particle sizes.  The user
identifies the pair of  averaged inlet and outlet data sets developed by
STATIS from which the penetration/efficiency is to be calculated.
                                   3.5-4

-------
       Southern Research Institute has published two reports describing
this data reduction system which are available from NTIS.  A brief
overview of the program, including several examples, is given in "A Data
Reduction System for Cascade Impactors," EPA-600/7-78-132a, July 1978.
The detailed program description with program listings can be found in "A
Computer-Based Cascade  Impactor Data Reduction System," EPA-600/7-78-042,
March 1978.  Additional information on CIDRS, including user instructions,
can be located in Section 7.
                                    3.5-5

-------
                                 SECTION  4
              ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FPEIS  DATA INPUT  FORMS

       This section presents detailed,  card-by-card,  encoding instructions
for each FPEIS data element on the Standard Data Input Forms.  The
instructions are separated into 12 groups (identified by the letters A, B,
C, D, E, F, H, K, L, M, R, and T) corresponding to the major groupings of
FPEIS data elements.  The FPEIS Data Input Form number (1 through 11) is
given for each group.  While reading these instructions, it would be
beneficial to refer to the blank input forms in Appendix A.4.
4.0    GENERAL RULES
       General instructions that apply to data coding include the
following:
       •   The letter  "0"  is to be encoded "0" and zero  is encoded  "0".
       •   Zeros are treated as numbers.  Blank spaces in a  field indicate
           either  a  lack  of data,  or that the  pertinent  data have been
           coded for the  preceding test  conditions or sampling  activity.
            (See  the  discussion on  the  repetitive  data feature in
           Section 4.1.)   To  blank out a data  field, or  to  prevent  data
           from  being  automatically repeated  by the  EDIT program, encode
            9999... in  all  columns  in the field for numeric  fields,  and NA
            in the  first  two columns of the  field  for alphanumeric fields.
                                     4.0-1

-------
0   All  numeric  data  shall  be  right-justified and  all  alphanumeric
    data shall be  left-justified,  except  where noted otherwise?.
t   Only specified  alphabetical  or numerical  characters  and  a few
    symbols  (%,  &,  #,  /, +,  -, <,  >,  and  all  punctuation marks
    except the colon)  are  allowed  to  be entered in  the columns
    where allowed.  No unusual marks  are  to be made in the  spaces.
    No data  field  headings  are to  be  changed  and only  data
    appropriate  to  the field are to be entered.  This  rule  prevents
    unnecessary  keypunching  errors in processing the forms.   N(j
    colons are permitted anywhere.
t   Do not use Greek  letters, as these cannot be interpreted  by  the
    computer.  For  example, microgram (yg) is  encoded  UG.  Refer to
    Table A-14 in the  Terminology  Reference Manual  or  the tables at
    the  end of this section for the encoding  of engineering  units.
    SI units are used  throughout the  EADS, except where  otherwise
    noted.
•   Only the allowed coding values may be entered  in columns  that
    require coding  symbols.  When  + is indicated at  the  top of the
    column,  enter either + or -, as appropriate.  Also,  indicate if
    the  data being  encoded are less than, greater than,  or equal  to
    a value by using the signs <, > , or leaving the  space blank,  as
    noted on the appropriate field heading.
•   The small triangle between columns on the  forms  represents the
    decimal  point.  Enter the fractional decimal digits  to the
    right of the triangle.
•   Leave all the shaded portions  on the forms  blank.
                             4.0-2

-------
     t   The following identification data elements must be entered on
         the first card of every section (data group) where they appear.

   Data Element         Card Columns                Instructions
Test series number           2-6          Enter on all forms.
Stream number                7-8          Enter only on Forms 2 through 11.
Test ID number               9-11         Enter only on Forms 3 through 11.
Sample number               12-13         Enter only on Forms 6 through 11.

         Note that if encoding instructions are not given for card columns 1
         through 15 for any card, the instructions are the same as those for
         the previous card.
     •   In several instances, more cards than allotted on the forms may be
         added by the user  if needed to encode all the data.  The  detailed
         encoding instructions indicate the corresponding data elements, and
         specify a limit  to the  number of additional  cards that may  be
         included.
     •   Many data elements,  identified in the detailed encoding
         instructions,  require standard nomenclature.  The user must use
         data from the  tables given  in  the Terminology Reference Manual to
         encode these  data  elements  (Tables A-l  through A-15).  All  standard
         nomenclature  is  left-justified.
     •   Whenever  the  data  exceed  the  available  space on  the forms,  use the
         available space  completely, then finish the discussion  by using  the
         comments  section of  the appropriate  level (i.e.,  test series,  test,
         sample,  or  component,  described  in  Section  2).
      •   Whenever there are pertinent  data for which no data elements exist,
          use the  comments section  of the  appropriate level.
                                   4.0-3

-------
•   Make the text as brief as possible through the use of
    abbreviations, precise words, and elimination of redundant words.
    The text should always start at the leftmost column (i.e.,
    left-justified).
•   Form 7a should only be used if JTO chemical or radionuclide data
    will be reported for the sampling instrument components.  If such
    data will be reported, use Form 7 instead.
•   The encoding instructions are designed to apply to the majority  of
    cases for which data will be reported.  But, it is recognized that
    unusual situations (source/control system combinations, for
    example) may occur.  If you have data that do not correspond with
    the encoding instructions, make reasonable assumptions to reflect
    the actual test data, or contact the EADS Technical Staff for
    guidance.
•   When more than one control device is used, use a separate data
    input Form 2 for each control device used.  Be sure to give each
    control device a unique number within the test series.  Up to five
    control devices in a test series may be coded for a given source
    emission stream.
•   When more than one source is discharging into an effluent stream,
    encode the data for one source (usually the dominant one), and
    refer to the other source(s) in the test series comments.
•   If data are reported for different components of a sampling
    instrument separately and combined, define component numbers for
    all cases (on Form 7 or 7a).  For example, for the cyclones of a
    SASS train:
                             4.0-4

-------
        Component number 1 = 10 micron cyclone
        Component number 2=3 micron cyclone
        Component number 3 = 10 and 3 micron cyclones combined.
•   If the data from the sampling method are not split into components,
    encode the component sequence number = 01, and the component name
    as TOTAL SAMPLE (on Form 7).
•   After all the forms are encoded and put in order (see Section 3 for
    a discussion of the ordering of the completed forms), paginate the
    forms in the indicated spaces to keep them organized and to prevent
    loss.
•   It is critical to include  all "zero" cards which start  a data
    group.  Specifically, these cards are AO, CO, DO, EO, FO,  HO, and
    KO.  These cards initialize indices which are used to load the data
    into the data base.  These  indices are the Test Series  Number, the
    Stream Number, the  Device  Number, the Test ID Number, the  Feed
    Material Sequence Number,  the Sample Number,  and the Component
    Sequence Number, respectively for the above  cards,  and  starred
    below where  they first  occur.

    The  information that  is REQUIRED  on these cards  is  as follows:
     Card  AO  —  *Test  Series  Number
                 Source  Category
                 Source  Type
                 Product/Device Type
     Card  CO  —   Test  Series  Number
                *Stream  Number
                 Stream  Name
                              4.0-5

-------
 Card DO —  Test  Series Number
            Stream Number
           *Device Number
            Generic Device/Process Type   (If uncontrolled,  enter
            "NONE".   If not known, enter  "NOT  SPECIFIED".)

 Card EO --  Test  Series Number
            Stream Number
           *Test  ID Number

 Card FO --  Test  Series Number
            Stream Number
            Test  ID Number
           *Feed  Material Sequence Number
            Source Feed Material
            (If data  are not available, enter  "NOT SPECIFIED".)

 Card HO --  Test  Series Number
            Stream Number
            Test  ID Number
           *Sample Number
            Method Type and Measurement Instrument/
            Method.   (If not known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".)

 Card KO —  Test  Series Number
            Stream Number
            Test  ID Number
            Sample Number
           Component Sequence Number
            Component Name (If not specified, enter "TOTAL  SAMPLE".)

These cards and data elements must be included even if no other

data are encoded.  A "zero" card must be included whenever  any of

the indices are reinitialized; that is, whenever the encoder

returns to the start of a data group.  For example, when a  second

sample is taken, the encoder must include another CARD HO with a

new Sample Number.

In addition to the above,  the following data elements are also

required to be entered on the forms:

Card Al —  Process Type
            Feed Material  Category

Card H2 —  Sampling Location Code
            Sampling Location Description

Instruct keypunchers not to punch a card unless there are

handwritten data entered on the card.

                         4.0-6

-------
4.1    LABOR SAVING FEATURES
       In developing the data input forms and the data processing
programs, several labor saving features have been introduced.  These
features reduce time, labor, and cost on the part of the encoder.
However, misunderstanding of these features may result in the entering of
erroneous data.  The labor saving features are explained below.  If the
explanation is not clear, the safe rule to remember is "if in doubt, fill
it out."
4.1.1  Repetitive Data Feature
       The "Repetitive Data Feature" is an important labor saving device
because  it frees the encoder from having to enter repetitive data.  In
general, this means that asterisked  (*) fields on the input forms need
only be  filled out when there is a change in the value of that field.
Putting  in additional values or deleting existing values can also be
accommodated by  the repetitive data  feature.
       However,  there are limits and conditions.  These are  shown in
Figure 4-1, the  schematic representation of a  single test series with
specific groupings.  The hierarchical  (level)  structures of  the  EADS data
base are also  shown.  The boxes outlined with  dashed  lines  (	) show the
limits on  the  use of the repetitive  data feature.   For  example,  at  the
sample  level,  notice that repeating  component  data  can  be accommodated in
a  single test  across component  groups,  but  not across different  tests.
Operating  conditions data at  the  test  level  can  be  accommodated  across
tests  but  not  across streams.   In  general,  the limits can be described by
the  following  rule.  The  repetitive  data feature operates at the stream,
test,  and  sample levels of  the  EADS  data base.  It  only operates across
component  groups which  have the same data  group  at  the  next higher  level
                                     4.1-1

-------
  Test Series Level
  Test Level
 I
ro
Control
Device
                                                    Source/Process  I    Source/Process   I  Source/Process  |

                                                 Operating ConditionjOoeratino ConditionslOperating Conditions

                                                                                             » «i» ^B J
                                   5


                                  .     Control Device    ,
                                  I  Operating Parameters  I
                                                                                  Control Device
|   Source/Process     I

 Operating Conditions  *
                                12

                               r -	 -i
                               •      Control Device   •
                               '  Operatina Parameters '

                               1	I
  Sample Level
                                                                Sample
                                         •1
I Component  I Component I  Component  i
                                                  Figure 4-1.    Repetitive data  feature structure.

-------
of the data base.  For example, it operates across components at the
sample level until  the operating conditions (test level) change.
       All the data elements for which the repetitive data feature is
valid are identified by an asterisk (*) on the input forms.
       In many instances, a particular data element may not be constant
for all its occurrences.  It may have one value for its first few
occurrences, then change values or not be known for other occurrences.  In
these situations, the value of the data element must be reinitialized to
the new value each time the value changes.  If the data are not known, the
correct way to reinitialize the value is to enter "NA" in the first two
columns of the field for alphanumeric data or "9" in every card column for
numeric data.  Consider the following example.
       Suppose that there are  20 samples with the same source/process
operating conditions.   In the  first nine samples, SAMPLE TEMPERATURE  is
110°C.  In the next four it is 120°C; it is unknown for the  next
three, and is 150°C for the remainder.   In the first sample, enter  110
in columns 58 through 61 of the HO card.  The value has now  been
initialized.  The same  field can be left blank for the  next  eight  samples
because they have the same  value.  For  the tenth  sample, the value  120  is
entered,  reinitializing temperature.  The  temperature  on the next  three
samples can be left blank because  they  are also  120.   In sample 14, where
the temperature  is  unknown, the value  9999 is entered  as "null" value,
reinitializing the  field.   If  this were not  a  numeric  field, then  "NA"
should be entered  as  the  "null" value.   In sample 17,  the  value 150 would
be entered and then the field  would  be left  blank for  samples  18,  19,
and 20.
                                   4.1-3

-------
        In  this  way,  with  the  repetitive  data  feature,  only four  unique
 values  must  be  encoded  instead  of  20.  When there  are  a  number of
 unchanging values, this feature will  save  considerable time and  effort.
 4.1.2   Control  Device and  Design Parameters
        Another  example  is  in  the case where two  different  streams  from the
 same source  each  have an  identical  control device  installed.  Here,  one
 should  assign the same  Device Number  (CARD DO) to  each.  The  repetitive
 data feature will permit  the  encoder  to  fill  out the data  on  all D cards
 (DO, Dl, 02, D3,  and D4) just once, leaving those  for  the  second control
 device  blank.   All of the  data  for  the second device will  automatically
 repeat.  For example, on CARD D4, once the design  parameter data have  been
 initialized, they remain constant until  changed.   Be sure  to  include a
 CARD DO with the  Device Number  on  it, to reference the control device.
       The only exception  to  the encoding  instructions for an unknown  or
 "null"  value occurs when such a value is needed  in the first  occurrence.
 In that instance, leave the field blank for an unknown or  "null" value.
 4.1.3  Operating  Parameter Serial Number Feature
       The Parameter Number (CARD E2, cc 16 and  17) in the control device
 operating parameter group  is also a labor saving feature.   The Control
 Device/Treatment  Process Operating Parameters as encoded for  the first
Test ID Number will  be printed  in their entirety for succeeding Test ID
Numbers within the same Stream  Number unless changed.  Operating parameter
names and value which do not change between tests will be  duplicated
automatically for subsequent tests provided that only  the  parameter  number
 is reentered for the new test.
       If operating parameters  happen to change  between tests, only  the
parameter number and its new value need to be encoded.  The data which do
                                    •4.1-4

-------
not change do not have to be re-encoded.  The EDIT program will
automatically reproduce the parameter name.
       Be sure to include a CARD El to identify the control
device/treatment process to which the parameters apply.
       To null out a previously entered Parameter Name and Value, enter
the parameter number and enter NA for the parameter name.  Here again,
include a CARD El.
                                    4.1-5

-------
4.2    ENCODING INSTRUCTIONS
                                     4.2-1

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION -- FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD AO

    1

    2-6
    7-8

    9-11

   12-13

   14-15

   16-35
   36-55
   56-75
Data Base Code

Test Series
Number
Stream Number

Test ID Number

Sample Number

Card Number

Source Category
Source Type
Product/Device Type
Do not change.  Denotes data base.  F-FPEIS.

Enter as a right-justified integer number
the permanent test series number, assigned
by the EADS Program Manager.  If such an
assignment has not been made, enter a
nonzero sequential number for each test
series reported.  This number will be used
for preliminary identification purposes only.

Leave blank.

Leave blank.

Leave blank.

Do not change.

Enter the source category as text from
Table A-l.*  This is the grouping of major
generic industries or source classes; i.e.,
the broadest description of a source.
Examples include COMBUST-ENERGY, CHEMICAL
MANUFAC, METALS, and NATURAL PRODUCTS.  Note
that the list of standard nomenclature is
not complete, but will be added to as needed.

Enter the source type as text from
Table A-l.  This identifies the kind of
source within the source category.  Examples
include INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC ACIDS, PRIMARY
FERROUS, and WOOD.

Enter the product or device type as text
from Table A-l.  This identifies the general
processes or the specific product.  Examples
include BOILER, SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and
PULP AND PAPER.
*In the Terminology Reference Manual.
                                         4.2-2

-------
                     GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
 Card Column
  Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD AO (cont.)

   76-79       SIC Code
   36-41


   42-47



   48-57
               Blank
                Process Type
Design Process Rate
Design Process Rate
Units
Feed Material
Category
    58-80
Source Name*
                    Enter  as  a four-digit  integer number the
                    U.S. Dept. of Commerce SIC Code for the
                    source.   Use zeroes for unknown trailing
                    digits; e.g., textile mill products whose
                    SIC number is 22 would be entered  as 2200.
                    (See the  Standard  Industrial Classification
                    Manual, Executive  Office of the President  ~
                    Office of Management  and Budget,  prepared  by
                    the Statistical Policy Division,  GPO Stock
                    No. 4101-0066,  1972.)

                    Leave  blank.
Enter the process type as text from
Table A-l.  This identifies the unique
process being tested.  Examples include
TANGENTIAL, CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE,
and SULFATE PULPING.

Enter the design capacity of the process as
a right-justified integer number.

Enter the units of the design process rate as
text from Table A-14.  The  units should
reflect the type of process tested.

Enter as text from Table A-2 the general
category of the process feed material or
fuel.  A detailed description of this is
given at the test data level.  Examples
include COAL, OIL, GAS, WOOD, SOLIDWASTE,
and MTL SCRAP.

Enter the  name  of the  source  as  text.
*Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
                                          4.2-3

-------
                     GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD A2

   16-40


   41-60
Site Name*
Enter as text the name of the site where the
source is located.
Street/Box Number**  Enter the number and name of the source/site
                     street address as text.
   61-78

   79-80



CARD A3

   16-20


   21-25



   26-30

   31-35
   36-40
City**

State**
Zip Code**


Country



Blank

SODS TSN
GEDS TSN
Enter the name of the city, township or area.

Enter the two-letter code for the state or
Canadian province in which the source is
located.  Use the standard nomenclature in
Table A-3.
Enter the zip code in which the source is
located.

Enter as text an abbreviation for the
country in which the source is located.  Use
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-3.

Leave blank.

Enter the Solid Discharge Data System Test
Series Number associated with solid
discharge sample and analysis results
obtained from the same source during the
same sampling program, right-justified.  If
none, leave blank.

Enter the Gaseous Emissions Data System Test
Series Number associated with gaseous
emission sample and analysis results
obtained from the same source during the
same sampling program, right-justified.  If
none, leave blank.
 *Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential or proprietary data.
**Leave blank for confidential or proprietary data.
                                         4.2-4

-------
                     GROUP A -- SOURCE DESCRIPTION - FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD A3 (cont.)

   41-45       LEDS TSN
   46-54

   55-60


   61-66
   46-55


   56-58


   59-80
Blank

Start Date


Finish Date


Blank
                Sponsor
                Organization
Contract Number
TO/TD Number
Name of Sampling
Group/Contractor
CARDS_A5_AND_A6

    16-80
Reference Report
Title*
Enter the Liquid Effluent Data System Test
Series Number associated with liquid effluent
sample and analysis results obtained from the
same source during the same sampling program,
right-justified.  If none, leave blank.

Leave blank.

Enter the start date as MM-DD-YY.  This is
the starting date of the field sampling.

Enter the finish date as MM-DD-YY.  This is
the finishing date of the field sampling.

Leave blank.
Enter the name of the organization who
sponsors the sampling program as text (e.g.,
EPA).

Enter the number of the sponsoring
organization contract as text.

Enter the EPA task order or technical
directive number as a right-justified integer.

Enter the name of the sampling  group or
contractor  as text.  If there  is more than
one  sampling group, enter  additional groups
in test  series comments.
 Enter  the  title of  the  report  from which  the
 data  are reported  as  text.   Use both cards as
 needed.
  *Enter CONFIDENTIAL for confidential  or proprietary data.
                                          4.2-5

-------
                     GROUP A — SOURCE DESCRIPTION — FORM 1
 Card Column      Data Element                 Encoding Instructions
CARD A7
   16-45       Reference Report     Enter the name of the primary author of the
               Author**             report as last name, first name, and initial
                                    (e.g., Doe, John A.)I.

   46-65       Reference Report     Enter as text the number, as assigned by the
               Number**             sponsoring organization, of the article or
                                    report in which the data are reported.

   66-80       Reference Report     Enter the publication date of the report in
               Publication Date**   text form as month and year (e.g., July 1979)
CARD A8
   16-35       Reference Report     Enter the NTIS number of the report as text
               NTIS Number

   36-80       Blank                Leave blank.
**Leave blank for confidential or proprietary data.
                                         4.2-6

-------
                    GROUP B — TEST SERIES COMMENTS -- FORM 1
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD BO

   16-17


   18-80
Line Number
Test Series
Comments
Enter a sequential integer number for each
line of test series comments.

Enter test series comments as text.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
                                          4.2-7

-------
                GROUP C -- STREAM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS  --  FORM  2
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD CO

    7-8        Stream Number
   16-21
   32-35
   36-38
   39-41
Flowrate
   22-27       Flowrate Units


   28-31       Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture Content
   42-46
   47-80
Stack height
Stream Name
CARDS Cl AND C2

   16-80       Stream Comments
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each gas stream sampled at the
source.

Enter as a decimal number the design total
volumetric flowrate of the gas in the sampled
stream at normal maximum operating
conditions.  The decimal point is indicated.

Enter the flowrate units as text from
Table A-14 (e.g., m3/s).

Enter as a decimal number the design velocity
of the gas stream in m/sec at normal maximum
operating conditions.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter as a right-justified integer number the
design temperature of the gas in the sampled
stream at normal maximum operating conditions
in units of degrees Celsius.

Enter as a decimal number the design absolute
pressure in units of kPa of the gas stream at
normal maximum operating conditions.  The
decimal point is indicated.

Enter as a decimal number the design moisture
content in percent by volume of the gas
stream at normal maximum operating
conditions.  The decimal point is indicated.

Enter as a decimal number the height of the
stack in meters, relative to ground level.
The decimal point is indicated.

Assign a name for each gas stream sampled at
the source (e.g., process heater flue gas,
boiler flue gas, air preheater gas, etc.) and
enter as text.
                     Enter stream comments as text.  Use both
                     cards as needed.
                                         4.2-8

-------
             GROUP D ~ CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS -- FORM 2
Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
   18-37
   38-70
   36-47


   48-77


   78-80
              Device Number
Generic Device/
Process Type
Design Type
               Blank
               Specific Process/
               Device Type
Device/Process
Class

Device/Process
Cormiercial Name

Blank
Enter a serially assigned, right-justified
integer number for each control  device and/or
treatment process.  This number  will remain
unique through the entire test series for a
specific control device/treatment process.
Up to five devices may be included per stream.
NOTE ~ Space for one control device/treatment
        process is provided on Form 2.  If
        more then one device is  encoded, do
        not repeat CARDS CO, Cl, and C2 on
        subsequent Form 2's for  the same
        stream.

Enter the type of generic process as text.
Use standard nomenclature provided  in
Table A-4(a).  If no control or treatment is
applied, enter "NONE".  If not known, enter
"NOT SPECIFIED".

Enter the control device/treatment  process
design type as text.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-4(a).   If
none, leave blank.

Leave blank.
 Enter  the  control  device/treatment  process
 specific type  as  text.   Use  standard
 nomenclature provided  in Table A-4(a).   If
 none,  leave blank.

 Enter  the  device/process class as  text.   Use
 only standard  nomenclature given in Table A-5.

 Enter  the  device/process commercial name and
 model  number,  if  known,  as text.

 Leave  blank.
                                         4.2-9

-------
              GROUP D -- CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS — FORM 2
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD D2

   16-45


   46-80

CARD D3

   16-17,
   48-49
   18-47,
   50-79
    80

CARD D4

   16-17
   18-47
   48
Manufacturer


Blank



Sequence Number
Device/Process
Keyword
Blank
Design
Parameter Number
Design
Parameter Name

Value Type
If cc 48 contains an N:

   49-56       Number Value
   57-80
Units
Enter the name of the device/process
manufacturer as text.

Leave blank.
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each device/process keyword to  be
encoded.  Enter first two keywords on the
first card (or line), etc.  Add four more
cards as necessary.

Enter as text the word or words that best
describe the device/process in greater
detail.  The selection of these keywords is
at the discretion of the encoder.  Enter two
keywords per card.

Leave blank.
Enter a nonzero, sequential number (starting
from 1, right-justified) for the control
device design specification.  Add five more
cards as necessary.

Enter as text the design specification as
standard nomenclature, from Table A-6(a).

Enter T if the parameter is a text parameter
or N if it has a number value.              '
Enter the numeric value in the form
nnAnn E + nn.

Enter the units of the number value as text
from Table A-6(a).
                                         4.2-10

-------
              GROUP D ~ CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS -- FORM 2
 Card Column
Data Element
Encoding Instructions
CARD D4 (cont.)
If cc 48 contains a T:
   49-56       Blank
   57-80       Text Value
                  Leave blank.
                  Enter the text value and any associated units.
                                         4.2-11

-------
                      GROUP E - TEST IDENTIFICATION — FORM 3
  Card Column
    Data Element
            Encoding Instructions
 CARD EO

     9-11        Test  ID  Number
    16-21
    22-25
   26-29
   30-60
   61-64
   65-80

CARD El

   16-17
 Test  Date
 Start Time
 End  Time
Operating Mode
Percent of Design
Capacity
Blank
Device/Process
Number
   18-80
Blank
 Enter a sequential,  right-justified integer
 number for each test.   A test  is  defined as a
 sample or  series of  samples  at  a  particular
 source/control  operating condition  at a given
 point in time.   This  number  may be  serially
 assigned by the user  at the  time  the data is
 encoded.

 Enter the  date  the test was  conducted or
 begun as an integer  number in the form
 MM-DD-YY.

 Enter the  test  starting time as a
 right-justified  integer number  on the basis
 of  a  24-hour  day (military time).

 Enter the  test  finish time as a right-
 justified  integer number on  the basis of a
 24-hour  day (military time).

 Enter as text the mode  of operation  of the
 source at  the time of the test.   Examples of
 modes are  batch, continuous, intermittent
 cyclic,  etc.                              '

 Enter the  percent of the design capacity at
 which the  source  is operating during  the time
 of the test as a decimal number.  The  decimal
 point is indicated.

 Leave blank.
Enter the unique identifying number for each
control device or treatment process as
defined previously on CARD DO in this test
series.
NOTE — Space for two control device/treatment
        processes is provided on Form 3.  if
        more than two devices are encoded  do
        not repeat CARD EO on subsequent *
        Form 3's for the same Test ID.

Leave blank.
                                         4.2-12

-------
                     GROUP E — TEST IDENTIFICATION — FORM 3
 Card Column
                  Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD_E2

   16-17
               Operating Parameter
               Number
   18-47
    48
               Operating
               Parameter Name
               Value Type
If cc 48 contains an N:

    49         >




   50-56       Number Value


   57-80       Units


If cc 48 contains a T:

   49_56       Blank

   57-80       Text Value


pflprK F7T E8.  and E9

   16-80       Comments
Enter a sequential, right-justified integer
number for each of the control
device/treatment process operating
parameters.  Twenty-one more cards may be
added as needed, per device.

Enter the control device/treatment process
operating parameter as text using standard
nomenclature from Table A-6(a).

Enter N if the parameter has a number value,
and T if it is a text parameter.
                                     If  the  value of  the  parameter  is  indicated  to
                                     be  less than or  greater  than  a value,  enter
                                     the appropriate  sign  here.  Otherwise,  leave
                                     blank.

                                     Enter the  numeric  value  in  the form
                                     nAnn E  + nn.

                                     Enter the  units  of the number  value as text,
                                     from Table A-6(a).
                                     Leave blank.

                                     Enter the text value and any associated units
                                     as text.
                                     Enter comments pertaining to the test
                                     operating conditions, as text.
 NOTE:   See Section 4.2 for a discussion of the labor saving feature for operating
        parameters.
                                          4.2-13

-------
                    GROUP F ~ FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 4
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD FO

   16-45
   46-62



   63-67



   68-73


   74-79

    80


CARD Fl

   16-55
   56-58


   59-63



   64-70


   71-79

    80
Source Feed
Material
Feed Material Rate
and Units
Feed Material
Sample Mass
Feed Material
Mass Units

Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
Laboratory Name
QA/QC Code


Feed Material
Sample Volume


Volume Units


Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter as text the specific name of the source
feed material (e.g., Western PA Bituminous).
If data are not available, enter "NOT
SPECIFIED".

Enter the measured operating (not design)
input rate of the source as text with the
appropriate units.

Enter the mass of the feed material sample  as
a decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the appropriate units of the sample
as text from Table A-14.

Leave blank.

Enter a sequential integer number to identify
each feed material or fuel type used.
Enter as text the name of the laboratory that
performed the fuels and/or feedstocks
analysis.  If more than one laboratory was
used and the names do not fit here, include
one name here and the other(s) in the
comments on Form 5.

Enter the laboratory quality assurance/
quality control code, if known.

Enter the feed material sample volume as a
decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the appropriate volume units as text
from Table A-14.

Leave blank.

Same as CARD  FO.
                                         4.2-14

-------
                    GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 4
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD F2

   16-31,
   43-61
   32-38,
   62-68
   39-42,
   69-73

   74-79

   80


CARDF3
Proximate Analysis
Parameter
Parameter Value
Units
Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
16-25,  31-40,   Ultimate Analysis
46-55,  61-70    Parameter


26-30,  41-45,   Value
56-60,  71-75
    76-79

      80
Blank

Feed Material
Sequence Number
The parameter associated with a proximate
fuel analysis, as per ASTM D3172-73.  This
is preprinted on the form.

Enter the value of the proximate analysis
parameter as a decimal number.  The decimal
point is indicated.

These are preprinted on the form.
Leave blank.

Same as CARD FO.
The parameter associated with an ultimate
fuel  analysis,  as per ASTM D3176-74.  This  is
preprinted on the form.

Enter the  value of  the  ultimate  analysis
parameter  as a  decimal  number, in  units of
percent  by weight.  The decimal  point  is
indicated.

Leave blank.

Same  as  CARD FO.
    28
                Parameter
                Name
 Value Type
 Enter as text the name of the fuels and
 feedstocks parameter analyzed.  Do not
 include inorganic trace elements or organic
 chemical species and compounds.  Examples are
 bulk density, viscosity, pour point, etc.

 Enter N if the parameter has a number value
 and T if it is a text parameter.
                                          4.2-15

-------
                    GROUP F -- FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS -- FORM 4
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
Card F4  (cont.)
If cc 28 contains N:
   29          >
   30-36
   37-54
Number Value
Units
If cc 28 contains T:
   29-36       Blank
   37-54       Text Value

For both cases (T and N):
   55-56       Analytical Method
   57-64

   65-72

   73-79

     80
High Detection
Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units
Feed Material
Sequence Number
If the value of the parameter is indicated to
be less than or greater than a value, enter
the appropriate sign here.  Otherwise, leave
blank.
Enter the value of the fuels and feedstocks
parameter analyzed, in the form nAnn E + nn.
Enter the units of the parameter analyzed as
text, from Table A-14.
                     Leave blank.
                     Enter the text value and any associated units
                     as text.
Using the standard nomenclature in Table A-8
enter the two-character code for the chemical
analysis method used.
Enter the upper detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E ^ nn.
Enter the lower detection limit of the
analytical method in the form nnAnn E _+ nn.
Enter the upper and lower detection limit
units as text from Table A-14.
Same as CARD FO.
                                         4.2-16

-------
                   GROUP F — FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 5
Card Column      Data Element                 Encoding Instructions
              Chemical ID Type     Enter the chemical entry code which
                                   determines the type of chemical ID used.
                                   Enter the letter C for CAS number and M for
                                   MEG number.  Unlimited cards may be added as
                                   needed.

  17-26       Category/            Enter the chemical ID for the organic
              Species ID           category or species, or the inorganic
                                   species, from Table A-7.

  27-28       Analytical Method    Enter the two-character code for the chemical
                                   analysis method, from Table A-8.

  29-36       High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
                                   analytical method  in the form nnAnn E +_ nn.

  37-44       Low Detection Limit  Enter the lower detection limit of the
                                   analytical method  in the form  nnAnn E +_ nn.

  45_52       Detection  Limit      Enter the upper and lower detection  limit
              Units                units as text, from Table A-14.

  53-60       Total  Milligrams     Enter as a decimal number the  total
              Recovered            milligrams of the  category/species found  in
                                   the  sample.  The  decimal point is  indicated.

  51          >                    If the  actual concentration  is indicated  to
                                   be less than  or greater than  a value,  enter
                                   the  appropriate sign  here.  Otherwise,  leave
                                   blank.

  62-68       Actual              Enter  the  concentration of  the category/
              Concentration        species,  in  the form  nAnn  E + nn.

  69-79       Actual              Enter  units  of  actual  concentration  as text,
              Concentration  Units  from Table A-14.

     90        Feed  Material         Same as CARD  FO.
               Sequence Number
                                         4.2-17

-------
                    GROUP F — FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS — FORM 5
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARDS F7. F8. and F9

   16-79       Comments
     80
Feed Material
Sequence Number
Enter comments regarding the analysis of the
fuels and feedstocks, starting on CARD F7, as
text.

Same as CARD FO.
                                        4.2-18

-------
               GROUP H — SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
              Sample Number
  16
   17-46
  47-50
   51-53
   54-57
   58-61
   62-64
   65-67
Method Type
Measurement Instru-
ment/Method Name
Sampling Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream
Velocity
Measured Stream
Temperature
 Measured  Stream
 Pressure
 Measured  Stream
 Moisture  Content
Enter a sequential integer number for each
sample, unique within each Test ID.  A sample
is defined as the measurement or group of
measurements taken with a single measurement
method to define the composition of a stream
at a given point in time.  This number may be
assigned serially at the time the data is
encoded.

Enter the letter I if the measurement method
used is an inertia! impaction device (e.g.,
impactor, SASS train).  Otherwise, enter  X.

Enter the name of the measurement
instrument/method as text using the standard
nomenclature given in Table A-9(a), and
elaborate in comments if necessary.  If  not
known, enter "NOT SPECIFIED".

Enter the start time of the sample collection
as a right-justified integer using military
time.

Enter the duration  in minutes of  the sample
collection activity  as  a  right-justified
integer.

Enter  as  a decimal  number the measured
velocity  of  the  gas  stream  in units  of
m/sec.  The  decimal  point is  indicated.

Enter  as  an  integer  number  the  measured
temperature  of  the  gas  stream  in units of
degrees Celsius.

Enter  as  an  integer  number  the  measured
absolute  pressure of the gas  stream  at  the
sampling  location in units  of  kPa.

Enter  as  a  decimal  number the measured
moisture  content of the gas stream at the
 sampling  location in units  of percent by
volume.   The decimal point  is indicated.
                                         4.2-19

-------
                GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION — FORM 6
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD HO (cont.)

   68-70       Density
   71


   72-76



   77-80

CARD HI

   16-21
   22-27


   28-47
   48-52



   53-54


   55-80

CARD H2

   16
Density
Determination

Sample Volume
Blank
Measured Stream
Flowrate
Flowrate Units
Flowrate Measure-
ment Method
Sample Total Mass



Mass Units


Blank
Sampling Location
Code
                     Enter as a decimal number the particle
                     density of a fine parti cul ate laden gas
                     stream.  The decimal point is indicated.
                     Units are
Enter the integer 1 for measured or 0
for assumed.

Enter as a decimal number the total gas
volume collected for the sample in units of
nH.  The decimal point is indicated.

Leave blank.
Enter as a decimal number the measured total
volumetric flowrate of the gas stream at the
sampling location.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter as text the units of the gas stream
flowrate, from Table A-14.

Enter as text the technique or equipment
which was used to determine the gas stream
flowrate using the standard nomenclature
provided in Table A-10.

Enter as a decimal number the total mass of
the sample collected.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter as text the units of the sample total
mass, from Table A-14.

Leave blank.
Enter the code letter for the sampling
location as follows:  I, inlet of control
device/treatment process or 0, outlet of
control device/treatment process.  If the
source is uncontrolled, enter I.
                                         4.2-20

-------
                GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
£ard_H2  (cont.)

    17-18



    19-48
    49-52
    53-55
    56-60
    19-22
    23-26
Device/Process
Number
Sampling Location
Description
 Instrument
Temperature


 Instrument Pressure
 Instrument Flowrate
                Blank
                Percent Isokinetic
                Sampling
 CO-2
 CO
Enter the integer number which identifies to
which device or process the sampling location
code refers (see CARD DO, columns 16-17).

Describe the sampling location in terms of
proximity to control devices and discharge
points.  Enter as text any information that
affects the sampling and transport of
discharges or emissions.  Identify any
sources of possible stratification.  Be brief
and use abbreviations.  Expand into comments
as necessary.

Enter as a right-justified integer number the
temperature of the  sampling instrument in
degrees Celsius.

Enter as a right-justified integer number the
inlet absolute pressure  of the sampling
instrument in kPa.

Enter as a decimal  number  the  instrument
flowrate in  liters/minute.  The  decimal  point
is  indicated.

Leave blank.
 Enter  the  percent  isokinetic  sampling achieved
 at  the sampling  location  as  a right-justified
 integer  number.

 Enter  the  amount of CO;? as  the percent of
 total  gas  on a dry basis  as  determined by gas
 analysis as a decimal  number.  The decimal
 point  is indicated.

 Enter  the  amount of CO as the percent of
 total  gas  on a dry basis  as  determined by gas
 analysis as a decimal  number.  The decimal
 point  is indicated.
                                          4.2-21

-------
                GROUP H — SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION — FORM 6
 Card Column
    Data Element
            Encoding  Instructions
CARD H3 (cont.)

   27-30       0-2
   31-34
   35-39
   40
  41
   42-46
  47
  48-80
N-2
Dilution Factor
Particle Diameter
Basis
Particle
Concentration Basis
Upper Boundary
Diameter
Calibration/
Calculation
Blank
 Enter  the  amount of 02  as the percent of
 total  gas  on a  dry basis as  determined  by  gas
 analysis as a decimal number.  The decimal
 point  is indicated.

 Enter  the  amount of N2  as the percent of
 total  gas  on a  dry basis as  determined  by  gas
 analysis as a decimal number.  The decimal
 point  is indicated.

 Enter  the  ratio of aerosol concentration
 (either on mass basis or number basis)  in  the
 original gas stream to  that  of the measured
 sample as  a decimal number.  Enter 1 in card
 column 38  if the aerosol is  not diluted as  is
 the usual  case when sampling with impactors.
 Distortions in particle size distribution  due
 to the dilution system  should be reported  in
 the appropriate comments.  The decimal  point
 is indicated.

 Enter the  integer 0 for Stokes particle
 diameter,  1 for classic aerodynamic particle
 diameter, or 2 for aerodynamic impaction
 particle diameter.

 Enter the  integer 1 if the instrument/method
measures mass or enter 0 if the instrument/
method measures number of particles.

 Enter the upper boundary diameter value as
 a decimal number in units of microns.  The
 decimal point is indicated.

Enter the integer 1 for calibrated
 instrument cut diameters, or 0 for calculated
 instrument cut diameters.

Leave blank.
                                   4.2-22

-------
                GROUP H -- SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION -- FORM 6
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD H4

   16-80
CARD H5

   16-70
Trace Gases          Enter the results of trace gas analysis as
                     text.  Enter the chemical symbol followed by
                     a dash and the value in parts per million
                     (ppm) (e.g., S02-15).  Separate multiple
                     entries by commas.  Use sampling activity
                     comments for overflow space.
Collection Surface/  Enter as text a description of any surface
Substrate            or substrate used for sampling.  For
                     instruments for which no collection surface
                     is needed, encode NONE.
   71-80
Blank
HARDS H6, H7, H8. and H9

   16-80       Comments
Leave blank.
                     Enter as text comments on the  sampling
                     activity.
                                     4.2-23

-------
                          GROUP K - COMPONENT — FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
NOTE:  THIS FORM IS TO BE USED ONLY IF CHEMICAL OR RADIONUCLIDE DATA WILL BE
       REPORTED FOR THE COMPONENTS ENCODED.   IF SUCH DATA WILL NOT  BE REPORTED
       USE FORM 7 a AND OMIT FORM 7.                                  ~	'
CARD KO

   16-17
   18-29
Component Sequence
Number
Component Name
   30-33
Stage/Filter Cut
Size
   34
   35-41
Stage Weight
or Concentration
Enter a sequential integer number for each
component of the measurement method analyzed
starting with the largest cut size and
proceeding in decreasing size.

Enter the specific component of the sampling
equipment as text.  For example, the
10 micron cyclone catch in a SASS train could
be a component name, or an impactor stage.
Use abbreviations if necessary and clarify in
comments on Form 6.  If the sample is not
split into components, enter "TOTAL SAMPLE".

Enter the particle boundary diameter value as
a decimal number in units of microns.  The
decimal point is indicated.  If multiple
impactor stages or cyclones are combined to
be analyzed as a single component, enter the
lowest cut size.

If the stage weight or concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter in the form nAnn E _+ nn, the stage
weight or concentration for this component.

If CARD HO,  cc 16 = I (impactor),
   then enter the stage weight in milligrams
   (mg).

If CARD HO,  cc 16 = X (other), and
   CARD H3,  cc 44 = 1 (mass),
   then enter mass concentration in (ug/m3)

If CARD HO,  cc 16 = X (other), and
   CARD H3,  cc 44 = 0 (number),
   then enter number concentration in
   (number/m^).
                                        4.2-24

-------
                          GROUP K - COMPONENT — FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD KO (cont.)

   42-80
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
Enter the name of the laboratory which
performed the chemical analysis on the
particulate samples as text.
   18-20


   21-23



   24-63



   64-70



   71-75
    18-29
Component Sequence
Number

Chemical Lab
QA/QC Code

Radionuclide
Laboratory
QA/QC Code

Radiological
Analysis Lab Name
Component Aliquot
Mass/Volume
Aliquot Units
                Blank
 Component  Sequence
 Number

 Effluent
 Parameter  Name
    30
 Value Type
                                    Same as CARD KO.
Enter the QA/QC code for the
chemical analysis laboratory, if known.

Enter the QA/QC code for the
radionuclide analysis laboratory,  if known,
Enter the name of the  laboratory which
performed the radionuclide  analysis  on  the
particulate  samples  as text.

Enter the mass or volume  of the sample
aliquot  as a decimal  number.  The  decimal
point is indicated.

Enter the units  of  the sample aliquot  as
text, from Table A-14.  These units  will
identify the aliquot as mass or volume.

Leave blank
                                     Same as CARD KO.
 Enter the  name of the effluent parameter
 analyzed as text.  This entry is intended to
 accommodate any quantitative measurement on
 the particulate sample with the exception of
 organic and inorganic species measurements.
 Examples are opacity, alkalinity, pH, etc.

 Enter N if the parameter has a number value
 and T if it has a text value.
                                          4.2-25

-------
                          GROUP K  --  COMPONENT  -- FORM 7
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD K2  (cont.)

If cc 30 contains N:

   31-35       Number Value
   36-43
Value Units
If cc 30 contains T:

   31-43       Text Value


For both cases (T and N):

   44-45       Analytical Method
   46-53       High Detection
               Limit

   54-60       Low Detection
               Limit

   61-69       Detection Limit
               Units

   70-80       Blank

CARDS K3 AND K4

   16-17       Component Sequence
               Number

   18-80       Comments
Enter the value of the effluent parameter as
a decimal number.  The decimal point is
indicated.

Enter the value units of the effluent
parameter as text, from Table A-14.
                     Enter the value and any associated units  as
                     text.
                     Enter the two-character code for the analysis
                     method using the standard nomenclature
                     provided in Table A-8.

                     Enter the upper detection limit of the
                     analytical method in the form nnAnn E _+ nn.

                     Enter the lower detection limit of
                     the analytical method in the form nAnn E + nn

                     Enter as text the upper and lower detection
                     limit units, from Table A-14.

                     Leave blank.
                     Same as CARD KO.
                     Enter comments on the effluent
                     characteristics as text.
                                         4.2-26

-------
              GROUP K — PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA — FORM 7a
 Card Column
          Data Element
           Encoding  Instructions
NOTE-  IF NO CHEMICAL OR RADIONUCLIDE DATA WILL BE REPORTED FOR THE COMPONENTS
     '  ENCODED. USE THIS FORM 7a.  IF SUCH DATA MILL BE REPORTED. USE FORNTTT"
               Component Sequence   Same as CARD KO.  The numbers are printed
               Number               on the form.
   18-29
   30-33
    34
    35-41
       Component Name
       Stage/Filter Cut
       Size
        Stage  Weight
        or  Concentration
    42-80
        Blank
Enter as text the name of the specific
component of the sampling equipment.
Examples are the 10 micron cyclone from a
SASS train or a Brink impactor stage.

Enter the particle boundary diameter value
as a decimal number in units of microns.
The decimal point is indicated.

If the stage weight or concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter in the form nAnn E + nn, the  stage
weight or concentration for this component.

If CARD HO, cc  16 = I  (impactor),
   then enter the stage weight in milligrams
   (mg).

If CARD HO, cc  16 = X  (other), and
   CARD H3, cc  44 = 1  (mass),
   then enter mass  concentration  in

If CARD HO, cc  16 = X  (other), and
   CARD H3, cc  44 = 0  (number),
   then enter  number  concentration  in
    (number/m^).

Leave blank.
 Note:
Data should be entered in order of decreasing stage/filter cut size.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
                                          4.2-27

-------
       GROUP L - INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 8
 Card Column


CARD LQ

   16-17


   18
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
   19-28
   29-30



   31-38


   39-46


   47-54


   55-62
   63
   64-70
   71-80
Component Sequence
Number

ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
Same as CARD KO.
Enter the chemical entry code which
determines the type of chemical ID used.
Enter the letter C for CAS number or M for
MEG number.  Unlimited cards may be added as
needed.

Enter as text the inorganic or non-Level 1
organic species or compound ID for the
appropriate chemical entry code.  Use the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-7.

Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
                     analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.

Low Detection Limit  Enter the lower detection limit of the
                     analytical method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Detection Limit
Units

Total Milligrams
Recovered
Actual Source
Concentration
Blank
Enter the upper and lower detection limit
units, from Table A-14.

Enter as a decimal number the total
milligrams of the species recovered from the
sample analyzed.  The decimal point is
indicated.

If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter the concentration of the species
analyzed for this component in the form
         nn.  Units are ug/m^.
                                    nAnn E
Leave blank.
                                         4.2-28

-------
       GROUP L — INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 8


 Card Column      Data Element                 Encoding Instructions


rARDS LI and 12

   16-17       Component Sequence   Same as CARD KO.
               Number

   18-80       Comments             Enter inorganic/non-Level 1 organic analysis
                                    comments as text.
                                           4.2-29

-------
                  GROUP M - LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 9
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD MO

   16-17


   18-20
   21-26
   27-32
   33
   34-43
   44-45



   46-53


   54-61


   62-69
Component Sequence
Number

Fraction ID
TCO
GRAV
ID Type
Category/
Species ID
Analytical Method
Same as CARD KO.
Enter as text the organic fraction determined
by liquid chromatography per Level 1 analysis
procedures and designated LC1-LC7.  Enter TOT
if the sample was not fractionated but TCO
and GRAV were done on the whole sample.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.

Enter as a decimal number the total
chromatographable organics (TCO) measured for
each LC fraction in units of milligrams.  The
decimal point is indicated.

Enter as a decimal number the weight in
milligrams of each LC fraction determined by
gravimetric analysis.  The decimal point is
indicated.

The letter M is printed on the form as the
chemical entry code which identifies the type
of chemical ID used.  The letter M is for MEG
number.

Enter as text the organic chemical category
or organic chemical species.  Enter the
appropriate MEG ID number.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-7.

Enter the two-character code for the
appropriate analysis method using the
standard nomenclature in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the
                     analytical method in the form nn^nn E + nn.

Low Detection Limit  Enter the lower detection limit of the
                     analytical method in the form nn^nn E + nn.
Detection Limit
Units
Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units, from Table A-14.
                                        4.2-30

-------
                  GROUP M — LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS — FORM 9
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD MO (cont.)

   70-72        Intensity
   73
    74-80
Actual Source
Concentration
rARDS__Ml and M2

    16-17


    18-80
Component Sequence
Number

Comments
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
assigned intensity (in essence a weighting
factor) used to indicate relative presence of
chemical categories obtained from either
infrared (IR) or low resolution mass
spectrometry (LRMS) analysis data.  Assigned
intensity values, either 100, 10, or 1, are
used to calculate concentration estimates.
An intensity is assigned for each category in
each LC fraction.  Units are dimensionless.

If the actual source concentration  is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise,  leave blank.

Enter  in the form nAnn E +_ nn, the
concentration of each category in each LC
fraction for this component.  These values
are  calculated from the assigned
intensities.  Units are yg/nn.
Same  as CARD KO.
 Enter  comments  on  the  Level  1  Organic
 Analysis  as  text.
                                          4.2-31

-------
                     GROUP R — RADIONUCLIDE DATA — FORM 10
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD RO

   16-17


   18-25
   26-27



   28-35


   36-43


   44-51


   52
   53-59
Component Sequence
Number

Radionuclide ID
Analytical Method
Same on CARD KO.
Enter the name of the isotope assayed as
text.  The name is given as a symbol and mass
number separated by a dash (e.g., RA-226, „
U-235, and BI-214).  Unlimited cards may be
added as needed.

Enter the two-character code for the name  of
the assay (analysis) method as text using
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-8.
High Detection Limit Enter the upper detection limit of the assay
                     method in the form nnAnn E + nn.
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit
Units
Actual Source
Concentration
   60-80       Blank

CARDS Rl AND R2
   16-17


   18-80
Component Sequence
Number

Comments
Enter the lower detection limit of the assay
method in the form nnAnn E + nn.

Enter as text the upper and lower detection
limit units from Table A-14.

If the actual source concentration is
indicated to be less than or greater than a
value, enter the appropriate sign here.
Otherwise, leave blank.

Enter the actual source concentration of the
isotope for this component, in the form
nAnn E + nn.  Units are

Leave blank.
Same as CARD KO.
Enter radionuclide data comments as text.
                                         4". 2-32

-------
                      GROUP T — BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
  41-70
   24-29
   30-80
              Test Type
Test Name
Enter as text the name of the broad category
of bioassay test type using the standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-ll.

Enter as text the exact name of the bioassay
test (a subset of Test Type) using the
standard nomenclature provided in Table A-12.
71-76
77-80
CARp_J_l
16-56
57-59
60-65
66-71
72-80
CARP T2
16-23
Test Duration
Lab Sample ID

Test Lab Name
Bioassay QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Blank

Sample Quantity
Enter as a right-justified integer number the
duration of the test in hours.
Enter as a right- justified integer number the
unique sample ID as assigned by the test lab.

Enter as text the name of the bioassay
testing laboratory.
Enter the bioassay laboratory QA/QC code, if
known.
Enter the start date of the bioassay test as
integer numbers, in the form MM-DD-YY.
Enter the end date of the bioassay test as
integer numbers, in the form MM-DD-YY.
Leave blank.

Enter as a right- justified integer number the
 Sample Quantity
 Units
 Blank
 value indicating the quantity of sample
 submitted for analysis.

 Enter as text the units  of the sample
 quantity submitted for analysis, from
 Table A-14.

 Leave blank.
                                         4.2-33

-------
                       GROUP T -- BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
 Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
CARD T3

   16-80
CARD T4

   16-19


   20-26


   27-34


   35-41


   42-48


   49-56
   57-65


   66-79
Test Organisms/
Strains
Type of Value


Value


Value Units
High Confidence
Limit

Low Confidence
Limit

Maximum Applicable
Dose (MAD)
   80
MAD Units


Level of Toxicity




Blank
Enter as text the name of the specific test
organism used.  Multiple entries are
permitted for those assays in which more than
one organism  is used.  For example,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 and TA-98 may
be used in the same Ames test.  Use standard
nomenclature provided in Table A-13.
Unlimited cards may be added as needed.
Enter one organism/strain per card.
Depending on the assay, enter the value type,
such as LDso, EC50, or LC50, as text.
Enter the assay results value in the form
nAnn E + nn.

Enter the units of the assay results value as
text, from Table A-14.

Enter the upper confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E +_ nn.

Enter the lower confidence limit of the assay
results value in the form nAnn E _+ nn.

Enter the technical limitation on the dose
allowed in a particular assay.  The units
will vary according to the assay.  For
example, Ames MAD = 5 mg/plate, RAM MAD =
1 mg/ml, RODENT MAD = 10,000 mg/kg.  Enter in
the form nAnnn E + nn.

Enter the maximum applicable dose units as
text, from Table A-14.

Enter HIGH, MODERATE, LOU, or NOT DETECTABLE
as a qualitative expression of the bioassay
results based upon a predefined range in
LD50, EC50, or LC50, etc.

Leave blank.
                                         4.2-34

-------
                      GROUP T — BIOASSAY DATA — FORM 11
Card Column
   Data Element
           Encoding Instructions
  30-36
  37-43


  44-60
   18-80
Bacteria Muta-
genicity Response

Minimum Effective
Concentration (MEC)
Minimum Effective
Concentration Units

Approximate Con-
centration Factor
               Blank
               Line  Number
Comments
Enter POSITIVE or NEGATIVE to indicate
the Ames test response.

Enter the minimum effective concentration
(MEC).  If a positive response is obtained
from an Ames test, the MEC is the minimum
concentration that gives a positive
response.  Enter in the form nAnn E +_ nn.

Enter the units of the minimum effective
concentration as text, from Table A-14.

Enter the factor as text which accounts for
any  aliquot taken during the bioassay lab
procedures.  It does not refer to the process
stream flow.

Leave bl ank.
Enter  a  sequential, right-justified  integer
line number  (i.e.,  1,  2, 3...).  Unlimited
cards  may  be  added  as  needed.

Enter  bioassay  comments  as  text.
                                         4.2-35

-------
                           TABLE  4-1.   ENGINEERING  UNITS
 Since  computer  encoding  of  units  does  not  allow the  use  of  Greek  letters
 or  lower  case letters, the  following protocol  for  the  encoding  of
 engineering  units  is  defined:
       Base Units

       Ampere
       Curie
       Day
       Degree Celsius
       Hour
       Gram
       Joule
       Liter
       Meter-
       Metric ton
       Mho (conductivity)
       Minute
       Ohm (resistance)
       Pascal
       Percent
       Percent by volume
       Percent by weight
       Second
       Watt

Adapted SI prefixes

       Factor

       1018
       1012
       109
       106
       103
       10-2
       10-3
       10-6
       10-9
       10-12

Special Prefixes

       Actual
       Dry normal
       Normal
       Parts per
Prefix

exa
tera
giga
mega
kilo
centi
mi 11 i
micro
nano
pico
             Encode

             A
             CI
             DAY
             C
             HR
             G
             J
             L
             M
             T
             MHO
             MIN
             OHM
             PA
             *
             % VOL
             % WT
             S
             W
SI Symbol

     E
     T
     G
     M
     k
     c
     m
     y
     n
     P

Encode

  A
  DN
  N
  PP
Encode

  E
  T
  G
  M6
  K
  C
  M
  U
  N
  P
                                    4.2-36

-------
                           TABLE 4-1.  Concluded
Examples of Derived Units

       Actual cubic meters

       Centimeters
       Centimeters/second
       Cubic meters/second

       Dry normal cubic meters

       Grams per cubic centimeter (density)

       Joule per hour

       Kilogram
       Kilograms of steam per hour
       Kilojoules/kilogram (heat content)
       Kilopascals (kPa) (pressure)
       Kilowatt
       Kilowatt-hour

       Liters per second
       Liters per minute

       Megawatt
       Meters per second
       Metric tons per day

       Micrograms (yg)
       Microgram per cubic meter
       Microgram per gram
       Microgram per liter
       Micro mho (conductivity)
       Micron (ym)

       Milligrams (mg)
       Milligrams per plate
       Milligrams per milliliter
       Milligrams per kilogram
       Milliliter

       Normal cubic meters per minute

       Parts per billion
       Parts per million
       Picocurie (pCi)
       Picocuries per cubic meter
       Picocuries per gram
       Picocuries per liter
       Square centimeters
       Square meters (m?)
Encode

AM3

CM
CM/S
M3/S

DNM3

G/CM3

J/HR

KG
KG/HR
KJ/KG
KPA
KW
KWH

L/S
L/MIN

MW
M/S
T/DAY

UG
UG/M3
UG/G
UG/L
UMHO
UM

MG
MG/PLATE
MG/ML
MG/KG
ML

NM3/MIN

PPB
PPM
PCI
PCI/M3
PCI/G
PCI/L

CM2
M2
                                     4.2-37

-------
               TABLE 4-2.  CONVERSION FACTORS TO METRIC UNITS
To Convert From:

  acre
  atmosphere

  barrel
  Btu
  Btu/hour
  Btu/pound (mass)
  Btu/second

  calorie (International  Table)

  degree Fahrenheit

  foot
  foot2
  foot3

  gallon
  gallon
  grain
  grain/foot-^

  horsepower
    (550 foot-pound force/second)

  inch
  inch
  inch2
  inch^
  inch of mercury (60°F)
  inch of water  (60°F)

  kilocalorie
  kilowatt-hour

  liter

  mil
  mile (U.S. Statute)
  mile/hour

  ounce  (mass AVDP)
  ounce  (U.S. fluid)
 To:

 meter?
 pascal

 meter-3
 joule
 watt
 kilojoule/kilogram
 watt

 joule

 degree Celsius

 meter
 meter2
 meter3

 liter
 meter 3
 milligram
 gram/meter^

 watt
centimeter
meter
meter2
meter^
pascal
pascal

joule
joule

meter3

meter
meter
meter/second

kilogram
meter^
Multiply  By:
 4.05  E +
 1.01  E +
 1.
 1.
 2.
 2.
59
06
93
33
 1.06
E -
E +
E -
E +
E +
03
05

01
03
01
00
03
4.19 E + 00

(tp-32) 5/9

3.05 E - 01
9.29 E - 02
2.83 E - 02

3.79 E + 00
3.79 E - 03
6.48 E + 01
2.29 E + 00

7.46 E + 02
2.
2,
6.
54
54
45
1.64
3.38
2.49 E +
    00
    02
    04
    05
    03
    02
4.19 E + 03
3.60 E + 06

1.00 E - 03

2.54 E - 05
1.61 E + 03
4.47 E - 01

2.83 E - 02
2.96 E - 05
                                   4.2-38

-------
                           TABLE 4-2.  Concluded

To Convert From:                       To:                  Multiply By:

  pint (U.S. liquid)                   meter3               4.73 E - 04
  pound (mass AVDP)                    kilogram             4.54 E - 01
  pound/million Btu                    nanogram/joule       4.30 E + 02
  pound/inch2 (psi)                    pascal               6.89 E + 03
  pound/foot3                          kilogram/meter3      1.60 E + 01
  pound (thousands)/hour               kilogram/second      1.26 E - 01

  quart                                liter                9.46 E - 01
  quart                                meter3               9.46 E - 04

  ton  (long = 2240 pounds)             kilogram             1.02 E + 03
  ton  (short = 2000 pounds)            kilogram             9.07 E + 02
  tonne (metric ton)                   kilogram             1.00 E + 03

  yard                                 meter                9.14 E - 01
                                     4.2-39

-------
                                 SECTION 5
                               DATA SUBMITTAL

5.0    INTRODUCTION
       The purpose of this section is to provide users of the FPEIS with
Instructions for submitting new data for entry to the FPEIS data base and
to describe the quality assurance and quality control activities which
vnll be performed on all data submitted.  Previous sections in this User
Guide have discussed how the sampling data are to be organized and encoded
on the FPEIS Data Input Forms.  This section will provide the protocol for
transferring the data from the data sheets to a form that can be read by
the computer.  Once this step is completed, instructions are given
regarding to whom the data should be sent and what documentation should be
provided.  Next, the review cycle by the  EADS Technical Support Staff is
described.  The function of the EDIT program and LOADER program is
discussed, and the output of each program  is described and  interpreted.
                                    5.0-1

-------
5.1    DATA INPUT FORM PROCESSING
       The FPEIS data input forms are designed to be entered into the
computer initially as 80-character records either as computer cards or
card images that can be interpreted by the UNI VAC U-1100 computer.  It is
the responsibility of the submitter to ensure that the data are keypunched
and verified.  The character set to be used should be compatible with the
IBM 029 set.
       Cards should be segregated by Test Series Number (TSN) and should
be packaged in boxes (if they are to be mailed).  Data may be submitted on
magnetic tape; however, before attempting to do so, the user should
contact the EADS Program Manager for guidance.  The manner in which
computer tapes are formatted and read varies widely; thus, each tape
submittal must be handled differently.  The EADS Technical Support Staff
will coordinate  information between the user and the National Computer
Center  staff  to  ensure that the  user's tape will be compatible with  the
UNIVAC U-1100.   Magnetic tapes to be mailed should be packaged properly  in
specially-designed tape containers for shipment.  Such containers  are
generally  available  in most data centers.
       When  the  data  input forms have been converted  into  a
machine-readable format for the  computer,  the  submitter  should retain  the
data forms for reference until the test series  has been  loaded into  the
data base.
                                    5.1-1

-------
5.2    SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

       All data in machine-readable format (usually cards) should be sent

to the EADS Program Manager accompanied by a cover letter that describes

each test series submitted.  A sample cover letter is given in

Figure 5-1.  The complete address is as follows:

                Gary L. Johnson
                EADS Program Manager
                Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Mail Drop 63
                Research Triangle Park, NC 27711

REMINDER:  No test series should be submitted until  it has been  assigned  a

unique Test Series Number (TSN) by the EADS Program  Manager.  As described

in Section 4, the TSN must be encoded in columns 2-6 on  each  card

submitted.  If  a permanent TSN has not been assigned, then the encoder

should write or call the EADS Program Manager prior  to submitting  the data.

       Once the data have been received, the encoder will  be  sent  a  letter

acknowledging receipt of the data and notifying him  that EDIT processing

of the data has commenced.  A sample acknowledgement letter  is given  in

Figure 5-2.

       In  some  cases,  EADS users will have  the  facilities available  to

directly submit the  test  series  cards  to  the National Computer Center.

This  is  allowed;  however,  the  submittor  should  contact  the EADS  Program

Manager  for  technical  guidance prior  to  doing  so.
                                    5.2-1

-------
 Gary L.  Johnson
 EADS Program Manager
 Industrial  Environmental  Research  Laboratory
 Mail  Drop 63
 Research  Triangle  Park, NC   27711

 Dear  Mr.  Johnson:

 Enclosed  you  will  find punched cards for FPEIS Test Series 200  GEDS  Test
 Series 27,  LEDS Test Series  352, and SDDS Test Series  14.  These  test
 series represent multimedia  sampling performed at  a confidential  power
 plant site  as part of EPA Contract No. 68-02-9999.

 Very  truly yours,
John A. Doe, Ph.D.
Ozone National Laboratory

Enclosure
                 Figure  5-1.   Sample  data  submittal  letter.


                                   5.2-2

-------
Dr. John A. Doe
Ozone National Laboratory
1234 Anystreet Drive
Hometown, CA  99999
Dear Dr. Doe:

This letter  is to acknowledge our receipt of source testing data for
the following data bases and test series:  FPEIS TSN 200, GEDS TSN 27,
LEDS TSN 352, and SDDS TSN 14.

In a short time, you will be contacted by the EADS Technical Staff re-
garding any  corrections to the data that may be required prior to load-
ing tne ^ata *nto t*ie appropriate media data base.

Thank  you very much for your support of the EADS.  If you have any ques-
tions, please feel free to call me at  (919) 541-2745.

Very truly yours,
Gary L.  Johnson
      Program Manager (MD-63)
             Figure 5-2.   Sample data submittal  acknowledgement  letter,


                                       5.2-3

-------
5.3    REVIEW AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURES
       The responsibility for determining the validity of the data
submitted lies with the encoder; however, the EADS Technical Staff will
assist the encoder by identifying errors that must be corrected before the
data can be loaded into the data base.
       Upon receipt of the card deck (or decks) submitted by the encoder,
the EADS Program Manager's office will load the cards into  a card-image
file on the UNIVAC U-1100 computer at Research Triangle Park, NC.  The
appropriate EADS Technical Staff persons will be notified that  a new  test
series has been received and that quality assurance  (QA) activities may
begin for that test series.
       The EADS QA activities are shown  schematically in Figure 5-3.   The
test series received will be processed through the EADS EDIT program  which
will produce  a SERIES Report-format  listing of the input data,  a  list of
all errors detected, and a  list of all cards  contained  in the  test
series.  The  EDIT program  is described in detail  in  Section 5.4 which
follows.  Initially, the EADS Technical  Staff will review the  EDIT report
and will  identify any obvious errors.  These  errors  will be corrected by
the Technical Staff  and  a  new EDIT  report will be  produced.  It should be
noted that by "obvious errors"  we  are  referring  to errors such  as
encoding, keypunching, or  spelling  errors,  etc.   The Technical  Staff
cannot  and will  not  attempt to  correct any  data  with respect to accuracy
or  validity,  or  otherwise  pass  engineering  judgment  on  the  submitted  data,
etc.  Any errors  in  measurement data or  descriptive  data must be
identified  and  corrected by the encoder  of  the data.
        The corrected  EDIT  report  will  be mailed  to the  encoder for his
review.   Any changes  to  the data  should  be  marked legibly  on the
                                    5.3-1

-------
r
Cards
 Edit
program
  Data file
(intermediate
  storage)
Loader
      EADS staff
        review
 Sampling
contractor
  rev i ew
              Error list
           Report
        (test series
           format)
                           EADS
                           data
                           base
                                                                                           Report
                                                                                                 Test series
                                                                                                   report
                                         Figure 5-3.   QA procedure.

-------
printout.  Telephone interaction with the EADS Technical Staff to answer
questions, or to clarify data as they are encoded, is encouraged.  The
marked EDIT report with the corrections should be returned to the
Technical Staff promptly.  The Technical Staff will implement the
recommended changes and will produce another EDIT report.  If no errors
are detected, the EDIT report will be returned to the encoder for final
verification.  If the encoder is satisfied that the data are correct  (and
valid) as submitted, then he should notify the Technical Staff that the
data  are ready to load into the data base.  If any errors  remain after
review by the encoder, the changes should again be marked  on the EDIT
report and  it should be returned to the Technical Staff.   This corrective
action QA cycle will be repeated until the submittor okays the data for
data  base entry.  No data will  be  loaded until encoder  approval  is
^btained.
       Once  final approval of the  data  is received from the  submittor,  the
test  series  is processed through the LOAD program, which  actually  loads
the sampling  activity results into the  SYSTEM  2000^data  base
management  structure described  in  Section 2.   The specific details  of the
LOAD  program are  given  in  Section  5.4,  following.
       When the  test series  has been  loaded  into the data base,  a copy of
the SERIES  report (see  Section  7)  will  be  sent to the submittor  to
acknowledge the  event.   At  this point,  the  contents  of the test  series are
available to be  compared with  any  other data contained in the data base;
that  is, only now will  the test series be  available for public access.
                                     5.3-3

-------
5.4    EDIT/LOAD PROGRAMS
5.4.1  EDIT Program
       The EADS EDIT program provides three functions on the data being
submitted for entry to the EADS data base.  First, it processes and lists
all input cards for a test series, duplicating or filling data fields on
cards as instructed by the Repetitive Data Feature protocol (described  in
Section 4).  Second, the EDIT program produces a report that is formatted
similarly to the SERIES Report, which allows visual editing to be done  in
a format familiar to the user.  Third, the program performs values  and
range checks on input data fields, such as those fields that require
standard nomenclature, and lists  any errors detected.  The EDIT program
does not replace actual reviewing of the  data  by the  EADS Technical Staff
or, more importantly, by the  submitter of the  data.
       An example EADS EDIT  is given in Figure 5-4.   Each page  in the
SERIES report format has the  form number  given in  the upper right corner
that identifies the  data  input form  on which the  data were encoded.  It
should be noted that in the  SERIES report format  all  analytical codes have
been translated  into the  full  description and  all  chemical  ID's  have  been
expanded to  report  both  the  MEG  ID  and  the CAS Number, the  chemical
preferred  name  and  any synonyms,  and the  chemical  formula.  The EDIT
report reflects  the  data  as  they  are encoded,  that is, the format  follows
the  pyramid  structure  form by form.  This means  that the chemical  data
(Non-Level  1 Organic/Inorganic and  Level  1 Organic)  at the SAMPLE  level in
the  data base are  summarized by COMPONENT.  The  actual SERIES report
differs  from this  in that the chemical  data are  summarized by chemical
species  (or Level  1 fraction).  The same is true for the radionuclide
                                   5.4-1

-------
 data.  The EADS user should refer to Section 7 for more details on the
 SERIES report.
       The FPEIS EDIT program provides a special data reduction feature
 for users:  particle data collected using impaction-type samplers
 (including impactors, cyclones, etc.) may be reduced to particle size
distributions by calculations, contained in the EDIT program.  As described
 in Section 3, the particle data are input to the EDIT as stage or
component masses.  The calculations produce on a particle size basis the
following data:
           Micrograms per Dry Normal Cubic Meter
           Cumulative Percent of Mass Smaller Than Size
           Cumulative Micrograms per Actual Cubic Meter Smaller Than Size
           Cumulative Micrograms per Dry Normal Cubic Meter Smaller Than
           Size
           Geometric Mean Diameter
           DM/DlogD
           DN/DlogD
The calculated parameters from the data reduction calculations will be
stored in the data base.  After the calculated parameters are checked and
verified in the EDIT program, along with the other encoded data, the
completed input file will be loaded into the data base through the LOAD
program.
       Following the listing of the input in the SERIES (EDIT) format, a
summary of administrative data is presented on the TEST SERIES.  The
submittor is identified as well as the sponsor, contract number, etc.  The
principal milestones in the EDIT review cycle are documented.
                                    5.4-2

-------
       After the administrative data, all of the input cards are listed
and numbered sequentially as received.  This provides an easy reference to
the card images when errors are found.  The EADS Technical Staff will
correct any errors in this card image file using the UNIVAC Text Editor,
which allows on-line changes to be made.
       Following the listing of the  input data cards, the ERROR file  is
printed.  The ERROR file contains a  list of all of the errors detected by
the EDIT program.  For each input card on which an error  is found, the
card number and entire card text are printed, the error number  is given,
the type of error (F = fatal or W =  warning) is given, the data base
component number affected  is shown,  and the error message is  listed.  The
complete list of error messages is given in Appendix A.I.  The  format for
the ERROR file  data  is shown below:
15         F000110100101K001
           No.     Type      Component      Message
           163       F         C1305       Component  Name Missing
       The user may  refer  to the Glossary of Data  Elements  in Appendix  A.3
for a complete  description  of  the component number.   It  should  be  noted
that the ERROR  file  will  only  identify  those fields  left  out  or those
having standard nomenclature to which comparisons  may  be  made.   As  stated
previously, the ERROR  file  does not  replace visual  checking  of the  data by
the Technical  Staff  or validation of the data  by the submittor.
5.4.2  LOAD Program
       After  the data  have been reviewed completely and have been approved
for  data  base entry, the LOAD  program is used  to enter the test series
into  the  data base.   Loading  of  the  data base  is accomplished by the EADS
Technical  Staff.  The  LOAD program  has  no specific output like the EDIT
                                     5.4-3

-------
 program.   Verification of data loading  is  made by the Technical  Staff by
 checking  the data  base.   Successful  completion of the loading  process will
 be acknowledged  to the submitter  of  the  data  by his  receipt  of the  SERIES
 report  print-out.
        The  operation of  the LOAD  program is basically simple.  The
 expanded  EDIT-LOAD  file  is the  input  file  to  the  LOAD program.   The  file
 is  segmented  into  blocks  of data  which represent  the  principal levels of
 the data  base structure.  Using the Test Series Number, Stream Number
 Sample Number, and  Component Number as indices, the data are loaded  into
               (fr.
 the SYSTEM  2000V~'pyramid structure through a mechanism called Procedure
Language  Interface  (PLI), a major feature of SYSTEM 2000^-;  The reader
                                          (T;
 is referred to the  appropriate SYSTEM 2000^documentation for a
complete discussion of the PLI feature.
                                    5.4-4

-------
                                                       FPEIS SERIES REPORT
                                                                                                                      PAGE      1
                                                                                                            FORM 1     DATE  04/02/80
 TEST SERIES NO:   103  DESCRIBES SAMPLING AT SITE FROM 08/27/77 TO 09/01/77 BY ACUREX
                        SPONSOR ORGANIZATION:   EPA
                        CONTRACT NUMBER:        68-02-2160
                        TASK/DIRECTIVE NUMBER:  123
  SOURCE  DESCRIPTION-
                   SOURCE  CATEGORY:
                   SOURCE  TYPE:
                   PRODUCT/DEVICE:
                   PROCESS TYPE:
                   DESIGN  PROCESS  RATE:
                   FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY:
                         COMBUST-ENERGY
                         UTILITY
                         BOILER
                         TANGENTIAL
                            200   MH
                           COAL
                            SOURCE NAME:
                            SITE NAME;
                            ADDRESS:

                            NPDES NUMBER:
UNIT A
KINGSTON STEAM PLANT

KINGSTON           ,TN
00000
27607  USA
  EADS  WASTE STREAM DATA BASES-
                  WASTE STREAM DATA FROM OTHER MEDIA WHICH WERE COLLECTED CONCURRENTLY WITH THIS TEST SERIES
                  ARE AS FOLLOWSCTEST SERIES NUMBER-TSN):
                       FPEIS TSN: 00000
                         LEDS TSN: 00102
                  GEDS TSN: 00101
                                                                                 SDDS TSN: 00100
REFERENCE REPORT-
  cn
   I
  en
TITLE
AUTHOR
SPONSOR REPORT NUMBER
NTIS NUMBER
                      PUBLICATION DATE
                  FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED UTILITY BOILER—
                  EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION MODIFICATION NOX CONTROL ON MULTIMEDIA EMIS
                  HIGGEBOTHAM E B
                  ACUREX REPORT 79-337                            APRIL 1979
TEST SERIES COMMENTS-
                     01 LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR EFFECTS DUE TO NOX COMBUSTION MODIFICATIONS
                     02 TEST tl BASELINE
                     03 TEST *2 BURNERS OUT OF SERVICE
                     04 TEST t3 BIASED FIRING
                                                    figure 5-4.  Sample EDIT output.

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
                         STREAM  NO:  01
                                                                                                            FORM  2
                                                                                                    PAGE         2
                                                                                                    DATE  04/02/80
EFFLUENT STREAM DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS-
       STREAM NAME;  BOILER  FLUE  GAS

       STREAM DESIGN DATA  AT  SOURCE

                  MOISTURE  CONTENT=  3. t, pcT   MASS/VOLUMETRIC  FLOW RATE=   123.4  M3/SEC   VELOCITY=  45.6 M/S

                  TEMPERATURE=  100 C    PRESSURE'  1.20 KPA        STACK HEIGHT=  100.I  METERS
       COMMENTS:
                         FLUE  GAS INLET TO ID FAN
                         SIGNIFICANT PITTING NOTED IN ID FAN BLADES.
CONTROL/TREATMENT SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS	

       DEVICE   01
 tn
  i
 o>
                  GENERIC  SYSTEM TYPE:
                          MECHANICAL COLLECTOR
DESIGN TYPE:              CYCLONES
SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE:  DUSKOLECTOR
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORDS:  01
                                   02
                                   03
                                                            DEVICE CLASS:
                                                            COMMERICAL NAME:
                                                            MANUFACTURER:
CONVENTIONAL
DUSKOLECTOR
DUSKOLECTOR,INC,
                                        HIGH PRESSURE
                                        LOU ENERGY
                                        STAINLESS STEEL
                  DEVICE/PROCESS DESIGN PARAMETERS:
                                   01   PRESSURE DROP
                                   02   DESIGN EFFICIENCY
                                   03   DESIGN TEMPERATURE
                                   04   DESIGN FLOW RATE
                                   05   DESIGN POWER CONSUMPTION
                                                                                            2.60E+00 KPA
                                                                                            9.00E+01 % AT 100 M3
                                                                                            150-250 C
                                                                                            1 .OOE+02 M3/S
                                                                                            1.50E+00 KWH
        DEVICE   02
GENERIC SYSTEM TYPE:      ESP
DESIGN TYPE:              SINGLE STAGE ESP
SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE;  PLATE
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORDS:  01   HOTS1DE
                                   02   DRY
                                   03   HI VOLTAGE
                                                                              DEVICE CLASS:
                                                                              COMMERICAL NAME:
                                                                              MANUFACTURER:
                                                                              CONVENTIONAL
                                                                              R/C MODEL 16A
                                                                              RESEARCH-COTTRELL
                 DEVICE/PROCESS DFSIBN PARAMETERS:  01   PLATE AREA
                                                                         2.00E+02 M2

-------
                                                   02   PLATE-PLATE SPACING                1.25E+00 CM
                                                   03   DESIGN MASS EFFICIENCY             98  %
                                                   04   BULK LINEAR VELOCITY               2.80E+01 M/S
                                                   05   DESIGN PRESSURE DROP               5.49E-01 KPA
Ul

-------
TCST SERIES NO: 00103
                         STREAM NO:  01
                                                                                                             FORM  ZA
                                                                                                                       PAGE         5
                                                                                                                       DATE 0
-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID NO: 001
                                                                                                            FORM 3
                                                                                             PAGE         <»
                                                                                             DATE  0
-------
 TEST SERIES NO: 00105
                         STREAM NO: 01
              TEST ID NO: 001
                                                                                                            FORM
                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                          DATE
 FUELS  AND  FEEDSTOCKS CHARACTERISTICS	

        SOURCE  FUEL/FEED  MATERIAL:   COAL                                FEED MATERIAL  RATE:   8.66  KG/SEC

        NAME  OF ANALYTICAL  LABORATORY:   COMMERCIAL  TESTING  AND  ENGINEERING CO.      QA  AUDIT CODE:     026

        SAMPLE  MASS:   1.50   KG     SAMPLE  VOLUME:   3.«   N3
        PROXIMATE ANALYSIS:
                                       MOISTURE
                                       ASH
                                       VOLATILE MATTER
                                       FIXED CARBON
                                       SULFUR
                                       HEAT CONTENT
                                  2.0  XHT
                                  19.6 XHT
                                 31.8  XHT
                                  46.5 XWT
                                  2.2  XWT
                               36288.  J/G
         ULTIMATE ANALYSIS:
I
o
           PARAMETER

            CARBON
            HYDROGEN
            SULFUR
            NITROGEN
            ASH
            MOISTURE
            OXYGEN
PERCENT BY HEIGHT

     63.1

      2.2

     19.6
      2.0
       7.3
        CHARACTERISTICS:
              PARAMETER
ANALYTICAL METHOD
                             HIGH      LOW     DETECTION
                           DETECTION DETECTION  LIMIT
                            LIMIT     LIMIT     UNITS
                                                                                                               VALUE
                                                                                                                        UNITS
            DENSITY
            PH
            COLOR
OTHERCSEE FUEL AND FEEDSTOCK COMMENTS)
WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (NOT SPECIFIED)
OTHERCSEE FUEL AND FEEDSTOCK COMMENTS)
                           1.40E+01  1.50E-01
   2.5   G/CNJ
   8.5
BLACKISH GRAY

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
      STREAM NOS 01
TEST ID NO: 001
                                                                                                                      PAGE         6
                                                                                                            FORM 5    DATE  04/02/80
 FUELS  AND  FEEDSTOCKS  CHARACTERISTICS  CONTD	

   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS:   THE  CHEMICAL  DATA ARE LISTED IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER

        MEG NUMBER   CAS NUMBER  PREFERRED CHEMICAL NAME
                                OTHER  NAME COMMONLY USED
                                ANALYTICAL METHOD
                                                               EMPIRICAL FORMULA

                                                               DETECTION LIMITS
                                                                    TOTAL        CONCEN-
                                                                    MG            TRATION
                                                                    RECOVERED   (UG/M3)
          56
  en
          37
         74
         72
         46
         71
         76
 07440-59-3   BARIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
             BARIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-41-7   BERYLLIUM- FREE  AMD COMBINED
             GLUCINIUM
             BERYLLIUM- FREE  AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-42-8   BORON-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             BORON-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-47-3   CHROMIUM-  FREE AND COMBINED
             CHROMIUM-  FREE AMD COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07440-48-4   COBALT-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             COBALT-  FREE  AND  COMBINED
             ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY

 07439-87-6   IRON- FREE AND COMBINED
             IRON- FREE AND COMBINED
             ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTRDMETRY

07439-92-1   LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
             LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
            ATOMIC ABSORPTION  SPECTROMETRY

            MANGANESE- FREE AND COMBINED
            MANGANESE- FREE AND COMBINED
            ATOMIC ABSORPTION  SPECTROMETRY

07440-02-0  NICKEL- FREE AND  COMBINED
            NICKEL- FREE AND  COMBINED
            ATOMIC ABSORPTION  SPECTROMETRY
                                        BA

                                        3.00E+03   5.00E-04   MG

                                        BE


                                        3.00E+03   5.00E-04   MG

                                        B



                                        CR



                                        CO



                                        FE



                                        PB



                                       MN



                                       NI
                                                                                                                 12.123   >1.20E+02
                                                                                                                 11.543    1.40E+00
                                                                                                                           1 .OOE + 00
                                                                                                                           2.60E+01
                                                                                                                           8.60E+00
                                                                                                                           6.40E+03
                                                                                                                           1.40E+01
                                                                                                                           1.70E+01
                                                                                                                          6.00E-01
       FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS COMMENTS--
                                     SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
                                     BELOW 5-METER LEVEL WAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00105    STREAM NOJ 01    TEST ID NO: 001    SAMPLE NO: 01                                            PAGE         7
                                                                                                            FORK  6     DATE  04/02/'80

SAMPLING ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION	

       MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT/METHOD NO:  00  NAME: SASS TRAIN HITH/CYCLONES           SAMPLING  START  TIME:  1234    DURATION:    1  MIN

       SAMPLING CONDITIONS— MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOMRATE=      1.2  L/S      FLOWRATE  METHOD:  PITOT TUBE            TEMPERATURE*    45  C

                               MOISTURE  CONTENT=  6.6  PCT     VELOCITY'   12.3 M/SEC    PRESSURE=   46  ICPA

                               SAMPLE  DENSITY=  2.5 G/CM3    DENSITY DETERMINATION:  ASSUMED




       SAMPLING  LOCATION  CODE* INLET     SAMPLING LOCATION DESCRIPTION:  3.5 M FROM ESP INLET

       VOLUME  OF  SAMPLE COLLECTED=   1.20 M3     TOTAL MASS OF SAMPLE  COLLECTED= 100.00  MG

       MEASUREMENT  INSTRUMENT:  TEMPERATURE*    80 C    INLET PRESSURE'   5 KPA   FLOW RATE=    5.2  L/MIN

       COLLECTION SURFACE/SUBSTRATE:      NONE

       PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING*  92    GAS ANALYSIS  (PCT BY WEIGHT)— C02=  1.20   C0=  1.30   02=  1.40   N2= 81.50

       OTHER  TRACE  GASES  (IN  PPM): S02-250,N02-55                                                       DILUTION FACTOR=    1.3

CJi
•
-P»
_J_,     PARTICLE  DIAMETERS ARE  DEFINED ACCORDING TO  THE  FOLLOWING DEFINITION:  CLASSIC AERODYNAMIC
ro
       PARTICLE  DIAMETERS HERE DETERMINED FROM CALIBRATION
 COMMENTS  ON  THE  SAMPLING ACTIVITY-
                               THE IO-UM AND 3.5-UM CYCLONES HERE COMBINED.
                               THE 1.0-UM CYCLONE AND FILTER CATCH WERE COMBINED.

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
      STREAM NQ: 01
TEST 10 NO: 001
SAMPLE N0» 01   COMPONENT NO: 01
                                                                                                            FORM 7
                                                                                                   PAGE         8
                                                                                                   DATE  04/02/80
 COMPONENT NAME:  10+3.5  CYC        STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE:  3.50 UM     MASS: 1.23E+02 U6/M3

 CHEMICAL  LABORATORY QA  AUDIT CODE:  024            RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OA AUDIT CODE: 019

 RADIOLOGICAL  ANALYSIS LABORATORY NAME: FONDA NUCLEAR LABS

 COMPONENT  (ALiQuoT)voLUME;     1.230  MG
 EFFUENT  CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY-
          PARAMETER
                        ANALYTICAL  METHOD
                                                           HIGH      LOU     DETECTION
                                                         DETECTION DETECTION  LIMIT
                                                          LIMIT     LIMIT     UNITS
                                                                                                           VALUE
                                                                                                                      UNITS
        OPACITY
        PH
    OTHER (SEE COMMENTS)
    WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  (NOT SPE
                                  1.50E+01   1.75E+01
                                                                     5.0
                                                                 5.6-6.3
  in
       COMMENTS:
OPACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103    STREAM NO! 01    TEST ID NO: 001    SAMPLE NO:  01    COMPONENT  NO:  01


INQRGANIC/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DATA SUMMARY


THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
                                                                               FORM 8
              PAGE        ?
              DATE 04/02/80
MEG NUMBER   CAS NUMBER     SPECIES  PREFERRED  NAME
                            OTHER  NAMES COMMONLY USED
                            ANALYTICAL  METHOD
                            HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMIT AND UNITS
                                                     EMPIRICAL FORMULA
TOTAL     STAGE   CONCEN-
MG        SIZE    TRATION
RECOVERED (UM)    (UG/M3)
  41A100      07440-28-0     THALLIUM
                            THALLIUM
                            ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
  99A100      07440-61-1     URANIUM
                            URANIUM METAL
                            URANIUM
                            ATOMIC  ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
                                                    TL
                                                                              12.567   3.50  <1.23E-01
                                                                              12.543   3.50   3.23E-I-00
 cn
 '-F*
  i
                COMMENTS:
REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.

-------
  II M  M K II '.  Nil:  III! Ill \
                                  '.I VI AM  Nil:  III
                                                        II M  II)  NO:  Dili
                                                                                '.AMPM  NO:  III
                                                                                                    (•.I1HPMNI III  111):  III
  I I VI I  I  OHI.ANIC  IXIKACIIDN  SUMMARY

            MM  1XIINDII)  CIIIMICAI  DA I A  AKI  CIVIN  IN I Ml HIM INC. MKDIR:

  HI r. NIIMIII H     ( A 11 r.MKY/spi t: 11s  NAMI

                    AMAI V I I CAI   Ml 111(11)
                    II II.M/I DM  1)1 I I C I KIN  I I Ml IS  AND  UN M S
                                                                                IRAC!ION
                                                                                    in
                                                                                                 INIt NSITY
                                                                                                                        rn«H  9
                                                                                                                                                       PAr.r         10
                                                                                                                                                       DMT  O'./O?/RO
TSTI MATSD
CDNCrHI RAT ION
 UJMXM3)
tn
     III
     nil
     I?
     16
     I 1
    in
 Al  I THAI 1C  im)RO(.ARMONS
 A I DM 1C  AIISOKP I I UN  MM C I H IIMI  I K Y
 I . II III i OS     I  . II (If  (16    Ml.

 CARIIMXYI 1C  ACIDS AND 1)1 K I VA I I VI %
 A KIM 1C  AHMIk'I'l ION  '.IT C I KOMI  I K Y
 I . 001 i 0'.     I  . 111)1   tl'i    Mi;

 NI IRMSAMINI S
 AIIIMIC  AIISOKI'  I KIN  SIM C 1 KOMI  I K Y
 1 . dill I (I1,     I  .01)1   06    Ml,

 HAi.oni NAirn  AROMAIIC COMCOIINDS
 AIIIMIC   ADSORPTION  SPfCIRUMIIRV
 1 . Ill) I I OS     1 . (101 -04    MH

 A/0  COMPOUNDS, HYDRA/INT  DPRIVATIVr
 AIIIMIC  AIISORIM ION SPfCIROMI.INY
 I . 0(11 i O1,      1 . 001 -(>'•   HP,
suiroNic  ACIDS AND rr,r(Rr>,  s
A I DM 1C  AIISORP1 ION  SIM C I ROMI T H Y
i . nor 1 1)')      i . nor -06     Mf;

PII r NO i s
AKIMIC  ABSORPTION  SPrCTROMriRY
I . 0(1!  tOS      1 . 001 -O'i     MO
                                                                                                     LCI
                                                                                                     LC?
                                                                                                     I CJ
                                                                                                     LC4
                                                                                                    LC5
                                                                                                    LC6
                                                                                                    LC7
                                                                                                                            10
                                                                                                                            10
                                                                                                                          100
                                                                                                                            10
                                                                                                                           10
                                                                                                                          100
                                                                                                                          100
                                                                                                                                      1.OOE-06
                                                                                                                                      1.02E-01
                                                                                                                                       . 22E-0'.
                                                                                                                                     1.?9E-01
                                                                                                                                       . 36E-0
-------
irsi  "".rffiri Nti;  nnin.i
                          r.(BTAH NO=  01
                                            n ST in NO; 001
                                                                      NO:  01
                                                                                COMPONENT NO: 01
                                                                                                              FORM  10
                                                                                               PAtiC
                                                                                               DATE
                                                                                                                                    1 1
         inr  OAIA SUMMAPY-
                 mi
                       CnNCI NI8ATION
                        (rCI'M.1)       ANALY1ICAL METHOD
                                                                    HIGH        LOU     DETECTION
                                                                  DETECTION  DETECTION    LIMIT
                                                                   LIMIT      LIMIT       UNITS
         KR-8r>
         CS-IJ6
         CF-l'.l
         xr-isr>

-------
TEST SERIES NO: 00103
      STREAM NO:  01
                       TEST ID NO: 001
SAMPLE NO: 01   COMPONENT NO: 02
                                                                                                            FORM 7
           PAGE        12
           DATE  04/02/80
COMPONENT NAME:  1  UM  CYC+FIL      STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE:    .30 UM     MASS:  1.23E+02 UG/M3

CHEMICAL  LABORATORY QA  AUDIT  CODE:  024             RADIOLOGICAL LABORATORY QA AUDIT CODE: 019

RADIOLOGICAL  ANALYSIS LABORATORY  NAME:  FONDA NUCLEAR LABS

COMPONENT  (ALIQUOT)VOLUME:     1.230  MG
 EFFUENT  CHARACTERISTIC  SUMMARY-
          PARAMETER
                        ANALYTICAL  METHOD
                                                           HIGH       LOW      DETECTION
                                                         DETECTION DETECTION   LIMIT
                                                          LIMIT      LIMIT      UNITS
                                                                                                           VALUE
                                                                                                                      UNITS
        OPACITY
        PH
    OTHER (SEE COMMENTS)
    WET CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  (NOT SPE
              1.50E+01   1.75E+01
    5.0
5.6-6.3
    tn  COMMENTS:
OPACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.

-------
TEST SERIES NO:  00103    STREAM  NO:  01     TEST ID MO:  001    SAMPLE NO:  01    COMPONENT NO:  02


JNORGANIC/NOH-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DATA SUMMARY


THE CHEMICAL DATA ARE GIVEN IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER:
                                                                                                        PAGE       13
                                                                                              FORM 8    DATE 04/02/80
MEG NUMBER   CAS NUMBER
              SPECIES PREFERRED NAME

              OTHER NAMES COMMONLY USED
              ANALYTICAL METHOD
              HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMIT AND UNITS
                                                                                 EMPIRICAL FORMULA
TOTAL     STAGE   CONCEN-
MG        SIZE    TRATION
RECOVERED (UM)    IUG/MJ)
  32
07439-92-1    LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
              LEAD- FREE AND COMBINED
              ATONIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
07440-41-7    BERYLLIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
              GLUCINIUM
              BERYLLIUM- FREE AND COMBINED
              ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
                                                                                PB
                                                                                BE
   12.567    .30  <1.23E-01
   12.543    .30   3.23E+00
    Ol
               COMMENTS:
                            REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
    l
    CO

-------
 II r,T  r,l RH S NO: 001115
             MRFAM N(i: 01
                                            TFST  in  NO:  001
                                                  TiAMPtE NO:  01    COMPONENT NO: 02
 LEVFL 1 ORGANIC  FX1RACTHIN SUMMARY	

         THE  EXTFNOFD CIIFMICAL DATA ARE  GIVEN IN FOLLOWING ORDER:

 MEG  NUMBER     CAIFGORY/SPICn S NAME

                ANALYTICAL MFTIIOD
                HIGH/LOW DETECTION LIMITS  AND UNITS
   01
UD
   12
   16
   11
   I't
   IS
 ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-06   MG

 CARROXYLIC ACIDS AND DERIVATIVES
 ATOMIC ADSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
 1 .ODE+05    1 .OOE-04   MG

 NITROSAMINFS
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE+05    l.OOE-06   MG

 HALOGENATED AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
 ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
 1.OOE+05    I.OOE-04   MG

 AZO COMPOUNDS,  HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES
 ATOMIC ADSORPTION SPECTROMETRY
 l.OOE + 05    1.00E-0
-------
5T SERIES NOt  00103
STREAM NO: 01
TEST ID MO: 001
                                    SAMPLE NO: 01   COMPONENT MO'- 02
           BATA SUMMARY	—



                    CONCENTRATION
RADIONUCLICE
                     (PCI/M3)
            ANALVTICAt METHOD
                                                HIGH         LOW      DETECTION

                                              DETECTION   DETECTION    LIMIT

                                                LIMIT       LIMIT       UNITS
KR-85
CS-136
CF-141
XE-135
<1,33E-05
4.32E-02
<5. OOE-05
4.32E-02
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
NEUTRON
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ACTIVATION
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS
1
1
1
1
.OOE+10
.OOE+10
.00E+10
.OOE+10
1
1
I
1
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
.OOE-05
PCI/H3
PCIAM3
PCI/M3
PCI/M3
                COMMENTS:
              CS  CONCENTRATION MAY  BE  ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
   ro
   o

-------
  TEST  SERIES  NO:  00103     STREAM  NO:  01     TEST ID NO:  001    SAMPLE NO:  01                                           PAGE       16
                                                                                                             FORM 11   DATE 04/02/BO

  BIOASSAY SUMMARY DATA	

         TYPE OF ASSAY:   MUTAGENICITY                       NAME OF TESTING LAB: LOVE CANAL ANALYTICAL LAB

         TEST NAME: AMES                                   QA AUDIT CODE-.  034    TEST START DATE: 12/31/73
                                                                                  FINISH DATE: 01/01/79

         ASSAY SAMPLE NO:  234    TEST DURATION:    1000 MRS.    ASSAY SAMPLE QUANTITY=      234 MG

         TEST ORGANISMS/STRAINS USED:
                                        SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
                                        SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
                                        SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1537

         ASSAY RESULTS;

                         LD50 = 1.23E-01MG/M3        CONFIDENCE LIMITS- HIGH=  1.34E+05 -LOH=  1.45E-03

                     *** LEVEL OF TOXICITY=  HIGH            ***     MAXIMUM APPLICABLE DOSE=  1.56E-01 MG/M3

                         AMES TEST RESPONSE= POSITIVE                MINIMUM EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION=  1.23E-OZ MG/M3

                                                                    APPROXIMATE CONCENTRATION FACTOR= 1.25
     cn
     •
     -P»
      '   COMMENTS ON THE BIOASSAY:
     —•                            REPLICATES HERE RUN ON ALL SAMPLES.
                                   COMBINED SASS TRAIN CATCH MAS ANALYZED.
TOTAL CARDS =  00133
TOTAL FATAL ERRORS = 00011
TOTAL WARNING  ERRORS = 00000

-------
                        ADMINISTRATION SECTION
      9979
      F  NICHOLLS YOUNG

      3009  CHURCHILL RD
      RALEIGH
          .MC  27607
 SERIES STATUS-
                DATA BASE:
                TSN:
                SPONSOR:
                SPONSOR PROJECT OFFICER:
                CONTRACTOR CONTACT:
                CONTRACTOR PHONE:
                CONTRACT NUMBER:
                NUMBER OF CARDS RECEIVED:
                DATA CARDS RECEIVED:
                TEST SERIES ASSIGNED:
                         FPEIS
                         00103
                         EPA
                         GARY L JOHNSON
                         NICK YOUNG
                         919-549-0487
                         1234-12-1
                          207
                         11/02/79
                         11/01/79
TASK/TD NO. 123
     EDIT PHASE-
cn
ivi
ro
DATE STARTED:            11/07/79
NUMBER OF RUNS:            31
DATE ENCODED:
DATE RECEIVED:
DATE APPROVAL:
DATE LAST RUN:           04/02/80
NUMBER OF FATAL ERRORS:     11
NUMBER OF WARNING ERRORS:
     LOAD PHASE-
                DATE LOADED:
                CYCLE NO.:
                         03/17/80
                         000527
     SERIES PHASE	
                DATE LAST RUN:
                NUMBER OF RUNS:
                                         00000

-------
FPEIS*GLJ(
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
cn 27
-p» 28
r^ 29
co 30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
D.INFPEIS
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1
103 1











































1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AOCOMBUST-ENERGY      UTILITY
A1TANGENTIAL            200 MW
A2KINGSTON STEAM PLANT
A327607USA         100  101  102
                                           BOILER
                                   COAL       UNIT  A
                                                KINGSTON
                                          082777090177
                       TN
A4EPA                           68-02-2I60123ACUREX
A5FIELD TESTING OF A TANGENTIAL COAL-FIRED  UTILITY BOILER —
A6EFFECTS OF COMBUSTION  MODIFICATION  NOX  CONTROL  ON  MULTIMEDIA  EMIS
A7HIGGEBOTHAM E B      ACUREX  REPORT 79-337APRIL  1979
BO  1LEVEL 1 TESTING FOR  EFFECTS DUE TO  NOX  COMBUSTION  MODIFICATIONS
BO  2TEST *1 BASELINE
BO  3TEST t2 BURNERS OUT  OF  SERVICE
BO  4TEST §3 BIASED FIRING
CO   1234M3/SEC 456 100 12  3401001BOILER FLUE  GAS
C1FLUE GAS INLET TO ID FAN
C2SIGNIFICANT PITTING  NOTED IN ID FAN BLADES.
D001MECHANICAL COLLECTORCYCLONES
D1DUSKOLECTOR          CONVENTIONALDUSKOLECTOR
D2DUSKOLECTOR.INC.
D301HIGH PRESSURE
D303STAINLESS STEEL
D401PRESSURE DROP
D402DESIGN EFFICIENCY
D403DESIGN TEMPERATURE
D404DESIGN FLOW RATE
D405DESIGN POWER CONSUMPTION
D002ESP
D1PLATE
D2RESEARCH-COTTRELL
D301HOTSIDE                       02DRY
D303HI VOLTAGE
D401PLATE AREA
D402PLATE-PLATE SPACING
D403DESIGN MASS EFFICIENCY
D404BULK  LINEAR VELOCITY
D405DESIGN PRESSURE DROP
                                   02LOM ENERGY

                                   2.60E+00 KPA
                                   9.00E+01 % AT 100 M3XS
                                   150-250 C
                                   l.OOE+02 M3/S
                                   1.50E+00 KMH
                         SINGLE  STAGE  ESP
                       CONVENTIONALR/C MODEL 16A
                                   2.00E+02 M2
                                   1.25E+00 CM
                                   98  X
                                   2.80E+01 M/S
                                   5.49E-01
                                           KPA
                        ABSORPTION PROCESSES
                      PILOT       MAG-OX SCRUBBER
                                  02MOVING BED
                                  5.88E-01 KPA
                                  5.50E+01 M/S
                                  6.50E+01 L/M3
                                  90 %
D003LIQUID SCRUBBERS
D1MAGNESIUM OXIDE
D2TAKAHASHI ALI, LTD
D301MECHANICAL AIDED
D401DESIGN PRESSURE DROP
D402INLET GAS VELOCITY
D403DESIGN LIQUID LOADING
D404DESIGN EFFICIENCY
EOOB307700120100CONTINUOUS STEADY STATE
E101
E201POWER CONSUMPTION
E202PRESSURE DROP
E102
E201PRESSURE DROP
E202APPLIED VOLTAGE
FOCOAL
                                                890
                                  1.25E+00 KHH
                                  8.50E-01 KPA
                                  4.50E-01 KPA
                                  1.25E-I-02 KV
                                8.66 KG/SEC
                                          026
F1COMMERCIAL TESTING AND ENGINEERING CO.
F2MOISTURE           2.0 %WT ASH
F2VOLATUE MATTER   31.8 *WT FIXED CARBON
F2SULFUR             2.2 XWT HEAT CONTENT
F3CARBON    63.1 HYDROGEN   4.3 SULFUR
        15 KG
    345M3
        19.6 SWT
        46.5 XWT
     36288. J/G
2.2 NITROGEN    1.4

-------
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
171 84
'-* a5
I 86
£ 87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
F
F
F
F
r
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
1
1









1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1





1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F3ASH 19.6 CHLORINE MOISTURE 2.0 OXYGEN 7
F4DENSITY N 25 G/CM3 ZZ
F4PH N 85 WC1 .40E + 011 .50E-01
F4COLOR TBLACKISH GRAY ZZ
F5M36 AA3.00E+035.00E-04MG 1 2 . 1 2 3> 1 20E+02
F5M32 AA5.00E+035.00E-04MG 11.543 140E+00
F5M37 AA IOOE'00
F5N68 AA 260E+01
F5M74 AA 860E+00
F5M72 AA 640E+03
F5M46 AA 140E+01
F5M71 AA 170E+01
F5H76 AA 600E-01
F7SAMPLE TAKEN 5 METERS ABOVE GROUND LEVEL.
F8BELOM 5-METER LEVEL MAS FROM DIFFERENT SOURCE.
1HOISASS TRAIN MI TH/CYC LONES 1234001 123 45 46 66 251
1H1 12LXS PITOT TUBE 10000MG
1H2I3.5 H FROM ESP INLET 80 5 52
1H3 92 120 130 1408150 1310 20001
1H4S02-250.N02-55
1H5NONE
1H6THE 10-UM AND 3.5-UM CYCLONES MERE COMBINED.
1H7THE 1.0-UM CYCLONE AND FILTER CATCH HERE COMBINED.
1K00110+3.5 CYC 03501. 23E+02WOLFPACK TESTING SERVICE
1K101024019FONDA NUCLEAR LABS 123 MG
1K2 10PACITY N 5 Z21 . 50E+01 1 . 75E+01
1K2 1PH T 5.6-6.3 MC
1K3010PACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
1K401NO HIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS HERE HADE.
1L001S2173 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 1 2 . 567<123E-0 1
1L001S2179 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12.543 323E-00
1L101REPLICATES HERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
1M001LC1 .2 . 3M01 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 10
. 3














12
















100E-06
1M001LC2 .2 .4M08 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1M001LC3 .7 .3M12 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
102E-01
1MOOUC4 .2 .4M16 AA1 . OOE + 051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1MOOHC5 .2 .5M11 AA1 . OOE + 051 . OOE-04MG 10
1M001LC6 .2 1.7M14 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
1M001LC7 .2 1.7M18 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 100
1M101REPLICATE SETS RUN ON ALL FRACTIONS.
1R001KR-85 AA1.00E+I01.00E-05PCI/M3 <133E-05
1R001CS-136 AA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R001CF-141 NA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 <500E-05
1R001XE-135 AA1.00E+101.00E-05PCI/M3 432E-02
1R101CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
1K0021 UM CYC+FIL 03 1 . 23E+02MOLFPACK TESTING SERVICE
1K102024019FQNDA NUCLEAR LABS 123 MG
1K2 20PACITY N 5 ZZ
1K2 2PH T 5.6-6.3 WC
1K3020PACITY CHECKED FROM 250 M OUTSIDE PLANT GATE.
1K402NO MIND SPEED MEASUREMENTS MERE MADE.
1L002M46 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12 . 567<123E-01
1L002M32 AA5.0E+05 l.OE-06 MG 12.543 323E-00
1L102REPLICATES MERE MADE ON ALL ASSAYS.
1MQ02LC1 1.2 1.3M01 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 10
147E-02
129E-01
136E-04















100E-06
1M002LC2 1.2 1.4M08 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-04MG 10<122E-04
1M002LC3 1.7 1.JM12 AA1 . OOE+051 . OOE-06MG 100
102E-01

-------




















«*
1 14
115
1 16
1 17
118
119
120
121
122
123
12'.
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133

r
f
1
F
F
r
i
r
F
F
F
F
r
F
F
F
F
F
F
F

10 J
103
(13
03
fU
03
03
03
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103
103

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
]
1
1
1
I
1M002LC4 1.? 1.4M16 AA1 . OOF + 05 1 . OOE-
04MG
1M002LC5 1.2 l.r>Mll AA1 . OOt + 05 1 . OOE-04MG
1MU021C6 1.2 1.7M1'. AA 1 . DOT 4 0 5 1 . OOE -
1MOOTLC7 1.2 1.7M10 AAl.OOE+Obl.DOE-
lM102REPLICATr SETS RUN ON AIL IRACTUJNS.
1R002KR-85 NA1 . OOE + 1 0 1 . 0 OF -0 5PC I /M3 <133E-05
1R002CS-136 NA1 . OOF + 101 . 0 OE -0 T>PC I /M3 432E-02
1R002CF-141 NAl.OOE+101 . OOE-0 5PC I /M3 <500E-05
1R002XE-135 NA1 . OOF+101 . OOE-0 5PC I/M3 432E-02
1R102CS CONCENTRATION MAY BE ARTIFICIALLY HIGH.
1TOMUTAGENICITY AMES
1T1LOVE CANAL ANALYTICAL LAB 034
1T2 P3'.MG
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-98
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1535
1T3SALMONELLA TYPHtMURIUM TA-1537
OfeMG
O'.MG







1231




1T4LD50123E-01MG/M3 1 34E+0 5145E-03 156E-01MG/M5
1T5POSITIVE 123E-02MG/M3 1.25
1T901REPLICATES WERE RUN ON ALL SAMPLES.
1T902COMBINED SASS TRAIN CATCH WAS ANALYZED.





SFREE FNY.
READY
                                                                                                  10<122C-0'i
                                                                                                  10
                                                                                                100
                                                                                                ] 00
1'. 7E-02
129C-01
136E-OA
                                                                                                  0010000234
                                                                                            HIGH
     3BRKPT PRINTS
ro
en

-------
          19
Ul
t
ro
cr>
         27
         29
          30
          37
          39
          72
F  103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
    F
F  103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
125 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
126 F
126 F

F  103 1
NO. TYPE
059 F
   D301HI6H PRESSURE                 02LOM ENERGY
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH

   D303STAINLESS STEEL
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH

   D1PLATE               CONVENTIONALR/C MODEL 16A
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE MATCH

   D301HOTSIDE                       02DRY
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH

   D303HI VOLTAGE
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
                         PILOT
 MAG-OX  SCRUBBER
   D1MAGNESIUM OXIDE
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS TABLE MATCH

   D301MECHANICAL AIDED              02MOVING BED
COMPONENT MESSAGE
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
          INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYWORD TABLE MATCH
1 1HOISASS TRAIN WITH/CYCLONES
COMPONENT MESSAGE
C1206     NON-NUMERIC METHOD TYPE
1234001  123  45 46 66 251  12

-------
                                 SECTION  6
                               DATA RETRIEVAL

6.0    INTRODUCTION
       The purpose of this section is to  provide users with instructions for
submitting new data for entry to the EADS and for retrieving existing data
from the EADS.  In particular, Section 6  discusses direct interactions with
the computer and procedures for those users who do not have direct access
to the EPA National Computer Center (NCC) at Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.
       It is likely that many users of the EADS will have neither the time
nor the  inclination to pursue the direct  access methods.  Since  Federal
regulations do not permit the sale of computer services by  government data
centers  like the NCC, most users will not be  authorized to  access the NCC
unless they are under  EPA contract.  For  this  reason,  procedures have been
established which  will enable those "off-line" users  to  retrieve
information by written or telephone request  instead.
        It should  be  noted that there is  no  charge for "off-line" data
retrieval;  however,  EPA  makes no guarantee  regarding  the completeness  of
 the data or the  promptness  of the response.   In all likelihood, simple
 data requests will be processed quickly, but the staff response will
 depend upon their current workload and on the complexity of the request.
 Special  data requests which require computer program development will take
 longer.   Requesters will be appraised of any expected delays.
                                    6.0-1

-------
6.1    DATA RETRIEVAL USING THE PROGRAM LIBRARY
       The simplest method of retrieving data for an off-line user is to
request a program from the Program Library.  Section 7 presents the
programs available which may be utilized to retrieve EADS data in a
specified manner.  Each program is described separately and has its own
requirements for data input or qualification by the user.
       Programs may be requested by off-line users by telephone or in
writing.  The requester should supply all  information in accordance with
the  requirements of the program and send the completed request to the
following address:
       EADS Program Manager
       Special Studies Staff  (MD-63)
       Industrial  Environmental Research Laboratory
       U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
       Research  Triangle  Park, North Carolina  27711
       Users  should  send  separate requests for different runs  even  if  the
same program  is  being used repeatedly.   For  example,  if  a  user wishes  to
interrogate the  data base according to  a specific access criteria,  any
change to  that criteria must  be shown  in a separate request.   Receipt  of
the  request will be acknowledged  to the requester in writing.   If there
 are  any  errors  in the  request or  some  information is missing,  the
requester  will  be contacted to clarify the problem.  When  the request has
been processed,  the output will be  sent to the requester for verification,
                                    6.1-1

-------
6.2    SPECIAL DATA RETRIEVAL REQUESTS
       It is recognized at the outset that the Program Library is not
likely to be diverse enough to satisfy all user needs for data.  For this
reason, a special data retrieval request category was established.  There
is no specific form to be used for special requests; there is merely a set
of general guidelines to follow in preparing the request.  These guidelines
are  as follows:
       1.  Be explicit.  Be thoroughly familiar with the FPEIS data  base
           structure.  Identify each  data base element  to be  sorted  and/or
           retrieved by name.  Should additional work on the  request be
           required, consultation with the requester will be  initiated,
           and,  upon completion, the  printout will  be sent to the
            requester for  verification.
        2.   Plan  the request;   Be  sure that the  access criteria applies to the
            proper type of data element.   Remember  that  only  key values may be
            retrieved  directly and  that  non-key  values must  be qualified for
            data  access (see Section 6.3).  Specify all  needed qualifications
            and  identify  all input data  for  comparative  evaluation,
        3.  Define the output:  Determine how you wish the data to be displayed
            on output.   Identify how data elements are to be  ordered.  Specify
            column headings.  Define any calculations to be performed on the
            accessed data.
        The completed definition of the request should be sent to  the EADS
 Program Manager  at 1ERL-RTP.  The user should be sure  to include  his own
 telephone number with the  request.   If there are any problems  encountered
 with the request,  the user will be contacted by telephone to resolve  the
 problem.
                                     6.2-1

-------
       When the request has been received, a  letter of  acknowledgement
will be sent to the requester.  The  letter will  include a preliminary
estimate of the length of time required to process the  request.  As
emphasized previously, the length of time needed to process a  special
request will depend upon the complexity of the request.
       If no problems are encountered that require consultation with the
requester, the results will be sent to the requester when the  processing
is completed.  The requester should review the output to verify that it
satisfies the request.  If it does not, the printout should be returned
with corrections to IERL for reworking.  If the printout is satisfactory,
the requester should notify the EADS Program Manager of his acceptance.
                                   6.2-2

-------
6.3    KEY/NON-KEY DATA ELEMENTS
       Data elements in a SYSTEM 2000v^'data base may be either KEY or
NON-KEY.  This designation determines whether a particular data element
may be accessed directly or must be qualified by including additional
information.  KEY elements may be selected directly; NON-KEY elements
require qualification by a KEY element.  For example, the data element
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE is KEY and may be used to directly access the
data of interest, such as in the following:

        PRINT FPEIS  TEST  SERIES NUMBER WHERE GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE  EQ
        ESP:

        If,  however,  the  data element  is NON-KEY,  as  in  the  case  of SERIES
 START  DATE,  then  qualification will be required:

        IF  SERIES  START DATE GT  1/1/80 THEN  PRINT FPEIS  TEST SERIES NUMBER
        WHERE NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP  EQ XYZ  LABORATORY:

 In this case,  the KEY element,  NAME  OF SAMPLING GROUP,  is used to qualify
 the request regarding a  NON-KEY  data element.
        Table 6-1 lists the KEY  data  elements,  along with their
 ,,,„._..	    component numbers.
                                    6.3-1

-------
                          TABLE  6-1.  LIST  OF KEY DATA  ELEMENTS
 101*  FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER                    905*
 102*  GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER                     923*
 103*  LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER                     926*
 104*  SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER                     945*
 105*  TEST SERIES KEY                             946*
 106*  DB KEY                                      947*
 110*  SOURCE CATEGORY                             950*
 120*  SOURCE TYPE                                1010*
 125*  PRODUCT/DEVICE                             1060*
 150*  PROCESS TYPE                               1203*
 140*  DESIGN PROCESS RATE                        1206*
 145*  DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS                  1209*
 150*  FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY                     1221*
 155*  SPONSOR ORGANIZATION                       1245*
 ISO*  SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER       1247*
 170*  T.O./TD NUMBER                             1276*
 1BO*  SOURCE NAME                                1278*
 190*  SITE NAME                                  1303*
 210*  CITY                                       1305*
 220*  STATE                                      1310*
 230*  ZIP CODE                                   1320*
 232*  COUNTRY                                    1321*
 235*  FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE                  1324*
 240*  SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE                   1325*
 250*  GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE                   1420*
 260*  LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE                   1425*
 270*  SIC CODE                                   1830*
 300*  NPDES NUMBER                               1835*
 330*  NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP                     1840*
 355*  DATE OF ENTRY                              1836*
 370*  SITE LATITUDE                              2530*
 372*  SITE LONGITUDE                             2580*
 374*  FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND ORIGIN            2582*
 378*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER    2583*
 380*  INDUSTRY-COMMERICAL SIC NUMBER             2585*
 382*  CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION                 3025*
 384*  NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS                   3030*
 410*  STREAM NUMBER                              3205*
 420*  STREAM NAME                                3210*
 475*  STACK HEIGHT                               3225*
 505*  DEVICE/PROCESS NO                          3226*
 510*  GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE                3280*
 515*  DESIGN TYPE                                3315*
 520*  SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE               3320*
 530*  DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS                      3255*
 540*  DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL NAME
 550*  MANUFACTURER
 585*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY SEQ NUMBER
 590*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY KEYWORD
 610*  DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
810*  TEST-ID-NUMBER
869*  FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER
870*  FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL
877*  FF-LABORATORY NAME
878*  FF-QA-QC CODE
885*  FF-PA-PARAMETER
 FF-UA-PARAMETER
 FF-PARAMETER
 FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
 FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES
 FF-C-CS-TYPE
 FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
 FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
 OP-DEVICE NUMBER
 OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
 SMPL-NUMBER
 MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE
 MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME
 SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT METHOD
 SAMPLING LOCATION CODE
 SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER
 PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
 PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
 COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT COMPONENT NAME
 STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LAB NAME
 CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
 RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME
 RAD-QA-QC CODE
 EC-PARAMETER
 EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
 IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE
 IA-SPECIES-ID
 IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD
 IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY
 L10A-FRACTION-ID
 L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE
 L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES
 L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY
 L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD
 RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
 RN-ANALYSIS METHOD
 BIO-TEST TYPE
 BIO-TEST NAME
 BIO-TEST LAB NAME
 BIO-TEST QA-QC
BIO-VALUE TYPE
BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS
                                           6.3-2

-------
6.4    ON-LINE REQUEST PROCEDURES
       The phrase "on-line request" implies that the user intends to
establish direct communication with the EADS data base through some type
of terminal-to-computer link.  The procedure described in this section may
be used by a qualified user of EPA's NCC to access the EADS directly
through an interactive data communications (demand) terminal or a remote
job entry terminal.  The specific qualifications for NCC user access are
discussed in Section 6.5.
       On-line users of the EADS are presumed to have a reasonably working
knowledge of UNI VAC 1100 series computers  and,  in  some cases, of
           (lh
SYSTEM 2000^-'natural  language.  Special data retrieval procedures  (see
Section 7) have  been developed to minimize the  data processing knowledge
required to use  the EADS.  Any user unsure of his  familiarity with  the
u,,*.™ „. ~.~.~. L.—    is urged to request  information through  the
off-line procedures described previously in this section.
       On-line users are granted READ-ONLY access  to  the EADS data  base.
No  updating of  data is permitted.  New data must be submitted through  the
EPA project officer.   In the READ-ONLY mode,  the user may  retrieve  for
sorting  and evaluation,  any  data  stored in the  system.   The user may  take
advantage  of  the wide  array  of features offered by SYSTEM  2000^ for
data sorting  and retrieval.
                                    6.4-1

-------
6.5    NCC USER QUALIFICATIONS AND SERVICES REGISTRATION
       Qualified users are defined as those who have valid accounts with
the NCC at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  In most cases, NCC
users are either EPA personnel or contractors who are under EPA contract.
The NCC is not available to public subscribers.  Federal regulations
prohibit the marketing of computer time by government data centers which
may be in competition with commercial computer services vendors.  Thus,  it
is not usually possible for EADS users who are not under EPA contract to
obtain account numbers in order to access the NCC directly.  Exceptions  to
this may be found with user access through interagency  agreements  or
grants.  The qualifications of a potential NCC user  are determined  by
EPA's Management Information  and Data Systems Division  (MIDSD).
       Any questions  regarding the qualification  of  a user should be
addressed to:
       MIDSD TSSMS Office
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       National Computer  Center  (MD-34B)
       Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina 27711
or by  telephone to 919/541-3629  (FTS:   629-3629).
6.5.1  Registration  Procedures
       All  users of  the NCC  UNI VAC  1100 must be registered for accounting
 and  security  purposes.  Application  for NCC services is made by submitting
 a completed  EPA Form 2800-3  (Figure  6-1) to the appropriate  Automated Data
 Processing  (ADP) coordinator for approval and signature.   Each EPA office
 or laboratory which  uses  the NCC or  other computing facilities has a
 designated  person  (or persons)  who serves as the ADP coordinator.  All
 procedural  matters pertaining to the use of the NCC  should be directed  to
 the ADP coordinator.  The MIDSD Time Sharing Services Management  System
                                    6.5-1

-------

SERVICE (Cn.ck one)
Q TIME SHARING
D TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE
D OTHER
EDPSERV
(flea
ICES REGISTRATION
se Print or Type)
SUPPLIER (Specify) SOURCE OF FUNDS
D UJS. EPA
Q REIMBURSIBLE
O SPONSORED
MIDSD USE ONLY
DATE RECEIVED
PROJECT
COOE
ENVIRONMENTAL
SYSTEM IDENTIFI-
CATION NUMBER
PROJECT TITLE (Limit: 60 cnaricteri, including >Mce»
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
ORGANIZATION
PROGRAM ELEMENT TITLE

PROGRAM ELEMENT CODE
DOLLAR AMOUNT DATE TO BEGIN
PROJECT MANAGER *•

MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street or P.O. Box)
USER (NAME (Lar»t, M.I.) PHONE (include area Code)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Street Of P.O. Box)
TO:
U.S. Environmental Protect
MIDSD TSSMS Office
National Computer Center
MD-34B fRrr. HI Vicheux
Reeearch Trianfle Park, NC
OFFICE OR LOCATION

on Agency
BuildinO
: 27711
CITV STATE ZIP CODE

CONCURRENCE (Funding) DATE
CONCURRENCE (Otner) DATE
MIOSO USE ONLY
POSTED
I PA 'arm 2100-3 (Rev. .-71)
UPDATED PROOFED
?OOENCE
REFER- LOGON
INITIALS
MAILING LIST CODE
MO SQ
p n T n
^
DISTANCE
COOE
MAI
P C
c [
f C
CODE
MA
M[
p I
J u O
D NQ
REFER- LOGON
INITIALS
LING LIST COOE
3 S Q
D T fj
D u rn
INITIALS
LING LIST CODE
D * O
D T O
3 uQ
MAILING LIST KEY
M — M
P — PR
C - CC
F - FE
S - ST
U — Ul
N - SI
PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE
»NAGEMENT PANEL
OPERTY
)NTRACTOR
DERALNON-EPA
ATE OR LOCAL GOVT
RMINAL CONTACT
MIVERSITY
STEM NEWS
(continued on £u>cAJ
Figure 6-1.  NCC application,
            6.5-2

-------
	 PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
(Additional users)
U5ER|NAM£ (L4»t, First, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room) C
ADDRESS (Strnt Or P.O. Box)
USER] NAME IL«lt, Flrit, M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room) (
ADDRESS (Strict or P.O. Box)
USgHj NAME (L..t. F.r.t. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. Box)
USjfjJNAMEIL.U.
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (SU..1 or P.O Bon)
USER |NAME I1-"1- Firit. M.I.)
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (Strut or P.O Bo«J
*
USER |NAME <•-•«. Fim. M.I.
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. BOM)
USER |NAME I1-*"' F"". M-'-
MAIL CODE (or room)
ADDRESS (StrMt or P.O. BOM)

MAIL CODE (or room)



FFICE OR LOCATION
CITY S
1
TATE 1

IP CODE
>MONE (IncluM «rM COM)
3FFICE OR LOCATION
CITY

STATE
PHONE (in
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY

STATE

tlP CODE
cluM «rM COOC)

ZIP CODE
PHONE (includ* rH COM)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY

STATE

ZIP CODE
PHONE (inciuat *•• COM)
OFFICE OR LOCATION
CITY
STATE

ZIP CODE
OOE E
NCE
MITIALS

MAILING LIST CODE
M Q S D
P D T D
c D u D
F n N n
5STANCE 1
:ODE j
N^AL*
.OGON
MAILING LIST CODE
p O T D
CD uQ
F n N Q
DISTANCE
:ODE
REFER-
iNCE
NITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
M Q S D
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
MQ S Q
_ll :§
DISTANCE
CODE
MAI
M r
p r
ej
DISTANCE
CODE
MAI
M[
» 1
DISTANCE
CODE
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
D s D
3 T D
D u G
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
D s D
2. T D
3 "R
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
MAILING LIST CODE
M D *D
F
DISTANCE
CODE
MA
M
p
F
3 ^R
REFER-
ENCE
INITIALS
LOGON
LING LIST CODE
3 s D
BT D
u a
D N D

Figure 6-1.   Concluded.
        6.5-3

-------
 (TSSMS) Office  is  located  at  the  National Computer Center.  Requests for
 EPA  user  account modifications processed through  the ADP coordinators  to
 authorize new accounts or  add new users to existing accounts, normally
 submitted using the  EPA Form  2800-3, should then  be forwarded to the
 following address:
       MIDSD TSSMS Office
       U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
       National Computer Center (MD-34B)
       Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
       In instances  where  a user  organization requires immediate access to
 computer  facilities, temporary authorization can  be achieved by telephone
 contact with the TSSMS Office.  Requests for temporary authorization
 should be directed to 919/541-3629  (FTS:  629-3629).  Upon receiving
 temporary authorization, a completed Form 2800-3 must be forwarded to  the
 TSSMS Office.  The temporary authorization obtained by telephone is valid
 for  a 2-week period  pending receipt of the Form 2800-3 for processing
 permanent authorization.  Users must specify an EPA employee as Project
 Manager who, in all  cases, becomes  responsible for the utilization of  the
 account.   Requests for cancellation of specific users authorized under a
 given account or changes in user  address/telephone numbers will be
 processed  by telephone using the TSSMS telephone number listed above.
       Non-EPA users (e.g., contractors, grantees, etc.)  should submit all
required  forms to their EPA project officer,  who  in turn  will  forward  the
 information to the ADP coordinator.  Account authorizations/modifications
for Interagency Agreement User Accounts (non-EPA users) should be
forwarded for approval  to:
       W.  G. Allen, Computer Specialist
       U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
       National  Computer Center (MD-34)
       Research  Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
                                   6.5-4

-------
       Upon approval  of Interagency requests, the TSSMS Office will
complete implementation of the authorization and notify the respective
project manager.  Any questions concerning the above should be directed to
the TSSMS Office at 919/541-3641 (FTS:  629-3641).  Please note that, in
regard to EPA Form 2800-3, the organization titles and codes and the EPA
DIPS organization titles and codes, and the program element titles and
codes are assigned by the Office of Planning and Programming.  The account
number will be assigned to the user by MIDSD and must appear on all
transactions attempted with the NCC UNIVAC  1100.
6.5.2  User ID and Password
       The NCC UNIVAC 1100 has a comprehensive, multi-level security system
which is designed to prohibit unauthorized use of the computer.  A feature
of this security system is the TSSMS which  requires that  all users be
identified by a unique USERID and  PASSWORD  before access  to the computer
is granted.  The USERID/PASSWORD must  appear on  all demand and batch job
requests.  This will be discussed  in  detail  later in Sections 6.6  and 6.7,
respectively.
       The USERID/PASSWORD  is assigned to each  individual  user of  the NCC
by MIDSD.  Requests for a USERID/PASSWORD should be submitted  to the
appropriate ADP coordinator  (through  the  EPA project officer,  if
necessary) for  approval and  signature.
                                    6.5-5

-------
6.6    INTERACTIVE TERMINAL OPERATION
       Demand processing or interactive terminal operation, is defined as
a mode of operation in which processing is dependent on manual interface
with the central processor during processing.  Basically, it is a
conversational mode of operation requiring a demand and response type of
activity.  Conversational operation via a remote terminal causes the
Executive System, a demand processor, or an  active program to  immediately
react and respond.  Demand processing terminals are generally  thought of
as being remote from the computer site and as having a printer or a
cathode-ray  tube  and keyboard.  An example of a demand terminal is the
teletype-writer keyboard and printer.
       The distinction between batch-mode processing and demand processing
 lies  in  the  frequent  interaction with the user  that occurs  during demand
processing.   The  terminal  user  is considered to be  in  conversation with
the Executive System,  special demand function,  user programs,  or the batch
functions of the  Executive System on a unit  basis.
       Tasks executed  by the  demand  terminal user  normally have frequent but
 short bursts of computation.  To process  a  substantial amount of computation
may  require  a long period  of  time.   Access  to  computation  is a percentage of
 the  total  computing facility and  is  scheduled  in  small increments  of time at
 frequent intervals to provide immediate  responses.  This action gives the
 appearance  of total system control  to  the user and the impression  of being the
 only user currently running.   The  more a user  is  required to  interact with a
 demand program the shorter the bursts  of computation required to service a
 given request.  The bursts of computation are time-shared within the Executive
 System to provide an apparent immediate response, with the program  placed  in  a
 dormant mode  during idle periods awaiting response from the  user.
                                    6.6-1

-------
       While a demand program is in a dormant mode, it may be necessary to
swap the program from main storage.  Normally, this transfer happens only
when main storage is full and another program currently on mass storage
has work to do.
       The demand has three distinct modes of operation.   They are
described below:
       •   Terminal  Inactive Mode -- The initial  mode of the terminal
           following the sign-on procedure.   The  terminal  will return to
           this mode at the completion of the other two modes.
       •   Demand Run Mode — This mode is achieved by submitting a @RUN
           control statement (see Section 6.6.1)  from the  primary input
           device; that is, the keyboard.  The terminal operator must wait
           until  the date and time message is displayed at the terminal
           before submitting the run stream  data.   In demand mode, the
           input will  be solicited when input is  desired  by the Executive
           System.  The terminal  is returned to the inactive mode by
           submitting  a @FIN control statement (see Section 6.6.2).
       t   Batch Mode  -- The demand terminal may  be switched from demand
           mode to batch mode for input or output.   The "B" sub-option on
           the @RUN  control  statement (@RUN,/B) will place the terminal in
           batch  input mode.   Input will  not be solicited  as in demand run
           mode.   The  terminal  will be returned to  the terminal  inactive
           mode following a @FIN  control  statement.   Another @RUN control
           statement will  be accepted while  in the  remote  batch run
           whether it  contains  a  'B1  option  or not.   Output files
           generated by the batch run,  as well as those SYM'd (via @SYM)
           to  the terminal  can  be displayed  at the  terminal by entering
                                  6.6-2

-------
           the statement,  @@SEND.   The terminal  is returned to the
           inactive mode when the  output process of the file is complete.
       Interactive (or demand) processing with the NCC UNI VAC 1100 is
supported for a variety of low-speed data communications terminals.
Generally speaking, most 30 character/second (CPS) terminals which have
ASCII character sets will be able to access the NCC.  The NCC does not
^upport any terminals which operate at 10 CPS or  15.5 CPS.  Also, the NCC
does not support IBM 2741 or similar EBCIDIC code set terminals.
       A partial list of terminals supported by the NCC for demand
processing include the following:
       Anderson-Jacobson Models 630, 840, 830,  and 832
       UNI VAC UNI SCOPE 100
       UNI VAC DCT  500 or equivalent
       Texas  Instruments Silent 700 series
       Hazeltine  (most models)
       LA36 DECwriter II
       If you are  uncertain  about  the  compatability of  a  particular
terminal with the  NCC UNIVAC 1100, you should contact the following:
       NCC User Services
       919/541-3649
       FTS:   629-3649
All  UNIVAC supported  demand  terminals  use a common  interface (device
routines providing the  user  interface with unit record  peripherals)  for
 input  and  output  processing.  This provides several controls and features
 to all  demand terminals in a uniform manner.  Control of remote symbionts
 is regulated by control statements prefixed with a double master space
    ).   These control  statements do not require the input solicitation.
                                    6.6-3

-------
 They  may  be entered  after  an  output interrupt (break-key)  or  any other
 time  the  terminal  operator finds  the need.   The control  statements  are
 given in  Table  6-2.
        For  more details  on demand processing,  the  user  should  refer  to the
 National  Computer  Center User Reference  Manual.  This manual may be
 obtained  from NCC  User Services at the telephone numbers  listed  above.
 The remainder of this section will  address  demand  processing as  it  applies
 to the  EADS.
 6.6.1  Initiating  a  Demand Processing Session
        Communications are  established with  the NCC UNI VAC  1100 through
 data  communication modems  or  couplers over  voice-grade  telephone lines.
 Users should follow  the  steps given  in the  equipment user manual  for  their
 terminal  in order  to establish the  data  link  to  the computer.  A list of
 nationwide  telephone access numbers  for  the NCC  is given in Table 6-3.
 Once  the  data link is established,  the following sequence of commands
 should  be entered  (for clarity, the  information printed by the computer  is
 shown in  capital letters;  the input  required from the user in  small
 letters).
 Note  that the pound  sign (I)  denotes a carriage return:
 Command                                        Description
#nccdemd#                  This identifies  the NCC to the communications
                           network.
READY TO NCC ON 9E         Response  indicates  that communication  is
                           established on Port 9E.
 ENTER USERID/PASSWORD      Enter  the approved  USERID and PASSWORD
 xxx/xxxxxx#               following the input  solicitation symbols  (>).
*DESTROY USERID/PASSWORD
ENTRY
                                                  (continued on page 6.6-8)
                                   6.6-4

-------
            TABLE 6-2.   REMOTE INTERFACE  CONTROL  STATEMENTS
Statement
   Mode
                 Description
    TIOC

-------
                         TABLE 6-2.  Concluded
Statement
    Mode
                 Description
<3(3END
All
            Demand Run
            All
@@TTY W,n   All
Terminates special input mode, i.e., @@CQUE
or @@INQ.  The @@END returns the terminal to
demand run from @@CQUE and will process the
mass storage buffered input of
                Allows the input to be passed to the
                requester unaltered from the format of which
                it was entered; that is, all communication
                envelope characters are not removed nor  is
                the image translated.

                Directs the Executive System to terminate
                the terminal.  It is recommended that the
                remote Operator enter @@TERM only while  in
                the terminal inactive mode.  However, if
                entered while a run is active, the run and
                terminal will be terminated.  @@TERM  is
                equivalent to sign off.

                Changes the maximum character width of page
                from the default 80 characters to n
                characters wide.  In most cases, the maximum
                page width should be set to 132.
                                 6.6-6

-------
TABLE 6-3.   NCC  DEMAND ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
State
Alabama
California
Colorado
Connecticut
District of Columbia
Georgia

Illinois
Louisiana
Massachusetts
Michigan

Minnesota
Missouri
Nevada
New York
North Carolina
Ohio
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Washington
All other locations
(toll free)
City
Montgomery
San Francisco
Denver
Wethersfield
Washington
Athens
Atlanta
Chicago
New Orleans
Boston
Grosse He
Lansing
Minneapolis
Kansas City
Las Vegas
New York
Raleigh/Durham
Cincinnati
Philadelphia
Columbia
Nashville
Dallas
Seattle


Telephone
205/277-9390
415/546-1395
303/837-0843
203/529-3378
202/966-9510
404/549-3882
404/873-6431
312/663-1640
504/566-0041
617/742-0420
313/675-8936
517/485-3220
612/861-7451
816/474-3540
702/736-1988
212/233-1604
919/541-2000
513/751-5800
215/925-4407
803/256-1018
615/244-8020
214/651-1723
206/682-6456
800/424-3690

                      6.6-7

-------
 C*UNIVAC  1100 OPERATING     This  header  message  is  usually followed by
 SYSTEM  VER.                 several  lines  of text indicating special news
 33R0030-315A(RSI)*          which can  be obtained.   When  the solicitation
                            symbol (>) is  received  you  are ready  to enter a
                            valid (?RUN card.
 >@@tty  w,nnn#              where nnn  =  the maximum width  of the  page in
                            characters (usually  132).   This command may be
                            omitted  if terminal  is  limited physically to
                            80  characters.

 -($  COMPLETE                Indicates  that the @@TTY command has  been
                            executed.

 >@run nnxxx,account
 number,eads,15#             where nnxxx  =  the RUNID.  Usually this  begins
                            with  a number  that designates  an output
                            receiving  bin  at  the  NCC followed by  the user's
                            initials.  Please consult the  NCC User
                            Reference  Manual  or call User  Services  for more
                            information.

                            account  no.  =  the NCC account  number  as given.

                            eads  = the project code  which  enables  access to
                            the FPEIS  data  base and  software.  No other
                            project  code may  be used.          ""

 DATE: 011580  TIME: 135248   This  is  the  system response if  a valid  @RUN
 >                           card  has been  entered, followed by the  >.
                            NOTE:  If  your  terminal  can print more  than 80
                            characters across the page, you may wish to
                            expand the page width as shown  above.

       At this point, the computer  is ready  to receive instruction for

 accessing the data base or  for executing  EADS retrieval or analytical

 software.  For users who are knowledgeable  in SYSTEM 2000^  natural

 language, Section 6.6.3 describes the accessing procedure.

 6.6.2  Terminating a Demand Processing  Session

       Two commands are required  to end a demand processing  session  --  the

@FIN and the @@TERM.   The (S»FIN comnand  ends  the run and results in the

printing of summary usage and accounting data,  and places  the terminal  in  th

 inactive mode.  The @@TERM command ends the  session by disconnecting  the

 terminal from the computer.


                                     6.6-8

-------
A typical sequence is as follows (# denotes carriage return):

 > @fin#                                        (Enter the @FIN command)
  RUNID:
  TIME:
XXXXX
                              XXXXXXXXXX
                              00:00:35.510
                              00:00:00.177
                              00:00:26.509
                                000130352
                            $005.05
                            3
START:  13:52:47   January 15, 1980   FIN:  13:57:50  JANUARY 15, 1980
TERMINAL INACTIVE*
                    ACCT:
                    TOTAL:
                    CAU:
                    CC/ER:
SRC:                PS =
SRUS:  00:01:41.027 COST:
IMAGES READ:   78    PAGES:
PROJECT:
CBSUPS:
I/O:
WAIT:
ES =
EADS
001854139
00:00:08.822
00:02:36.079
  000276035
   >@@term#
                                   Enter the @@ TERM  command
6.6.3  Accessing the EADS

       Read-only access  to  the  data  base  is  granted to users of the EADS

who  use  this  procedure.  Users  are cautioned not to attempt to use this

procedure  unless they  are familiar with SYSTEM ZOOO^natural language.

The  sequence  is  as  follows  (# denotes  carriage return):
   >@add eads.start!

   01/15/80    17:09:07
                                  (Enter the @ADD command)

               BEGIN  SYSTEM 2000     VERSION 2.800
   -556- ASSIGNED...EADS-EADS    12    28443    01/15/80    11:44:14
        At this point, the system is ready to  accept  valid  SYSTEM 2000^

 commands.  The session may be ended by using  the  EXIT:   command, which
                                    6.6-9

-------
produces the trailer banner and returns to control mode with the input
solicitation character (>) given.

  >exit:#
  01/15/80    17:14:52    END    SYSTEM 2000    VERSION 2.800
       The demand processing session may be terminated by using the
procedure given in Section 6.6.2.
       Any attempts to change or modify the data base in any way will
result in the following diagnostic message:
  -864- COMMAND NOT AVAILABLE IN SHARED MODE -
                                  6.6-10

-------
6.7    REMOTE BATCH TERMINAL OPERATION
       Batch processing, whether remote or local submittal, implies that
discrete jobs are submitted to the NCC UNIVAC 1100 from cards or some
similar form.  If local, card decks are submitted to the I/O Control Clerk
and then loaded into the computer; if remote, cards are read into the
computer through a high-speed remote job entry (RJE) terminal which has
been connected to the computer via telephone data link.
       Remote batch terminal operation with the NCC UNIVAC 1100  is
currently supported under the UNIVAC  1004 and NTR (9000 Remote)  terminal
protocols.  This means  that a variety of commercial RJE terminals which
are capable of emulating (or looking  like) a U-1004 or NTR terminal may  be
used to access the NCC  UNIVAC 1100.  A partial  list of RJE terminals which
satisfy one  or more of  these conditions includes  the following:
       DATA  100 Models  74,  76,  and 78
       COPE  RJE Terminals
       Harris RJE Terminals
       UNIVAC  1004
       UNIVAC 9200 NTR
       If you are uncertain regarding  the compatibility  of a particular
terminal with the NCC UNIVAC  1100, you  should  contact  the following:
       NCC  User  Services
       919/541-3649
       FTS:   629-3649
       All  RJE terminals  are  identified to  the NCC  UNIVAC 1100 by a unique
SITE  ID which  is  assigned  by  the MIDSD TSSMS Office at Research Triangle
Park,  North Carolina.   Figure  6-2 gives an  example of the form required
for batch  terminal  support.  The completed  form is submitted to the
 appropriate ADP  coordinator (through the  EPA project officer if required)
for approval and signature.
                                    6.7-1

-------
Organization:
Terminal manufacturer £ model number:
If programmable, what UNIVAC terminal does the terminal emulate?
Hours of Operation:  From 	 To 	 EOT

Person responsible:
     Name
     Title 	
     Mailing Address
     Telephone --        FTS 	 Ext.
               -- Commercial 	 Ext.
     Comments:
     ADP Coordinator                                   Date
                 THE FOLLOWING TO BE COMPLETED BY NCC
SITE-ID	    Central Computer Operations:
        	      Day:
Telephone numbers to use:	
         FTS 	      Night: 	
                                     Mailing Address:
                                       National Computer Center
  Commercial 	        U.S. EPA
             	        Research Triangle Park
                                       North Carolina  27711
Contacts:  User Services             Hours available for operation:
           FTS 629-3649                Weekdays: 	 to	 EOT
           919/541-3649                Saturday: 	 to 	 EOT
                                       Sunday:   	 to 	EOT
                                       Holidays: 	 to 	EOT
Comments:
        Figure 6-2.  Request for Batch Terminal Support Form.


                                6.7-2

-------
       The batch  SITE  ID  is  of  the  form  OATAXX  and must be transmitted to
the NCC UNIVAC 1100 at sign-on  before any processing can be initiated.
6.7.1  Initiating a Remote Batch Processing Session
       Communications  are established with the  NCC UNIVAC 1100 through
data communication modems over  voice-grade telephone lines.  The NCC
UNIVAC 1100 will  support  RJE processing  only at 4800 bits/second (BPS)
transmission rate.  A list of nationwide ROE telephone access numbers for
the NCC is given in Table 6-4.
       Batch processing through an RJE terminal essentially means that the
terminal-to-computer data link  must be established and the computer card
deck must be read  into the computer in a prescribed manner.  Since this
procedure varies dramatically among terminal vendors,  the user  should
refer  to  his terminal hardware operating manual for the  appropriate
procedure.  If any problems  or questions  arise, the user  should contact
NCC User  Services.
6.7.2  Terminating a Remote  Batch  Processing Session
       The  termination of a  remote batch  processing  session  depends  upon
which  UNIVAC RJE  terminal is being used  (or emulated).   The  user should
consult  his terminal  hardware  operations  manual for  the correct procedure.
                                    6.7-3

-------
           TABLE 6-4.  NCC REMOTE BATCH ACCESS TELEPHONE NUMBERS
       Location              Transmission Rate (BPS)            Telephone


  Continental U.S.                     4800                   919/541-2094
  (toll outside RTP)                                          (3 lines)

  Continental U.S. (except NC)         4800                   800/334-9761
  (toll free)                                                 (8 lines)


NOTE:  4800 BPS transmission requires Bell  208B dataset or  equivalent.
                                  6.7-4

-------
6.8    EADS USER SUPPORT
       IERL/RTP is committed to the on-going support of the EADS and its
associated software.  The administrative functions relative to the EADS
are provided by the Special Studies Staff in IERL.  Technical development
and maintenance is provided by the EADS Support Staff, which is composed
of government contractors under the direction of the EADS Program Manager.
The EAOS Technical Support Staff has the responsibility for conducting  the
data QA program, updating documentation, developing analytical software
specifications, conducting information transfer activities, etc.  This
function  is being provided by Acurex Corporation  in Mountain View,
California, and Midwest Research Institute  in Kansas City, Missouri.   Data
processing activities are also performed by Acurex Corporation  in  its
offices located  at  Research Triangle Park,  North  Carolina.
       Any questions regarding the EADS  should  be directed to  the  EADS
Program Manager  or  the  EADS Technical  Support Staff.   Their  names,
addresses, and  phone numbers  are  listed  on  page xi.
       Problems  relating  to the operation of the  NCC  UNI VAC  1100,  to data
communications,  etc.,  are not the  responsibility  of  the  EADS Technical
Support Staff.   These  questions  should be  addressed  to:
        User  Services
        National Computer  Center  (MD-34B)
        U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
        Research Triangle  Park, North Carolina  27711
        FTS:          629-3649
        Commercial:   919/541-3649
                                    6.8-1

-------
                                 SECTION  7
                              PROGRAM LIBRARY

7.0    INTRODUCTION
       The usefulness and usability of industrial discharge data which
have been compiled into a computerized information system is limited if
the data cannot be retrieved and utilized to answer questions that a user
                                                                        (R
might have.  As discussed previously, the employment of the SYSTEM 2000
data base management system provides a flexible set of commands that can
                                         C&)
often answer many questions.  SYSTEM 2000^Natural Language, as this
command  language is called, is a powerful tool for the knowledgeable user;
that is, the user who is familiar with or has received training in the  use
of  SYSTEM  EOOO^X  The Natural Language commands  are  limited, however,
especially when there is a  need to  perform  calculations using the  data  or
when a  special formatted report is  required.   In  addition,  most EADS  users
 are not likely to  undertake training in  the use  of  SYSTEM 2000^Natural
 Language,  nor  should  these  users  be expected to  have  any  particular
 expertise  in the  use  of  computers or computer programs.   This  means  that
 no user of the EADS should be required to have any special computer-related
 training in order  to  use the  EADS data bases.
        In order to provide greater flexibility to the user and to simplify
 the retrieval of data,  an extensive program library is being developed for
 the EADS.  The programs described  in the following subsections are
                                    7.0-1

-------
applicable to one or more of the waste stream data bases contained in the
EADS.
       Each entry in the program library is described by a brief abstract
which identifies in general terms the input required from the user and the
output to be expected.  Some programs will be applicable to both demand
(interactive) processing and batch processing, and step-by-step
instructions for executing the program in both modes are given when
appropriate.  For demand processing, it is assumed that the user has
successfully established communications with the UNIVAC U-1100 computer as
described in Section 6 of this user guide.  In like manner, batch users
are assumed to have established communicat ions with the UNIVAC U-1100
through a remote terminal device or have the capability of submitting run
requests locally at the EPA National Computer Center at Research Triangle
Park, NC.  All input requirements for each program are listed and a sample
(or representative) output is provided.  Any comments pertaining to the
use of the program which may be helpful to the user are also given.
       As new user programs are developed and made available to the EADS
user community, this section will be expanded.
                                   7.0-2

-------
7.1    SERIES REPORT
7.1.1  Applicability;  FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.1.2  Abstract
       The SERIES Report is the basic report for the EADS waste stream
data bases.  This report lists all of the data contained in the test
series by stream, test operating level, and sample.  The length of the
SERIES Report will  depend upon the quantity of data contained  in the test
series.
       The format of the SERIES Report follows the structure of the  EADS
data base.   The  first  page of the  report  describes the  source  that was
sampled,  identifies the sponsor of the testing and the  organization  which
did the  actual  testing, and  provides  any  commentary on  the  test  series
which  was included.  Beginning with  the  second page,  the Report  describes
 the effluent stream level,  including the control/treatment  technology
 design parameters.   Following this,  the  test  operating  level is  reported
 which  includes the  control/treatment technology operating parameters and
 the description of  the source fuel or feed material.   Next, the  sample
 level  and any subsequent  components are described.  These data include  the
 chemical, radiological, and biological analysis results.  The chemical
 data may include Level 1  Environmental Assessment data  as well as
 compound-specific  data for inorganics and organics.  The chemical and
 radiological data  for various sampling components are summarized by
 chemical/radiological species (or Level  1 fraction).
        For  the  FPEIS, the SERIES  Report  provides calculated particle size
 distributions for  impaction-type  sampling equipment  including cumulative
 mass  concentrations,  geometric mean  diameters,  etc.  Where other  types of
 samples  are used,  the mass  or number concentration  is  provided.   The data
                                     7.1-1

-------
are given as a function of particle size; that is, as a function of
components of the sampling system.
       The SERIES Report may be run by inputting the TSN and the data base
name.  The Report may be initiated only through a "demand" terminal
session although the SERIES program is only executed as a batch -job.  The
demand session gives complete instructions for using the SERIES Report
program.
7.1.3  User Data Required
       •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEGS, GEDS, and/or SDDS)
       •   Valid TSN (or range of TSN's)
7.1.4  Data Qualification Required
       None
7.1.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The SERIES Report program user has several printing options
available, including the NCC local printers, remote high-speed terminal
printers, and low-speed time-sharing (demand) terminals.  Because of the
length of the SERIES Report for most of the test series, it is recommended
that the low-speed terminal option be avoided where possible.
7.1.6  Functional Description
       Using the EADS waste stream data base name and the TSN, the
selected test series is retrieved and printed in its entirety.  Multiple
SERIES Reports may be initiated during one session.
7.1.7  User Instructions — Demand                File name:  EADS.SERIES
       The SERIES Report program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer.  User access through the demand terminal allows the program to be
                                   7.1-2

-------
executed as a batch job.  The user should initiate the demand session by
following the procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1.  When the session is
completed, the demand session may be ended by following the  instructions
given in Section 6.6.2.
        (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response  by
the user  is  underlined.)

>@ADD   EADS.SERIES                    (Enter the file  name)
CIS     6R1    16:21:01
THE ASSUMED  MODE  IS  FIELDATA
DO YOU  NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?>   YES       (Enter YES or NO)
THIS  MODULE  IS DESIGNED TO  RUN THE  SERIES REPORT  FOR  ANY  VALID TEST SERIES
NUMBER  AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED.   INFORMATION REQUIRED  TO RUN THIS
ROUTINE WILL BE ENTERED BY  THE USER AS PROMPTED BY THIS MODULE.

        (If the answer to the preceding question  had been  NO, the above
 statements would be skipped.)

 ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>          (Enter a valid NCC Account Number)
 ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME             (Enter the data base name)
 (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>
 IS THE SERIES NUMBER IN A RANGE  (YES OR  N0)?> YES
 YOUR REQUEST  IS A CONTINUOUS RANGE
 ENTER  THE FIRST SERIES  NUMBER:>       (Enter the first  TSN)
 ENTER  THE LAST SERIES  NUMBER:>        (Enter the  last TSN)
         (If  the response to  the range question is  NO, the above statements
 are  skipped.   The  computer  will  prompt the user  with the following
 question.)
                                     7.1-3

-------
 ENTER THE TEST  SERIES  NUMBER:>       (Enter  the  TSN)
 ENTER THE NUMBER OF  COPIES            (Enter  the  number  of  copies  wanted)
 IF  1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>
-DO  YOU REQUIRE  SPECIAL FORMS?>  NO    (Enter  YES  or  NO)

       (If YES  had been  entered, the  program would  request  the forms  ID.
 Please consult  the NCC User Reference Manual or  the EADS Program  Manager
 before attempting to use this  feature.  The  NO response means that
 standard, one-part computer paper will be used.)

 ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS
 TO  BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN PRINTER:>

       (If there is no preference, press the return key.   If the  output  is
 to  be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site  ID of the terminal.   If
 a user demand terminal is to receive  the output, enter  the  user ID for
 that terminal user.)

ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>        (Enter  YES or NO)

       (If additional selections are  to be made, enter  NO and the program
will prompt for the data base  name selection.  If YES,  there will be a
 normal exit.)
       Please refer to Section 7.1.9  for sample runs of the demand SERIES
Report program.  An example of the SERIES Report is given in
Section 7.1.10.
7.1.8  User Instructions — Batch
       Batch  (card  input) processing of the SERIES Report program is not
 available.
                                   7.1-4

-------
7.1.9  Sample Demand Runs
       (To be added later.)
7.1.10  Sample SERIES Report
       (To be added later.)
                                    7.1-5

-------
7.2    CHEMICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (CHEM-SEARCH)
7.2.1  Applicability:  FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.2.2  Abstract
       The Chemical Search Program  (CHEM-SEARCH) enables the user to
"search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of a particular chemical species.  The user may identify the
chemical species  by  its Chemical Abstracts Services  (CAS) Number,  its
Multimedia Environmental Goals (MEG) Number,  or its  empirical  formula.   If
a search is to  be made of part of a data  base, the data  base name must  be
given  and the range  of TSN's must be specified.   Both  demand and batch
versions of the program are  available  to  the  user.   The  demand version
provides complete instructions on the  use of  the  program through an
 interactive  interface with  the user.   A "Help"  command is  also available
 to users  who  encounter  problems.
        The  output from the  CHEM-SEARCH program provides  additional
 information  on  the chemical  species selected, including the MEG ID Number,
 CAS Number,  empirical formula,  preferred name, molecular weight, other
 names by which  the chemical  is  known,  and whether or not the chemical is
 designated as a priority pollutant, hazardous pollutant, or both.  For
 each data base scanned, the TSN is listed for those test series in which
 the chemical  of  interest is reported.  The program does not report the
 concentration of the chemical species.   The  selection criteria  requires
 only that the chemical species be  found  once in a given test  series even
 though multiple  occurrences of the chemical may be  present.   It is
 recommended that the user request  the  SERIES Report for each  test  series
  identified in  order  to get more information.
                                     7.2-1

-------
7.2.3  User Data Required
       •   Valid Chemical ID Code (MEG ID or CAS Number) or Empirical
           Formula
       •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, 6EDS, and/or SDDS)
       •   Range of TSN's (optional)
7.2.4  Data Qualification Required
       None
7.2.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The user is cautioned to use care when selecting the empirical
formula format option for organic compounds.  Since several organic
compounds of the same class may have the same formula (e.g., isomers), it
would likely be safer to search on the basis of the MEG ID or the CAS
Number.
7.2.6  Functional Description
       Using the user-supplied data on a particular chemical species, the
CHEM-SEARCH program initially checks the EADS Chemical Data Table (CDT) to
verify that a valid species has been requested.  If so, both the MEG ID
and CAS Number are retrieved.  The program next scans all of the data
bases specified using both the MEG ID and the CAS Number to search for the
chemical.  If at least one occurrence of the species is found within a
test series, that test series is listed in the output.  If no data are
found in the entire data base, this fact is also listed in the output.
7.2.7  User Instructions — Demand      File name:  EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
       The CHEM-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand," or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer.  User access in demand mode enables the program to be run  in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
                                   7.2-2

-------
       The user shall  initiate a demand session by following the

procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1.   When the session is completed, the

session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.

       (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by

the user is underlined.)


X3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH           (Enter the file name)

DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?            (Enter YES or NO)

>YES


INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP.   TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS  DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED CHEMICALS REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS  DATA.   THE  USER
MUST IDENTIFY  THIS CHEMICAL TO THE PROGRAM BY USING MEG,  CAS ID NUMBERS OR
EMPIRICAL FORMULA.


>(CR)


     THE  FORMAT USED  IS:

M/MMMMMM      - FOR THE  MEG NUMBER —  OR  ~

C/CCCCC-CC-C  - FOR  THE CAS NUMBER » OR  ~

F/XXXXXXX...  - FOR THE EMPIRICAL FORMULA.

 >(CR)
 THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
 LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).  ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
 LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.

 TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
 BASE WHEN QUERIED.  "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP"
 WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.  "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
 FORMATS.  (IMPORTANT - ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL
 NOT BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE "HELP" RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)

 >(CR)
                                    7.2-3

-------
        (If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements
 are skipped.)

 ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA) (Use the format described above)
 >C/00067-66-3
 DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?  (Enter YES or NO)
 >YES
 ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED   (Enter LEDS, GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
 >LEDS
 DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A       (Enter YES or NO)
 RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
 >YES
 ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE      (Enter the TSN)
 RANGE
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
 >!P_
        (If no particular data base is named, CHEM- SEARCH will  scan all
 entries in all four data bases.  This is a lengthy sort and it is better
'to request each data base separately.  When the data base is specified,
 the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as
 shown.  If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are
 skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)
 ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
 ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
 >END
                                    7.2-4

-------
       (If a data base name is entered, the program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated.  If END is entered,
the program starts to execute.  Typical output is as follows.)

CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
MEG:   02A100   CAS:   00067-66-3   FORMULA:   CHCL3
MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   119.38   PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                             HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
OTHER NAMES:  METHANE TRICHLORIDE
              TRICHLOROMETHANE
LEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL  END ***
 At this point,  the  terminal  is  returned  to the Control  Mode;  that is,  the
 program has finished and the user may now enter additional  commands.
        The CHEM-SEARCH program  is very flexible and has a number of
 options available to users.   This flexibility is best seen through the
 sample demand runs  given in  Section 7.2.9.  Use of the "HELP" option is
 also shown there.
 7.2.8  User Instructions —  Batch
        The CHEM-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on  the
 UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card  input.   It is assumed that  the  user has
 card input access to the U-1100 computer  either through "across  the
 counter"  submitted  at Research Triangle Park, NC,  or through a  remote
 batch  terminal.
                                    7.2-5

-------
        In  order  to run the CHEM-SEARCH  program  in  batch mode, the  user
 should  submit the following cards:
        @RUN,R/RS Run  ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
        @ASG,A EADS.
        (<>XQT,BHZ EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
        . .  . parameter cards  .  .  .
        3FIN
        There are three types of parameter cards defined for CHEM-SEARCH
and they are used to  drive the program.  The Type  1 Parameter Card
identifies the chemical to be requested in terms of its MEG ID Number, CAS
Number, or empirical  formula.  The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the
data base to be selected and specifies the range of TSN's to be searched.
The Type 3 Parameter  Card is the END card which indicates to the program
that the input data have been completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
                Card  Col.            12345678
Type 1:                              M/AAAAAA
                            or       C/BBBBB-BB-B
                            or       F/DDDDD...
    where all data begin in column 1 of the card and:
          M identifies the MEG Number AAAAAA;
          C identifies the CAS Number BBBBB-BB-B; and
          F identifies the Empirical Formula DDDD....
                                              1         2
Type 2;         Card Col.            12345678901234567890
                                     DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
    where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in
                column 1 (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),

                                   7.2-6

-------
          MINXX  is  the  starting  TSN  in  the  range of TSN's  to be
                specified.   The  TSN  should  be entered as  a right-justified
                integer number  in card  columns 7-11,
                (enter  a dash in card column 12)
          MAXZZ  is  the  last TSN in the  range of TSN's to be specified.
                The TSN should  be entered as a right-justified integer
                number  in card  columns  13-17.
*Note*    If no  range of TSN's  is requested (that is, if the entire data
          base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank.

       Also, if  one end of the TSN's range is entered, the other is
required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included for each data
base requested.   The order of the Type 2 cards  is not important.

Type 3:         Card Col.            123
                                     END
       This card signifies the end of the data.  It  should  be  the  last
       parameter card  included  in the card deck.
*Caution*  The  parameter cards must  be entered  into  the card deck  in  the
           following order:
                Type 1
                All  Type 2
                Type 3
        Sample print-outs from  CHEM-SEARCH  are included  in Section  7.2.10.
 7.2.9  Sample Demand Runs
        (1)  MEG ID Number  Format:
             >@ADD  EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
             DO  YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
             >NO
             ENTER  THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
             >M/02A065
                                    7.2-7

-------
 CHEMICAL DATA  NOT FOUND FOR:   M/02A065
 WOULD  YOU  LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
 >YES
 ENTER  THE  CODE/CHEMICAL ID  (FORMULA)
 >M/02A100
 DO YOU WISH A  PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
 >YES

 ENTER  THE  DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
 >LEDS
 DO~YttJ WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
 >NO

 ENTER  THE  ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
 PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
 >END

 CHLOROFORM (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
 MEG:   02A100   CAS:  00067-66-3    FORMULA:  CHCL3
 MOLECULAR  WEIGHT:  119.38          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                   HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
 OTHER  NAMES:  METHANE TRICHLORIDE
              TRICHLOROMETHANE

 LEDS

 00001
 00002
 00003
 00004
 00005
 00006
 00007
 00008
 00009
 00010
 00011
 00143
 00144
 00145
 00147
 00148
 00150
 00151
00152
 00153

*** NORMAL  END ***

 >
                       7.2-8

-------
(2)   Chemical  Formula  Format:

     Caution:   Be  careful  using  this  format  for  organic  chemicals

     where isomers may be  encountered.

     >(3ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO

     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID  (FORMULA)
     >F/CHCL3
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF COMPLETE:
     >FPEIS
     DO~YT5D~ WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF  FPEIS  TEST  SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/" END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF COMPLETE:
     >END
      CHLOROFORM  (TRICHLOROMETHANE)
      MEG:    02A100    CAS:    00067-66-3
      MOLECULAR WEIGHT:    119.38
      OTHER NAMES:   METHANE TRICHLORIDE
                    TRICHLOROMETHANE

      LEDS

      00001
      00002
      00003
      00004
      00005
FORMULA:   CHCL3
PRIORITY POLLUTANT
HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
                             7.2-9

-------
     NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     >

(3)  Use of HELP Conmand:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL  ID (FORMULA)
     >F/C2CL4
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
     "M/MMM . . , C/CCCCC-CC-C , F/XXXXX . . .
     WILL SEARCH BY CHEMICAL
     "FPEIS", "GEDS",  "LEDS"  or "SDDS"  WILL  SELECT  A  DATA  BASE,
     "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR  A DATA  BASE.
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A RANGE OF FPEIS  TEST  SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >!.
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL  DATA BASE TO  BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END"  OR  CARRIAGE RETURN IF  COMPLETE:
     >LEDS
     DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES

     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER  THE  ADDITIONAL  DATA  BASE TO  BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END"  OR CARRIAGE RETURN  IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     TETRACHLOROETHENE
     MEG:   02B080    CAS:   00127-18-4   FORMULA:   C2CL4
     MOLECULAR  WEIGHT:    165.83           PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                          HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
                           7.2-10

-------
    OTHER NAMES:   ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
                   PERCHLOROETHYLENE
                   TETRACHLOROETHYLENE

    LEDS

    00005
    00006
    00007
    00008
    00009
    00010

    NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND  BETWEEN SERIES 00001 and 00005

    ***  NORMAL  END ***
(4)   CAS  Number  Format:

     >gADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL  ID  (FORMULA)
     >C/00127-18-4
     DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DOTOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >29
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >39

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     TETRACHLOROETHENE
     MEG:   02B080   CAS:   00127-18-4   FORMULA:  C2CL4
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:    165.83          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                         HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT

     OTHER  NAMES:   ETHYLENE TETRACHLORIDE
                    PERCHLOROETHYLENE
                    TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
                            7.2-11

-------
     NO LEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00029 AND 00039

     *** NORMAL END ***

     >

(5)  Example of User Aborted Run:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/02P101

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   M/02P101
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >NO

(6)  Invalid Data  Format/Data Not Found:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/CHEM-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >C/01A001
     INVALID CAS FORMAT (01A001    )

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:    C/01A001
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTFR THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/001AOQ1

     CHEMICAL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   M/001A001
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     >M/01A100
     DO  YOU  WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER  THE DATA BASE TO  BE  SELECTED
     >LEDS
     DOftJ  WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER  THE  ADDITIONAL  DATA  BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS  ENTRY/"END"  OR  CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END
                           7.2-12

-------
            PENTANES
            MEG:    01A100     CAS:                FORMULA:    C5H12
            MOLECULAR  WEIGHT:    72.15

            NO LEGS SERIES FOUND IN  ENTIRE DATA BASE

            *** NORMAL END ***
7.2.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the

CHEM-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards (which

are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  MEG ID Format:

            @RUN.D/RS   Run ID. Account Number .EADS JO. 20

            OASG.A  EADS.

            0XQT.BHZ  EADS. CHEM-SEARCH
                      CODE/CHEMICAL ID
            M/48A100

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            GEDS

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            LEDS   00001-00100

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            END

            ELEMENTAL PHOSPHORUS
            MEG:   48A100   CAS:   07723-14-0   FORMULA:    P
            MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   30.97           HAZARDOUS  POLLUTANT

            OTHER NAMES:             BLACK  PHOSPHORUS
                                     RED  PHOSPHORUS
                                     WHITE  PHOSPHORUS
                                     YELLOW PHOSPHORUS

            LEDS

            00083
            00089
            00092
            00093
                                    7.2-13

-------
     00094
     00095
     00096

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     @FIN

(2)  CAS Number Format:

     @RUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number.EADS.8.10

     @ASG.A  EADS.
     FAC WARNING   040000100000

     @XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     0/00076-44-8

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     END

     HEPTACHLOR
     MEG:    16PN03   CAS:   00076-44-8   FORMULA:    C10H5CL7
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:    373.35          PRIORITY  POLLUTANT
                                         HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
     OTHER NAMES:    DRINOX
                    HEPTAGRAN
                    VELSICOL-104
     LEDS

     00058
     00074
     00076
     00082
     00089
     00103
     00113
     00115
     00116
     00134
     00140
                           7.2-14

-------
     NO  FPEIS  SERIES  FOUND  IN  ENTIRE  DATA  BASE

     *** NORMAL  END ***

     @FIN

(3)   Empirical Formula Format:

     @RUN,R/RS Run  ID,Account  Number.EADS.8.10
     @AS6,A  EADS.
     FAC WARNING   040000100000

     E>XQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     F/C10H5CL7

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     END

     HEPTACHLOR
     MEG:   16PN03    CAS:   00076-44-8   FORMULA:   C10H5CL7
     MOLECULAR WEIGHT:   373.35          PRIORITY POLLUTANT
                                         HAZARDOUS POLLUTANT
     OTHER NAMES:    DRINOX
                     HEPTAGRAN
                     VELSICOL-104

     LEDS

     00058
     00074
     00076
     00082
     00089
     00103
     00113
     00115
     00116
     00134
     00140
                             7.2-15

-------
     NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***

     @FIN

(4)   Invalid Data/Input Error Format:

     (3RUN.R/RS Run ID.Account Number^ADS.S.lO
     @ASG.A  EADT7\

     (PXQT EADS.CHEM-SEARCH
     ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL ID (FORMULA)
     C/00076-44-8

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     LEDS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE  TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE  RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     FPEIS

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE  TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE  RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     1104A  NO DATA AVAILABLE ON  ACCEPT           (Missing END Card)
     ERROR ADDR:    015514   BDI:   000013

     EXECS ERROR:  CONTINGENCY TYPE-12  ERROR  TYPE-03  CODE-00 AT PROG
     ADD 012165
     BDI'S:  M-I=000013   M-D=000012   U-I=000000  U-D=000000
     -800- SYSTEM ERROR CODE   816   xll  = 007255-
     **** PLEASE  NOTIFY DATA BASE ADMINISTRATOR ****
                            7.2-16

-------
7.3    SERIES SUMMARY INFORMATION PROGRAM (SNAP-SHOT)
7.3.1  Applicability:  FPEIS, 6EDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.3.2  Abstract
       The Series Summary Information Program (SNAP-SHOT) is a brief
report which summarizes the contents of an EADS test series.  The report
gives an indication of "what" is contained in the test series without
getting into details.  It will provide the user with an overview of  the
test  series  in a brief format that would ordinarily require  the  obtaining
of  a  more  detailed  and lengthy SERIES Report  (see Section 7.1).
       The formation  of the  SNAP-SHOT Report  follows the SERIES  Report
 very closely;  it  is as  if  a  "snap-shot"  had been made  of the SERIES
Report.  The first  page of the SNAP-SHOT Report  is  the same  as  the  first
 page of  the  SERIES  Report; that  is,  the  source  that was sampled is
 described  in terms  of its  industrial categorization and location (if
 available);  the  sponsor of the  testing  and the  organization which
 performed the work  are  identified; and  any comments on the test series are
 provided.   Any EADS test series which contain data from other media that
 were collected at the same time are identified and a list of references
 pertaining to the test series is provided.  Next, a summary of  the data  to
 be found  in the test series is given, including the type of waste or
 product streams reported, the type  of control technology applied (if  any),
 the  number of discrete samples collected  and whether  they were  collected
 from a control system inlet or outlet, and whether or not data  are  present
 for  the sample on  the results of  inorganic/non-Level  1 organic  analysis,
 Level 1 organic  analysis, radionuclide  analysis,  and  bioassay.   Finally,
 the  total number of  effluent or  product  streams  is given  along with the
 total  number of  samples reported.
                                     7.3-1

-------
       The SNAP-SHOT program may be qualified by any combination of five
parameters to select several test series, or a specific range of test
series may be specified by the user.  The five parameters which may be
chosen are as follows:
           Source Category
           Source Type
           Product/Device
           Process Type
           Feed Material Category
       Acceptable data for these parameters may be found in the
Terminology Reference Manual in Table A-l for the first four parameters
and in Table A-2 for the Feed Material Category.  The user may specify any
combination of these parameters to retrieve summary information from a
particular data base.  For example, a user may request SNAP-SHOT reports
for all test series where the Source Type equals UTILITY, Product/Device
equals BOILER, and Feed Material Category equals COAL; that is, the user
wants to identify all test series on coal-fired, utility boilers.  The
user is not required to utilize this parameter option.  He may instead
specify a single TSN or a range of TSN's.
       The SNAP-SHOT program may be initiated either through a "demand"
(time-sharing) session or through submitting a batch job.  The demand
version of the program prompts the user with complete instructions for its
use.
7.3.3  User Data Required
       •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS, 6EDS, or SODS)
       t   Valid TSN (or range of TSN's) or
       •   Source Category, Source Type, Product/Device, Process Type,
           and/or Feed Material Category
                                   7.3-2

-------
7.3.4  Data Qualification Required
       If the Parameters Option is selected, the user may qualify the
search for particular test series by inputting data for any combination of
the parameters chosen.  The acceptable data are combined in the
Terminology Reference Manual in Table A-l and Table A-2.  This
qualification is best shown by illustration in sections to follow.
7.3.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The SNAP-SHOT  program user has several printing options  available
including the NCC  local  printers, remote high-speed  terminal  printers,  and
low-speed time-sharing  (demand)  terminals.  While  the  SNAP-SHOT Report
itself is not  long (usually two  to  three pages), the volume  of  output
could  become voluminous, particularly if the  Parameters  Option  is selected
and the subsequent retrieval  involves many test series.   Unless the user
 is selecting a specific test  series,  it is recommended that  the low-speed
 terminal option be avoided where possible.
 7.3.6  Functional  Description
        Using the EADS waste stream data base name and the TSN(s) (or the
 source categorization parameters), the selected test series  is  (are)
 retrieved from the data base and the summary information is  printed.
 7.3.7  User Instructions — Demand         File name:  EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT
        The SNAP-SHOT program may be  accessed through  a "demand", or
 time-sharing, terminal  (see Section  6.6),  which can access  the U-1100
 computer.  User access  through  the demand  terminal  allows the  program  to
 be executed  as  a  batch  job.  The user  should  initiate the demand session
 by following the  procedures outlined  in Section 6.6.1.   When the session
  is completed,  the demand session may be ended  by  following  the
  instructions  given in  Section  6.6.2.
                                     7.3-3

-------
       (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by

the user is underlined.)


>@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT             (Enter the file name)

CIS     6R1      16:21:01

THE ASSUME MODE IS FIELDATA

DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS:^  YES      (Enter YES or NO)

THIS MODULE IS DESIGNED TO RUN THE SNAP-SHOT REPORT FOR ANY VALID TEST
SERIES NUMBER AND DATA BASE NAME ENTERED.  INFORMATION REQUIRED TO RUN
THIS ROUTINE WILL BE ENTERED BY THE USER AS PROMPTED BY THIS MODULE.

THE PARAMETERS OPTION ALLOWS THE USER TO SEARCH THE ENTIRE DATA BASE FOR
ALL TEST SERIES WHICH SATISFY THE SELECTION CRITERIA.

>(Press carriage return to continue)

THE PARAMETERS FOR WHICH VALUES MAY BE ENTERED ARE AS FOLLOWS:

          SOURCE CATEGORY
          SOURCE TYPE
          PRODUCT/DEVICE
          PROCESS TYPE
          FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY

>(Press carriage return to continue)

OTHERWISE, THE USER MAY ENTER A SINGLE TEST SERIES NUMBER OR A RANGE OF
TEST SERIES NUMBERS.

>(Press carriage return to continue)

(If the answer to the instructions question was NO, the above statements
would be skipped.)

ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>          (Enter a valid NCC Account Number)

ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME             (Enter the data base name)
(FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, or SDDS):>

DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
>YES                                 (Enter YES or NO)

ENTER THE VALUE FOR THE PARAMETER AS PROMPTED.

IF NO DATA TO BE INPUT FOR THIS PARAMETER, PRESS RETURN.

SOURCE CATEGORY:>  (CR)              (Enter value from Table A-l,
                                     Terminology Reference Manual, or
                                     press return.)

                                   7.3-4

-------
SOURCE TYPE:>  UTILITY
PRODUCT/DEVICE:>  BOILER
PROCESS TYPE:>  (CR)
-FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY:>  COAL        (Enter value from Table A-2,
                                      Terminology Reference Manual,  or
                                      press return.)
ENTER THE  NUMBER OF COPIES            (Enter the number of  copies wanted)
IF  1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>   (CR)
DO  YOU REQUIRE  SPECIAL  FORMS?>   NO    (Enter YES or  NO)

        (If YES  had  been  entered, the  program  would  request the forms ID.
Please  consult  the  NCC  User Reference Manual  or the EADS Program Manager
before  attempting  to  use this  feature.  The NO response  means that
 standard,  one-part  computer paper will be used.)

 ENTER THE  PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS  TO BE OTHER  THAN THE MAIN
 PRINTER:>   (CR)

        (If there is no preference, press the  return key.  If the output  is
 to be a remote high-speed terminal, enter the site ID of the terminal.   If
 a user demand terminal is to receive the output, enter  the user ID  for
 that terminal user.)

 ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>        (Enter  YES or NO)

        (If additional selections are to  be made, enter  NO and  the  program
 will prompt for the  data base name selection.  If  YES,  there  will  be  a
 normal exit.)
        Please  refer  to  Section  7.3.9 for sample  runs of the demand
 SNAP-SHOT program.   An  example  of  the SNAP-SHOT  Report  is given in
 Section 7.3.11.
                                     7.3-5

-------
        It should be emphasized that  SNAP-SHOT  does  not  actually execute  as
a demand  (time-sharing) job.  The demand  routine  creates  a  job  stream
which  is processed as a batch job by the  U-1100.
7.3.8   User  Instructions — Batch
        The SNAP-SHOT program may also be  executed as  a  batch joB on  the
UNIVAC  U-1100 using punched card input.   It  is assumed  that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer  either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or  through a  remote
batch terminal.
        In order to run the SNAP-SHOT program in batch mode, the user
should  submit the following cards:
        @RUN,R/RS RUN ID, Account Number, EADS, 5, 50/50
        @ASG,A EADS.
        @XQT,BHZ EADS. SNAP- SHOT
        . . . parameter cards . . .
       Three types of parameter cards are used to identify the options
selected and to drive the program.  If the user wishes to print the
SNAP-SHOT report for a specific TSN (or range of TSN's), the following
Type 1 parameter card is used:
                             1         2
Type 1;   Card Col. 12345678901234567890
                    DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
    where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
                (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),
          MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                specified.  The TSN should be entered as a right-justified
                integer number in card columns 7-11,
                (enter a dash in card column 12)
                                   7.3-6

-------
          MAXZZ is  the last  TSN in the  range of TSN's to be specified.
                The TSN should be entered as a right-justified integer
                number in card columns  13-17.

*Note*    If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if a single test
          series is selected), leave card columns 12-17 blank.


       If the user wishes to select the Parameters Option, then the Type 2

parameter cards should be used.  Any or all of the following cards may be

included  in any order:

                               1234
Type  2    Card Col.   1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
"^	                SOURCE CATEGORY     VVVV	V
                      SOURCE TYPE         VVVV	V
                      PRODUCT/DEVICE      VVVV	V
                      PROCESS TYPE        VVVV	—V
                      FEED MATERIAL       VVVV	V

     where VVVV	V  is  the valid value  from Table A-l  or Table  A-2  in  the
                      Terminology Reference  Manual beginning  in column 21,
                      and not  exceeding 20  characters in length.


        Following  the Type 1 or Type 2  cards, the Type 3 card  is  entered to

 indicate the end  of the data.  It should be the last parameter card  in the

 deck before the @FIN card.  The card has the following format:


 Type 3:   Card Col.  123
 -"	               END

 *Caution*  The parameter cards must be entered  into the card deck in the
            following order:

                  Type 1 or Type  2
                  Type 3
         Examples of  batch runs of  SNAP-SHOT  are  given  in  Section 7.3.10.
                                     7.3-7

-------
7.3.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  SNAP-SHOT for a Specific TSN:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT

            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>  Account Number
            ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
            (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>  FPEIS

            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
            >NO
            DO~~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE TEST SERIES NUMBER:>  225
            ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
            IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>  2
            DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:>  NO

            ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN THE MAIN
            PRINTER:>  (CR)

            ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>  YES

            *** NORMAL EXIT ***

       (2)  SNAP-SHOT for a Range of TSN's:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/SNAP-SHOT

            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER YOUR ACCOUNT NUMBER:>  Account Number
            ENTER THE DATA BASE NAME
            (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS, OR SDDS):>  FPEIS

            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT THE PARAMETERS OPTION?
            >NO
            DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF TEST SERIES?
            >YES
            ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
            >29
            ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
            >39

            ENTER THE NUMBER OF COPIES
            IF 1, JUST PRESS RETURN:>  2
            DO YOU REQUIRE SPECIAL FORMS?:>  NO
                                   7.3-8

-------
            ENTER THE PRINT DESTINATION IF IT IS TO BE OTHER THAN  THE  MAIN
            PRINTER:>  (CR)
            ARE YOU FINISHED (YES OR N0)?>  YES
            *** NORMAL EXIT ***
7.3.10  Sample Batch Runs
       (To be added later.)
7.3.11  Sample Output
       (To be added later.)
                                    7.3-9

-------
7.4    BIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (BIO-SEARCH)
7.4.1  Applicability;  FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.4.2  Abstract
       The Biological Search Program (BIO-SEARCH) enables the user to
search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of the results of a particular bioassay test.  The  user  may
identify the bioassay results either by specifying the type  of  bioassay  or
the  specific test name  as found  in the EADS Terminology Reference Manual
Tables A-ll and A-12, respectively.  If a  search  is  to be made  of part of
a  data base, the  data base name  must be given  and  the range  of  TSN's  must
be specified.  Both  demand and  batch versions  of  the program are available
to the user.   The demand  version provides  complete instructions on the use
of the program through  an interactive  interface with the  user.   A "Help"
command  is also  available to users who encounter  problems.
        For each  data base scanned, the TSN is listed for  those test series
 in which the bioassay of interest is reported.  The program does not
 report the results  of the biological tests.  The selection criteria
 requires only that  the bioassay be found once in a  given test  series  even
 though multiple occurrences of the assay may be present.  It is
 recommended that the user request the SERIES Report for each test series
 identified in order to get more information.
 7.4.3  User Data Required
        •   Valid Bioassay Test  Type or Bioassay Test Name
        •   EADS  Data Base Name  (FPEIS, LEDS,  GEDS,  and/or  SDDS)
        •   Range of TSN's  (optional)
                                     7.4-1

-------
 7.4.4  Data Qualification Required
        None
 7.4.5  Limitations/Restrictions
        None
 7.4.6  Functional Description
        Using the user-supplied data on a particular bioassay test type or
 test name, the BIO-SEARCH program initially checks the data to verify that
 a valid bioassay test type or name has been requested.  The program next
 scans all of the data bases specified using either the test type or the
 test name.  If at least one occurrence of the assay is found within a test
 series, that test series is listed in the output.   If no data are found in
 the entire data base, this  fact is also listed in  the output.
 7.4.7  User Instructions —  Demand          File name:  EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH
        The BIO-SEARCH program may be  accessed through a "demand", or
 time-sharing,  terminal  (see  Section 6.6),  which  can  access  the  U-1100
 computer.   User access  in demand  mode  enables the  program to be run  in
 "real time"; that  is,  the results are  returned directly to  the  user.
        The user shall  initiate  a  demand session  by following the
 procedures  outlined in  Section  6.6.1.  When  the  session is  completed,  the
 session may be  ended  by  following the  procedures given  in Section 6.6.2.
        (In  the  following computer-generated  instructions, the response  by
 the user is underlined.)
 >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH                            (Enter  the  file namYES                                                                 '
 INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL LINES AT A TIME AND THEN STOP
TO CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
                                   7.4-2

-------
THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED BIOASSAYS REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA.  THE USER
MUST IDENTIFY THIS BIOASSAY TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
OR TEST NAME.
>(CR)
       THE FORMAT USED IS:

           A/TESTTYPE - FOR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
           B/TESTTYPE - FOR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE
 >(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).  ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.

TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED.  "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.  "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS.  (IMPORTANT - ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to the above question  is NO, the preceding  statements

are skipped.)

ENTER  THE BIOASSAY  TEST TYPE/NAME     (Use  the format described  above)

>A/CYTOTOXICITY

DO YOU WISH  A PARTICULAR  DATA BASE?   (Enter YES  or NO)
>YES
ENTER  THE  DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED    (Enter LEDS,  GEDS,  SDDS,  or FPEIS)
>LEDS
DO~YOU WISH  TO SELECT WITHIN  A
RANGE  OF LEDS TEST  SERIES?
>YES
ENTTR  THE  MINIMUM NUMBER  IN THE
RANGE
                                      (Enter YES or NO)


                                      (Enter the TSN)
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
 RANGE
         (If  no  particular data  base  is  named,  BIO-SEARCH  will  scan all

  entries  in  all  four  data bases.  This  is  a  lengthy sort  and it is better

  to  request  each data base  separately.   When the data base is specified,
                                     7.4-3

-------
the user may restrict the search to only a portion of the data base as

shown.  If a range is not requested by the user, the last two queries are

skipped, and the entire data base is scanned.)

ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:

>END

       (If a data base name is entered, the program will again ask if a

range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated.  If END is entered,

the program starts to execute.  Typical output is as follows.)

BIOASSAY TEST TYPE:  CYTOTOXICITY

LEDS

00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010

*** NORMAL END ***

>

At this point, the terminal is returned to the Control Mode; that is, the

program has finished and the user may now enter additional commands.

       The BIO-SEARCH program is very flexible and has a number of options

available to users.  This flexibility is best seen through the sample

demand runs given in Section 7.4.9.   Use of the "HELP" option is also

shown there.

7.4.8  User Instructions — Batch

       The BIO-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on the

UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input.  It is assumed that the user has
                                   7.4-4

-------
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
        In order to run the BIO-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should  submit the following cards:
        (3RUN,R/RS Run ID,Account Number,EADS,5,50/50
        @ASG,A EADS.
        (3XQT.BHZ  EADS.BIO-SEARCH
        .  .  . parameter  cards  .  .  .
        Three types  of  parameter  cards  are  defined  for  BIO-SEARCH and they
 are used to drive the  program.   The  Type  1 Parameter Card identifies the
 assay to be requested  in terms  of its  test type or test name.  The Type 2
 Parameter Card identifies the data base to be selected and specifies the
 range of TSN's to be searched.   The Type 3 Parameter Card is the END card
 which indicates to the program that the input data have been completed.
        The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
        Type  1:         Card Col.     12345678...
                                      A/TESTTYPE
                                  or  B/TESTNAME
             where all  data begin  in  column  1  of the  card  and:
                A  identifies  the  bioassay  test  type  TESTTYPE;  and
                B  identifies  the  bioassay  test  name  TESTNAME.
                                                1          2
         Type 2:          Card  Col.     12345678901234567890
                                       DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
             where DBDBD identifies the data base name  beginning in column 1
                         (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or  SODS),
                   MINXX is the  starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                         specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                         right-justified integer number in card  columns 7-11,
                                     7.4-5

-------
                       (enter a dash in card column 12)
                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right- justified integer number in card
                       columns 13-17.
       *Note*      If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the
                   entire data base is to be searched), leave card columns
                   7-17 blank.
                   Also if one end of the TSN's range is entered, the
                   other is required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must
                   be included for each data base requested.  The order of
                   the Type 2 cards is not important.
       Type 3;         Card Col.     123
                                     END
       This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the last
       parameter card included in the card deck.
       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:
                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3
Sample print-outs from BIO-SEARCH are included in Section 7.4.10.
7.4.9  Sample Demand Runs
       (1)  Test Name Format:
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHOV
            BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR:  B/CHOV
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
            ENTTR THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CHO
            DOTOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES
            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
                                   7.4-6

-------
    DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
    >NO

    ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
    PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
    >END

    BIOASSAY TEST NAME:  CHO

    LEDS

    00001
    00002
    00003
    00004
    00005
    00006
    00007
    00008
    00009
    00010
    00011
    00143
    00144
    00145
    00147
    00148
    00150
    00151
    00152
    00153

    ***  NORMAL END  ***
(2)   Use of HELP  Command:

     >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     EfiTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
     >A/MUTAGENICITY
     DO YOU WISH  A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL  EXIT PROGRAM
     "A/TESTTYPE", "B/TESTNAME"
     WILL SEARCH  BY TEST TYPE OR NAME
     "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS", OR "SODS" WILL SELECT A  DATA BASE,
     "END" MEANS  END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA  BASE
     >YES
                            7.4-7

-------
     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO~YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF  FPEIS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >!
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF  COMPLETE:
     >LEDS
     DOOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE  RETURN  IF  COMPLETE:
     >END

     BIOASSAY TEST TYPE:   MUTAGENICITY

     LEDS

     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010

     NO FPEIS SERIES  FOUND BETWEEN  SERIES  00001  AND  00005

     *** NORMAL END ***
(3)   Example of User  Aborted Run:

     >@ADD EADS. RUN/BIO-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
     ENTER THE BIOASSAY  TEST TYPE/NAME
     > A/AMES

     BIOASSAY DATA  NOT FOUND FOR:   A/ AMES
     WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY  AGAIN:
     >NO
                            7.4-8

-------
       (4)   Invalid Data Format/Data Not Found:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/BIO-SEARCH

            DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO
            EflTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            >B/CYTOTOXICITY

            BIOASSAY DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   B/CYTOTOXICITY
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
            ENTER THE CODE/CHEMICAL  ID  (FORMULA)
            >A/CYTOTOXICITY

            DO YOU WISH  A PARTICULAR  DATA  BASE?
            >YES
            ENTER THE DATA BASE  TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
            DO~TO"U WISH  TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE  OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR  CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >END

            BIOASSAY TEST  TYPE:  CYTOTOXICITY

            NO LEDS  SERIES  FOUND IN  ENTIRE DATA BASE

            ***  NORMAL  END ***
7.4.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of  the

BIO-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards  (which

are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  Use of Bioassay Test Name:

            (aR'JN.D/RS Run ID.Account Number.EADS. 10T20

            EASG.A EADS.

            gXQT.BHZ EADS.BIO-SEARCH
            ENTER THE BIOASSAY TEST TYPE/NAME
            B/RAM
                                    7.4-9

-------
ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO  BE  SELECTED
GEDS

ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO  BE  SELECTED
LEDS   00001-00100

ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO  BE  SELECTED
END

BIOASSAY TEST NAME:  RAM

LEDS

00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096

NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

*** NORMAL END ***

0FIN
                       7.4-10

-------
7.5    RADIOLOGICAL SEARCH PROGRAM (RAD-SEARCH)
7.5.1  Applicability;  FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SDDS
7.5.2  Abstract
       The Radiological Search Program (RAD-SEARCH) enables the user to
•search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to determine the
presence of a particular radionuclide.  The user may  identify  the
radionuclide by  its  chemical symbol and  isotope  (mass) number  in the form
XX-NNN.   If a search is to be made of part of  a  data  base,  the data base
name must  be given and the range of TSN's must be  specified.   Both demand
and  batch  versions of  the program  are available  to the user.   The  demand
version  provides complete instructions on the  use  of  the program through
an interactive  interface with the  user.  A  "Help"  command is  also
available to users who encounter  problems.
        For each  data base  scanned, the TSN  is  listed  for those test series
 in which the radionuclide  of interest  is reported.  The  program does not
report the concentration  of the radionuclide species.  The selection
 criteria require only that  the  radionuclide species be found  once in a
 given test series even though multiple occurrences of the radionuclide  may
 be present.  It is recommended  that the user request the SERIES Report  for
 each test series identified in  order to get more  information.
 7.5.3  User Data Required
        t   Valid Radionuclide Chemical Symbol and  Isotope  Number
        •   EADS Data Base Name (FPEIS, LEDS,  GEDS, and/or  SDDS)
        •   Range of TSN's (optional)
 7.5.4  Data Qualification Required
        None
                                     7.5-1

-------
 7.5.5  Limitations/Restrictions
        None
 7.5.6  Functional  Description
        Using  the  user-supplied  data  on  a particular  radionuclide  species,
 the  RAD-SEARCH  program scans  all  of  the data  bases specified  to "search  for
 the  radionuclide.   If  at  least  one occurrence of  the species  is found
 within  a  test series,  that  test series  is  listed  in  the  output.   If  no
 data are  found  in  the  entire  data base,  this  fact is also  listed  in  the
 output.
 7.5.7  User Instructions  -- Demand          File  name:   EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
        The  RAD-SEARCH  program may be accessed through a  "demand", or
 time-sharing, terminal  (see Section  6.6), which can  access the U-1100
 computer.   User access  in demand  mode enables the program to  be run  in
 "real time";  that  is,  the results are returned directly  to the user.
        The  user shall  initiate  a  demand  session by following  the
 procedures  outlined  in  Section  6.6.1.  when the session  is completed, the
 session may be ended by following the procedures given in Section 6.6.2.
        (In  the following computer-generated instructions, the response  by
 the  user  is underlined.)
 >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH             (Enter the file name)
 DO YOU  NEED INSTRUCTIONS?             (Enter YES or NO)
 >YES
 INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE LISTED SEVERAL  LINES AT  A TIME  AND THEN  STOP.  TO
 CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.
 THIS PROGRAM WILL LIST  TEST SERIES NUMBERS FROM THE  EADS DATA BASE WHICH
 HAVE USER SPECIFIED RADIONUCLIDES REPORTED IN THEIR  ANALYSIS  DATA.  THE
 USER MUST IDENTIFY THIS RADIONUCLIDE TO THE PROGRAM  BY USING  THE CHEMICAL
 SYMBOL AND  ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER.
>(CR)
                                   7.5-2

-------
       THE FORMAT USED IS:  XX-NNN

WHERE XX = THE CHEMICAL SYMBOL
     NNN = THE ISOTOPE (MASS) NUMBER

>(CR)

THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
-LISTED (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).  ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.

TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA
BASE WHEN QUERIED.  "STOP" AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP"
WILL EXIT THE  PROGRAM.  "HELP" WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE
FORMATS.   (IMPORTANT.- ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT
BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER THE  HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to the  above  question  is NO, the preceding  statements

 are  skipped.)

 ENTER  THE  RADIONUCLIDE  ID            (Use  the format  described above)

 >RN-220

 DO YOU WISH  A PARTICULAR  DATA BASE?   (Enter YES  or  NO)
 >YES
 ENTER  THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED   (Enter LEDS,  GEDS, SDDS, or FPEIS)
 >GEDS
 DO YOU WISH  TO SELECT WITHIN A       (Enter YES  or  NO)
 RANGE  OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
 >YES
 ENTER  THE MINIMUM NUMBER  IN THE      (Enter the  TSN)
 RANGE
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
 RANGE
 >K)

         (If no particular data base is named, RAD-SEARCH will scan  all

 entries  in all four data bases.  This is a  lengthy sort and  it  is  better

 to request each data base  separately.  When the  data  base  is specified,

 the  user may  restrict the  search to only a  portion of the  data  base as

 shown.   If a  range  is not  requested,  by the user, the last two  queries are

 skipped, and  the  entire data  base  is  scanned.)
                                     7.5-3

-------
ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
>END
       (If a data base name is entered, the. program will again ask if a
range is requested and the ensuing steps are repeated.  If END is entered,
the program starts to execute.  Typical output is as follows.)
RADIONUCLIDE:  RN-220
GEDS
00001
00002
00003
00004
00005
00006
00007
00008
00009
00010
*** NORMAL END ***
>
At this point, the terminal is returned to  the Control Mode; that is, the
program has finished and the user may now enter additional commands.
       The RAD-SEARCH program is very flexible and this flexibility  is
best seen through the sample demand runs given in Section 7.5.9.  Use of
the "HELP" option is also shown there.
7.5.8  User Instructions — Batch
       The RAD-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on the
UNIVAC U-1100 using punched card input.  It is assumed that the user has
card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
       In order to run the RAD-SEARCH program in batch mode, the user
should submit the following cards:
                                   7.5-4

-------
       @RUN,R/RS Run  ID,Account Number, EADS,5,50/50
       @ASG,A  EADS.
       eXQT.BHZ  EADS.RAD-SEARCH
       .  .  . parameter  cards  .  .  .
       OFIN
       Three types  of parameter  cards  are  defined for RAD-SEARCH and they
are used to drive the program.   The Type  1 Parameter  Card identifies the
radionuclide  to  be requested  in  terms  of  its chemical symbol and isotope
(mass) number.  The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies  the data base to be
selected and specifies the range of TSN's to be searched.  The Type 3
Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program that the
input  data have been completed.
       The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
       Type 1:         Card Col.     12345678
                                     XX-NNN
           where all data begin  in  column  1 of the card  and:
                 XX = the chemical  symbol,  and
                NNN = the  isotope (mass) number.
                                               1          2
        Type 2:          Card  Col.     12345678901234567890
                                      DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
            where DBDBD identifies the data base  name beginning in column 1
                        (choose  FPEIS,  6EDS, LEDS, or SODS),
                  MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                        specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                        right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,
                        (enter a dash in card column 12)
                  MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                        specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                        right-justified integer number in card
                        columns  13-17.
                                    7.5-5

-------
       *Note*  If no range of TSN's  is requested  (that  is, if the entire
               data base  is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank,

               Also, if one end of the TSN range  is entered, the other  is
               required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included
               for each data base requested.  The order of the Type 2
               cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

               This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the
               last parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print -outs from RAD- SEARCH are included in Section 7.2.10.

7.5.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Radionuclide with Full  Data Base Scan:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID
            DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
            >YES

            ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
            >LEDS
            DO~TD"U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS  ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >FPEIS
            DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
            >NO

            ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
            PREVIOUS  ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
            >END
                                   7.5-6

-------
    RADIONUCLIDE:  1-131

    LEDS

    00001
    00002
    00003
    00004
    00005

    NO  FPEIS SERIES FOUND  IN ENTIRE  DATA  BASE

    *** NORMAL END ***

    >

(2) Use of HELP  Command:

    >@ADD  EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH

     DO YOU NEED  INSTRUCTIONS?
    >NO
     ENTER  THE  RADIONUCLIDE ID
     >U-238
     OOOTJ WISH  A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
     "STOP" WILL  EXIT PROGRAM
     XX-NNN FOR RADIONUCLIDE FORMAT WILL SEARCH BY RADIONUCLIDE
     "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR "SDDS" WILL SELECT A DATA BASE,
     "END"  MEANS  END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
     >YES

     ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
     >FPEIS
     DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A  RANGE OF FPEIS TEST  SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTE"R THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >1
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     >5

     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL  DATA BASE  TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY /"END"  OR CARRIAGE  RETURN  IF  COMPLETE:
     >LEDS
     DO YOU  WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A  RANGE OF  LEDS TEST SERIES?
     >YES
     ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER  IN THE RANGE
     >5
     ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER  IN THE RANGE
      ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
      PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
                             7.5-7

-------
             >END

             RADIONUCLIDE:   U-238

             LEDS

             00005
             00006
             00007
             00008
             00009
             00010

             NO FPEIS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005

             ***  NORMAL END ***

             >

       (3)   Example of User Aborted Run:

             >@ADD EADS.RUN/RAD-SEARCH

             DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
             >NO
             ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE ID (FORMULA)
             >KR-85M

             DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
             >STOP

7.5.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the

RAD-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards (which

are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  Multiple Data Base Selection:

            (3RUN.D/RS Run ID,Account Number. EADS.10.20

            QASG.A EADS.

            gXQT.BHZ EADS.RAD-SEARCH
            ENTER THE RADIONUCLIDE  ID
            KR-85

            ENTER THE DATA  BASE  TO  BE SELECTED
            GEDS
                                   7.5-8

-------
ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
LEDS   00001-00100

ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
END

RADIONUCLIDE:  KR-85

LEDS

00083
00089
00092
00093
00094
00095
00096

NO 6EDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE  DATA  BASE

*** NORMAL END ***
                        7.5-9

-------
7.6    CONTROL TECHNOLOGY SEARCH PROGRAM (CONTROL-SEARCH)
7.6.1  Applicability:   FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, SODS
7.6.2  Abstract
       The Control Technology Search Program (CONTROL-SEARCH) enables the
user to search all or part of the EADS waste stream data bases to
determine the presence of a particular control technology.  The user may
identify the control technology by specifying either the generic device
type or the design type as given in Table A-4 of the EADS Terminology
Reference Manual.  If a search  is to be made of part of a data base, the
data base name must be given and the range of TSN's must be specified.
Both demand and batch versions of the program are available to the  user.
The  demand version provides  complete instructions on the use  of  the
program through an interactive  interface with the user.  A  "Help"  command
is  also available to  users who  encounter problems.
       For each data  base scanned,  the  TSN  is listed for those  test series
in  which  the  control  technology of interest  is  reported.  The selection
criteria  require  only that the  control  technology generic type  or  design
type be found once  in a  given test series.   It  is recommended that the
user request  the  SERIES  Report  for each test series  identified  in  order to
get more  information.
7.6.3  User  Data  Required
        •    Valid  Control Technology Generic Device  Type or  Design Type
        •    EADS Data Base Name  (FPEIS, LEDS, GEDS,  and/or SDDS)
        •   Range  of TSN's (optional)
 7.6.4  Data Qualification Required
        None
                                    7.6-1

-------
7.6.5  Limitations/Restrictions
       The user is cautioned to use care when selecting the Design Type
option for control technology.  Since several generic control system types
have the same or similar design types, it would likely be safer to search
on the basis of the generic type only, or thoroughly check the Terminology
Reference Manual to be certain of the correct Design Type value.
7.6.6  Functional Description
       Using the user-supplied data on a particular control technology,
the CONTROL-SEARCH program initially checks to verify that a valid Generic
Device Type or Design Type has been requested.  The program next scans all
of the data bases specified.  If at least one occurrence of the generic
type or design type is found within a test series, that test series is
listed in the output.  If no data are found in the entire data base, this
fact is also listed in the output.
7.6.7  User Instructions — Demand      File name:  EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
       The CONTROL-SEARCH program may be accessed through a "demand", or
time-sharing, terminal (see Section 6.6), which can access the U-1100
computer.  User access in demand mode enables the program to be run in
"real time"; that is, the results are returned directly to the user.
       The user shall initiate a demand session by following the
procedures outlined in Section 6.6.1.  When the session is completed, the
session may be ended by the following the procedures given in
Section 6.6.2.
       (In the following computer-generated instructions, the response by
the user is underlined.)
>@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH                         (Enter the file name)
DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?                             (Enter YES or NO)
>YES
                                   7.6-2

-------
INSTRUCTIONS WILL  BE  LISTED  SEVERAL  LINES  AT  A TIME AND THEN  STOP.   TO
CONTINUE DEPRESS CARRIAGE RETURN.

THIS PROGRAM WILL  LIST  TEST  SERIES  NUMBERS FROM THE EADS DATA BASE  WHICH
HAVE USER SPECIFIED CONTROL  TECHNOLOGY  REPORTED IN THEIR ANALYSIS DATA.
THE USER MUST IDENTIFY  THIS  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY TO THE PROGRAM BY USING THE
GENERIC DEVICE TYPE OR  DESIGN TYPE.
THE FORMAT USED IS:
       G/GENERICTYPE                 FOR THE GENERIC TYPE -- OR —
       D/DESIGNTYPE                  FOR THE DESIGN TYPE.
 >(CR)
THE USER HAS THE OPTION OF SPECIFYING WHICH DATA BASE SERIES ARE TO BE
LISTED  (FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, OR SDDS).  ADDITIONALLY, THE USER MAY LIMIT THE
LIST TO SPECIFIC RANGES, ONE PER DATA BASE.  TO SPECIFY A RANGE FOR ANY
DB, THE USER MUST SELECT A "PARTICULAR" DATA BASE WHEN QUERIED.  "STOP"
AND "HELP" MAY BE ENTERED AT ANY TIME.  "STOP" WILL EXIT THE PROGRAM.
"HELP"  WILL BRIEFLY LIST THE MAJOR QUERY RESPONSE FORMATS.   (IMPORTANT -
ANY QUERY LISTED PRIOR TO A "HELP" REQUEST WILL NOT BE SHOWN AGAIN AFTER
THE HELP RESPONSE FROM THE PROGRAM.)

>(CR)

        (If the reply to the above question is NO, the preceding statements

 are skipped.)

 ENTER  THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE         (Use  the format  described above)

 >G/BIOLOGICAL  PROCESSES
 DO YOU WISH  A  PARTICULAR DATA  BASE?   (Enter  YES  or  NO)
 >YES

 ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED    (Enter  LEDS, GEDS,  SDDS,  or  FPEIS)
 >LEDS
 DO~TOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A       (Enter  YES  or NO)
 RANGE OF LEDS  TEST SERIES?
 >YES

 ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE      (Enter  the TSN)
 RANGE
 >01
 ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE
 RANGE
 >10

         (If no particular data base is named, CONTROL-SEARCH will  scan all

 entries in all four data bases.  This is a  lengthy sort  and  it  is better

                                    7.6-3

-------
 to  request  each  data  base  separately.   When the data base is specified,

 the  user  may restrict the  search  to  only a portion of the data base as

 shown.   If  a range  is not  requested  by the user,  the last two queries are

 skipped,  and the  entire  data  base is scanned.)

 ENTER THE ADDITIONAL  DATA  BASE  TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A PREVIOUS
 ENTRY/"END"  OR CARRIAGE  RETURN  IF COMPLETE:

 >END

        (If  a data base name  is  entered,  the program will  again ask if a

 range is  requested  and the ensuing steps are repeated.   If END is  entered,

 the  program starts  to execute.  Typical  output  is  as follows.)

 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY  GENERIC TYPE:   BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES

 LEDS

 00001
 00002
 00003
 00004
 00005
 00006
 00007
 00008
 00009
 00010

 ***  NORMAL  END ***

 >

       At this point, the  terminal is  returned  to  the Control  Mode;  that

 is,  the program has finished and  the user may now  enter additional

commands.

       The CONTROL-SEARCH  program  is very flexible  and has  a  number  of

options available to users.  This  flexibility is best seen  through the

sample demand runs given in Section  7.6.9.   Use of  the "HELP"  option  is

also shown there.
                                   7.6-4

-------
7.6.8  User Instructions — Batch
       The CONTROL-SEARCH program may also be executed as a batch job on
the UNI VAC U-1100 using punched card input.  It is assumed that the user
has card input access to the U-1100 computer either through "across the
counter" submitted at Research Triangle Park, NC, or through a remote
batch terminal.
       In order to run the CONTROL-SEARCH program in batch mode,  the user
should submit the following cards:
       (3RUN/RS Run ID, Account Number, EADS, 5, 50/50
       (3ASG.A EADS.
       GXQT.BHZ  EADS. CONTROL-SEARCH
        .  .  .  parameter  cards  .  .  .
        Three types  of  parameter  cards  are  defined  for CONTROL-SEARCH and
 they are used to drive the program.  The Type 1 Parameter Card identifies
 the control  technology to be requested in  terms of its generic type or
 design type.  The Type 2 Parameter Card identifies the data base to be
 selected and specifies the range of TSN's  to be searched.  The Type 3
 Parameter Card is the END card which indicates to the program that the
 input data have been completed.
        The formats for the parameter cards are as follows:
                                                1          2         3
        Type  1;         Card Col.      123456789012345678901234567890123456
                                      G/AAAAAAAA .......... AA
                           or          D/BBBBBBBBBB ...................... BB
             where all  data begin  in column 1  of the  card  and:
                 G identifies the  Generic Type AAAA ____ ; and
                 D identifies the  Design Type
                                                1          2
         Type  2:          Card Col.      12345678901234567890
                                       DBDBD MINXX-MAXZZ
                                     7.6-5

-------
      "STOP" WILL EXIT PROGRAM
      "G/AAA...", "D/BBB..."
      WILL SEARCH BY GENERIC/DEVICE TYPE,
      "FPEIS", "GEDS", "LEDS" OR  "SODS" WILL SELECT A  DATA  BASE,
      "END" MEANS END OF SOLICITATION FOR A DATA BASE.
      >YES

      ENTER THE DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
      >FPEIS
      DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF FPEIS TEST SERIES?
      >YES
      ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
      >i
      ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
      >5

      ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
      PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
      >GEDS
      DO~70~U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
      >YES
      ENTER THE MINIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
      >5
      ENTER THE MAXIMUM NUMBER IN THE RANGE
     ENTER THE ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE:  ESP

     FPEIS

     00005
     00006
     00007
     00008
     00009
     00010

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND BETWEEN SERIES 00001 AND 00005

     *** NORMAL END ***
(3)  Example of User Aborted Run:

     >eADD EADS. RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO
                            7.6-8

-------
    ENTER THE  GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
    >D/ACTIVATED SLUDGE
    DO YOU WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
    >YES

    ENTER THE  DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED
    >LEDS
    DO YOU WISH TO SELECT WITHIN A RANGE OF LEDS TEST SERIES?
    >NO_

    ENTER THE  ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
    PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
    >END

    CONTROL TECHNOLOGY DESIGN TYPE:  ACTIVATED SLUDGE

    LEDS

    00001
    00002
    00003
    00004
    00005
    00006
    00007
    00008
    00009
    00010
    00011
    00143
    00144
    00145
    00147
    00148
    00150
    00151
    00152
    00153

    *** NORMAL END ***
(2)  Use of HELP Command:

     >6>ADD E ADS. RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO

     ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >G/ESP
     $rm WISH A PARTICULAR DATA BASE?
     >HELP
                            7.6-7

-------
           where DBDBD identifies the data base name beginning in column 1
                       (choose FPEIS, GEDS, LEDS, or SDDS),

                 MINXX is the starting TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns 7-11,

                       (enter a dash in card column 12)

                 MAXZZ is the last TSN in the range of TSN's to be
                       specified.  The TSN should be entered as a
                       right-justified integer number in card columns
                       13-17.

       *Note*  If no range of TSN's is requested (that is, if the entire
               data base is to be searched), leave card columns 7-17 blank.

               Also, if one end of the TSN range is entered, the other  is
               required also.  A Type 2 parameter card must be included
               for each data base requested.  The order of the Type 2
               cards is not important.

       Type 3:         Card Col.     123
                                     END

               This card signifies the end of the data.  It should be the
               last parameter card included in the card deck.

       *Caution*   The parameter cards must be entered into the card deck
                   in the following order:

                       Type 1
                       All Type 2
                       Type 3

Sample print-outs from CONTROL-SEARCH are included in Section 7.6.10.

7.6.9  Sample Demand Runs

       (1)  Device Type Format:

            >@ADD EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
            DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
            >NO

            ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
            >D/ACTIVATED SLUGE

            CONTROL DATA NOT FOUND FOR:   D/ACTIVATED SLUGE
            WOULD YOU LIKE TO TRY AGAIN?
            >YES
                                   7.6-6

-------
     ENTER  THE  GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >D/MULTICLONE

     CONTROL  DATA NOT  FOUND  FOR:  D/MULTICLONE
     WOULD  YOU  LIKE  TO TRY AGAIN?
     >NO

(4)  Invalid  Data Format/Data Not Found:

     >gADD  EADS.RUN/CONTROL-SEARCH
     DO YOU NEED INSTRUCTIONS?
     >NO

     ENTER  THE  GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >C/ESP
     INVALID  FORMAT  (C/ESP)

     CONTROL  DATA NOT  FOUND  FOR:  C/ESP
     WOULD  YOU  LIKE  TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER  THE  GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >G/ESPS

     CONTROL  DATA NOT  FOUND  FOR:   G/ESPS
     WOULD  YOU  LIKE  TO TRY AGAIN?
     >YES
     ENTER  THE  GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
     >6/ESP
     00 YOU WISH A PARTICULAR  DATA  BASE?
     >YES

     ENTER  THE  DATA BASE TO BE  SELECTED
     >GEDS
     DO~YO~U WISH TO SELECT WITHIN  A RANGE OF GEDS TEST SERIES?
     >NO

     ENTER THE  ADDITIONAL DATA BASE TO BE SELECTED/CORRECT A
     PREVIOUS ENTRY/"END" OR CARRIAGE RETURN IF COMPLETE:
     >END

     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GENERIC TYPE:  ESP

     NO GEDS SERIES FOUND IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

     *** NORMAL END ***
                             7.6-9

-------
7.6.10  Sample Batch Runs

       The sample batch run outputs demonstrate the flexibility of the

CONTROL-SEARCH program in satisfying user needs.  The user input cards

(which are listed in the output) are underlined.

       (1)  Design Type Format:

            @RUN.D/RS Run ID,Account NumbertEADS,10,20
            @ASG,A EADS.
            (9XQT.BHZ E"AD"S. CONTROL-SEARCH
            ENTER THE GENERIC/DESIGN TYPE
            D/ACTIVATED CARBON

            ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO BE SELECTED
            SODS

            ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO BE SELECTED
            LEDS    00001-00100

            ENTER THE DATA  BASE TO BE SELECTED
            END

            LEDS

            00083
            00089
            00092
            00093
            00094
            00095
            00096

            NO SDDS SERIES FOUND  IN ENTIRE DATA BASE

            *** NORMAL END ***

           0FIN
                                  7.6-10

-------
7.7    CASCADE IMPACTOR DATA REDUCTION SYSTEM (CIDRS)



       To be included in first update to the FPEIS User Guide
                                      7.7-1

-------
     APPENDIX A.I



LIST OF ERROR MESSAGES

-------
CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
44
47
40
4?
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
U
DATA BASE
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F











F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
CUD
C120
C125
C270
C130
C140
C145
C150
C230
C235
C240
C250
C260
C300
C340
C350
C155
C160
C170
C330
C361
C410
C430
C440
C45D
C460
C470
C475
C505
C505
C585
C610
caio
C820
C830
C840
C860
C1010
C1010
C10IO
C1060
C874
C876
C930
C931
C955
C955
C960
C965
ETO net
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
HISSING SOURCE CATEGORY
MISSING SOURCE TYPE
HISSING PRODUCT/DEVICE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC SIC CODE
MISSING PROCESS RATE
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN PROCESS RATE
HISSING PROCESS RATE UNITS
HISSING FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY
NON-NUMERIC ZIP CODE
NON-NUMERIC FPEIS TSN
NON-NUMERIC SDDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC GEDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC LCDS TSN
NON-NUMERIC NPDES NUMBER
INVALID START DATE
INVALID FINISH DATE
MISSING SPONSOR ORGANIZATION
MISSING CONTRACT NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC TO/TD NUMBER
MISSING NAME OF SAMPLING GROUP
NON-NUMERIC COMMENT LINE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC STREAM NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC FLOWRATE
NON-NUMERIC VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC STACK HEIGHT
NON-NUMERIC/MUST BE 0 1 , 02, 03, 04 ,OR 05
DEVICE NUMBER MISSING OFF OF DO CARD
NON-NUMERIC SEQ NO OR GREATER THAN 14
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER NO.
NON-NUMERIC TEST ID NO
INVALID TEST DATE
NON-NUMERIC START TIME
NON-NUMERIC END TIME
NON-NUMERIC DESIGN CAPACITY
NON-NUMERIC DEVICEXPROCESS NUMBER
NO MATCH WITH DEVICE SET UP ON DO CARD
DEVICEXPROCESS NUMBER MISSING OFF El
NON-NUMERICXONLY 30 PARAMETERS PER DEVICE
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE MASS
NON-NUMERIC FEED MATERIAL SAMPLE VOLUME
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MS RECOVERED 	
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED 	
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION MANTISSA

-------
 I
ro
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
96
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT
C967
C1203
C1206
C1212
C1215
C1224
C1227
C1230
C1233
C1236
C1239
C1248
C1218
C1251
C1245
C1243
C1244
C1246
C1257
C1260
C1262
C1264
C1266
C1270
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1303
C1313
C1316
CI303
C1330

C1429
C1430
C1847
C1850
C1852
C2540
C2540
C2550
C2550

C2590
C2595
C2600
C2605
C3034
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC METHOD TYPE
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE START TIME
NON-NUMERIC/LESS THAN ZERO SAMPLE DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE VELOCITY
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC MOISTURE CONTENT
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY
NON-NUMERIC DENSITY DETERMINATION
NON-NUMERIC VOLUME
NON-NUMERIC FLOURATE
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MASS
INVALID CODE NOT 0 OR I
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT PRESSURE
NON-NUMERIC INSTRUMENT FLOHRATE
NON-NUMERIC X ISOKINETIC
NON-NUMERIC C02
NON-NUMERIC CO
NON-NUMERIC 02
NON-NUMERIC N2
NON-NUMERIC DILUTION FACTOR
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
NON-NUMERIC PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
NON-NUMERIC UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
NON-NUMERIC CALIBRATION/CALCULATION
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT SEQ NO.
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID COMPONENT SEQUENCE NUMBER MATCH
NON-NUMERIC COMPONENT (ALIQUOT) MASS/VOLUME
NO SPACE IN EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS TABLE
INVALID VALUE TYPE NOT T OR N
NON-NUMERIC EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS VALUE
INVALID TOTAL MILLIGRAMS SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MG RECOVERED EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC TCO
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
NON-NUMERIC GRAV.
TCO COUNT GREATER THAN 7 FORM 9
NON-NUMERIC INTENSITY
INVALID ACTUAL SOURCE SYMBOL
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
INVALID ACTUAL CONCENTRATION SYMBOL

-------
>
*
_-l

 f
CODE
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
15J
154
IU
DATA BASE
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
COMPONENT
C3035
C3040
C3215
C3220
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3285
C3286
C3295
C3296
C3305
C3306
C3325
C3326
CJS65





C926
C946
C945
C3851
C3851
C950
C1425
C1425
C3830
C5635
C3851
C3851
C3840
CZ582
C2585
C2585
C3030
C32IO
C3205




C3300
C3301



EKDS PKGt
ERROR LI5T DATE 05/
MESSAGE
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC ACTUAL SOURCE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TEST DURATION
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE NUMBER
INVALID TEST START DATE
INVALID TEST FINISH DATE
NON-NUMERIC SAMPLE QUANTITY
NON-NUMERIC VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH CONFIDENCE VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MAXIUM APPLICABLE DOSE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUM EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC MINIMUN EFFECTIVE CONCENTRATION EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LINE NO.
INVALID SOURCE CATEGORY TABLE HATCH
INVALID FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY TABLE NATCH
INVALID CONTROL SYSTEM TABLE HATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS TABLE NATCH
INVALID DEVICE/PROCESS KEYHORD TABLE NATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S,C,M>
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPE(NOT S.C.N)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID RETURN CODE (CALL PROGRAMMER)
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID CHEMICAL ID TYPECNOT S.CtM)
INVALID CHEMICAL CATEGORY/SPECIES
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE MATCH
INVALID ANALYTICAL CODE TABLE NATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST NAME TABLE MATCH
INVALID BIO-TEST TYPE TABLE MATCH
NON-NUMERIC TEST SERIES NUMBER
INVALID DATA BASE TYPE (NOT F.G.L.S)
MISSING CARD ID
INVALID CARD NUMBER
NON-NUMERIC LOU CONFIDENCE LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH CONFIDENCE LIMIT EXPONENT
SERIES NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING AO CARD
DATA BASE TYPE IS INVALID
TEST SERIES NUMBER NOT IN STATUS FILE

-------
 I
-p.
TERM-012
CODE DATA BASE
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
175
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
161
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
191
192
193
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
TYPE
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
COMPONENT

C1845
C1310
C410
C505
CB10
C869
C1203
C1305
C870
C1209
C1835
C621
C6Z2
C623
C1427
C1064
C1067
C1068
C890
C910
C924
C925
C927
C7Z8
C934
C935
C948
C949
C950
C951
C1312
C1423
C1424
C1426
C1841
C1842
C1843
C1844
C184«
C1847
C2586
C2587
C2608
C2609
C3028
C3029
C3031
C3032
EADS PAGE
ERROR LIST DATE OS/
MESSAGE
STATUS FILE MODIFY DID NOT WORK
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL M6 RECOVERED
NON-NUMERIC STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE
STREAM NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING CO CARD
DEVICE/PROCESS NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING DO CARD
TEST ID NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING EO CARD
FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS SEQ NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING FO CARD
SAMPLE NUMBER INVALID OR MISSING HO CARD
COMPONENT NAME MISSING
SOURCE FEED MATERIAL MISSING
MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENT/METHOD NAME MISSING
SPECIES ID FOR MEG MISALIGNED
INVALID VALUE TYPE
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH/LOW 1
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC PARAMETER VALUE EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC PROXIMATE ANALYSIS VALUE
NON-NUMERIC ULTIMATE ANALYSIS PARAMETER VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC VALUE EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-MUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
INVALID HIGH-LOW VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC TOTAL MILLIGRAMS RECOVERED
INVALID HIGH-LOM VALUE
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOM DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC HIGH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT
NON-NUMERIC LOW DETECTION LIMIT MANTISSA
NON-NUMERIC LOH DETECTION LIMIT EXPONENT

-------
                                                           ERROR   LIST
PAGE        5
DATE 05/12/80
                CODE  DATA BASE  TYPE  COMPONENT  MESSAGE
207
208
209
210
211
213
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
LEDS
F
F
F
F
F
F
C370
C372
C374
C378
C3S2
C384
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
NON-NUMERIC
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE OF
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL


INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY NO


ORIGIN

CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTAB.


 I
01

-------
    APPENDIX A.2



DATA BASE DEFINITION

-------
                                                                            CMO TEST
                                                                          SHUS
   an UMTIIBUTIW
     i (BUS mis
ro
 i




uoo canto.
BUICt


I
cwo tttiaj
MOCUt


CMO MS1M
MMMTEI
1
CMO SOURCE/
PWCfSS
commons




CHS FUELS MO
FCEKfKU

L I 1
(HO CMHfttt
MN.fi It
CMO MM IIMTI
MMT1IS
CMO ATIMTI
M*inii

1
CIOOO CONTNOL
DC » IC£

C«»
CMMMTCIISTICS

HOW OKMTIM;
CUM «c[rTo»
OrCMTMC MM

CI200
M

CIJMCO


ymE
our



MMTITS
um IIOUSAT
MM
                                                                     £1*10
                                                                     cwiucrniisTics
titfo
  MM.TSIS
  into iivii i
mguic MM.TIIS
 cum MOIO-
WCIIOC SPECIES
c>no 110-
OKM1SHS
                                                                                                                                            C33M) 110-
                                                                                                      FMCTIM
                                                                                                 CirtMKO MM
                                                               Figure A.2-1.    EADS  data base  tree.

-------
ro
i
ro
SYSTEM RELEASE NUMBER   2.80D
DATA BASE NAME IS EADS-EADS
DEFINITION NUMBER 6
DATA BASE CYCLE   273
     10*  EADS (NAME XXXX)
     50*  TEST SERIES (RG)
      101*  FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SDDS TEST SERIES NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SOURCE CATEGORY (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            SOURCE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            PRODUCT/DEVICE (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            PROCESS TYPE  (NAME X(20) IN 50)
            DESIGN PROCESS RATE  (INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN 50)
            DESIGN PROCESS RATE  UNITS (NAME X(6) IN 50)
            FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY (NAME X(10) IN 50)
            SPONSOR ORGANIZATION (NAME XC30) IN 50)
            SPONSOR ORGANIZATION CONTRACT NUMBER (NAME X(10) IN 50)
            T.O./TD NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 50)
            SOURCE NAME (NAME XC23) IN 50)
            SITE NAME (NAME X(25) IN 50)
            ADDRESS (NON-KEY  NAME X(20) IN 50)
            CITY (NAME XU8) IN  50)
            STATE (NAME XX IN 50)
            ZIP CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            COUNTRY (NAME X(5) IN 50)
            FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9C5) IN  50)
            SDDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            GEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE (INTEGER NUMBER 9(5) IN 50)
            SIC CODE (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 50)
            NPDES NUMBER  (NAME X(9) IN 50)
                               TITLE-I (NON-KEY  NAME X(65) IN 50)
                               TITLE-2 (NON-KEY  NAME X(65) IN 50)
                               AUTHOR (NON-KEY  NAME X(30) IN  50)
                               NUMBER (NON-KEY  NAME X(20) IN  50)
                               NTIS NUMBER (NON-KEY  NAME X(20) IN 50)
                               PUBLICATION DATE (NON-KEY  NAME X(15) IN
102*
103*
104*
110*
120*
125*
130*
140*
145*
150*
155*
160*
170*
180*
190*
200*
210*
220*
230*
232*
Z35«
240*
250*
260*
270*
300*
320*
321*
322*
323*
324*
325*
                             REFERENCE REPORT
                             REFERENCE REPORT
                             REFERENCE
                             REFERENCE
                             REFERENCE REPORT
                             REFERENCE REPORT
REPORT
REPORT
                             50)
                       330*   NAME  OF  SAMPLING GROUP (NAME X(22) IN 50)
                       340*   SERIES  START DATE (NON-KEY  DATE IN 50)
                       350*   SERIES  FINISH DATE (NON-KEY  DATE IN 50)
                       355*   DATE  OF  ENTRY (DATE IN 50)
                       370*   SITE  LATITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 50)
                       372*   SITE  LONGITUDE (DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN  50)
                       374*   FRACTION DESIGN RATE  IND ORIGIN (DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.9999  IN  50
                             )
                     >105»   TEST  SERIES  KEY (NAME  X(6)  IN 50)
                       106*   OB KEY (NAME  X IN 50)
                       360«   TEST  SERIES COMMENTS  (R6 IN  50)
                        361*  TSC-LINE NUMBER  (NON-KEY   INTEGER NUMBER 99  IN  360)
                        362«  TEST SERIES  COMMENT  (NON-KEY   TEXT  X(63) IN  360)
                      376*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIES  (RG IN 50)
                        370*  CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL CATEGORY NUMBER fINTEGER NUMBER 9(
                              5)  IN  376)

-------
                             380*   1NDUSTRY-COMMER1CAL  SIC  NUMBER  (INTEGER  NUMBER  9799  IN  376
ro
i
u>
  382*  CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION (DECIMAL NUMBER 9.999 IN 376)
  384*  NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS (INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 376)
100*  STREAM (RG IN 50)
 ,410*  STREAM NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 400)
  420*  STREAM NAME (NAME X(34> IN 400)
  430*  MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5). 9
        IN 400)
  432*  FLOW RATE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6) IN 400)
  440*  VELOCITY-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
        IN 400)
  450*  TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 999
        9 IN 400)
  460*  PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 I
        N 400)
  470*  MOISTURE CONTENT (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9 IN 400)
  475*  STACK HEIGHT (DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 400)
  480*  STREAM-COMMENTS 1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 400)
  481*  STREAM COMMENTS 2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 400)
  500*  CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT/STORAGE/RECOVERY PROCESS (RG IN 4
        00)
    505*  DEVICE/PROCESS NO (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 500)
    510*  GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
    515*  DESIGN TYPE (NAME X(33) IN 500)
    520*  SPECIFIC PROCESS/DEVICE TYPE (NAME X(20) IN 500)
    530*  DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS (NAME XU2)  IN 500)
    540*  DEVICE/PROCESS COMMERCIAL  NAME (NAME X(30) IN 500)
    550*  MANUFACTURER  (NAME XC30)  IN 500)
    580*  DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY (RG IN 500)
      585*  DEVICE/PROCESS  CATEGORY  SEQ NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99
            IN 580)
      590*  DEVICE/PROCESS  CATEGORY  KEYWORD (NAME X(30)  IN  580)
    600*  DESIGN PARAMETER  ( RG IN 500)
      610*  DES-PARAMETER NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER  99 IN 600)
      620*  DES-PARAMETER NAME (NON-KEY  NAME  X(30) IN 600)
      621*  DES-PARAMETER TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME  X IN 600)
      622*  DES-PARAMETER VALUE MAN  (NON-KEY
             IN  600)
      623*  DES-PARAMETER VALUE EXP  (NON-KEY
             600)
      624*  DES-PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY
                                                                        DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99

                                                                        INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
                                                                          NAME X(24) IN 600)
                                630*  DES-PARAMETER TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY  NAME X(24) IN 600)
                            800*  SOURCE/PROCESS CONDITIONS DATA (RG IN 400)
                             >810*  TEST-ID-NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 999 IN 800)
                              820*  TEST-DATE (NON-KEY  DATE IN 800)
                              830*  TEST-START TIME (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
                              840*  TEST-STOP TIME (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9999 IN 800)
                              850*  OPERATING MODE (NON-KEY  TEXT X(31) IN 800)
                              860*  PERCENT OF DESIGN CAPACITY (NON-KEY
                                    9 IN 800)
                              861*  TEST-COMMENT-1 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65)
                              862*  TEST-COMMENT-2 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65)
                              863*  TEST-COMMENT-3 (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65)
                              865*  FUELS-N-FEEDSTOCKS (RG IN 800)
                                869*  FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 865)
                                               DECIMAL NUMBER 999.

                                              IN 800)
                                              IN 800)
                                              IN 800)

-------
ro
 i
870*  FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL (TEXT X(30) IN 865)
873*  FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE (NON-KEY  TEXT X(17) IN 865)
874*  FF-SAMPLE MASS (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 865)

875*  FF-SAMPLE MASS UNITS (NON-KEY  TEXT X(6> IN 865)
876*  FF-SAMPLE VOLUME (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 86
      5)
877*  FF-LABORATORY NAME (NAME X(40> IN 865)
878*  FF-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 865)
879*  FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS (NON-KEY  TEXT X(7) IN 865)
970*  FF-COMMENT 1  (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
971*  FF-COMMENT 2  (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
972*  FF-COMMENT 3  (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 865)
880*  FF-PROXIMATE  ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  885*  FF-PA-PARAMETER (NAME XU6) IN 880)
  890*  FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(7).
        99 IN 880)
  895*  FF-PA-PARAMETER-UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(5) IN 880)
900*  FF-ULTIMATE ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  90S*  FF-UA-PARAMETER (NAME X(10) IN 900)
  910*  FF-UA-PARAHETER VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
        9 IN 900)
9ZO*  FF-CHARACTERISTICS (RG IN 865)
  923*  FF-PARAMETER (NAME X(12) IN 920)
  924*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER
         99.99 IN 9ZO)
  925*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER
         99 IN 920)
  926*  FF-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 920)
  927*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBE
        R 99.99 IN  920)
  928*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - LOW EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBE
        R 99 IN 920)
  929*  FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(7) IN 92
        0)
  930*  FF-VALUE TYPE  (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 920)
  931*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.9
        9 IN 920)
  932*  FF-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME XU8) IN 920)
  933*  FF-TEXT VALUE  (NON-KEY  NAME X(18) IN 920)
  934*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99  I
        N 920)
  935*  FF-PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 920)

940*  FF-CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (RG IN 865)
  945*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES (NAME X(10) IN 940)
  946*  FF-C-CS-TYPE (NAME X IN 940)
  947»  FF-C-CS-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 940)
  948*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
        ER 99.99 IN 940)
  949*  FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
        ER 99 IN 940)
  950*  FF-C-ANALYSIS  METHOD (NAME XX IN 9«0>
  951*  FF-C-DETECTION  LIMIT LOM-EXP  (NON-KEY   INTEGER  NUMBE
        R  99  IN  940)
  952*  FF-C-DETECTION  LIMIT  UNIT  (NON-KEY   NAME  X(8)  IN

-------
ro
i
en
                                  953»   FF-C-DETECT10H UWIT  IOW-1UN (NON-KEY   DECIWU WJMBE
                                        R 99.99 IN 940)
                                  955*   FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER  9(5
                                        ).999 IN 940)
                                  964*   FF-C-CONCENTRATION-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN
                                  965*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY  DE
                                        CIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 940)
                                  967*  FF-C-CATEGORY/SPECIES CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  IN
                                        TEGER NUMBER 99 IN 940)
                                  969*  FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(ll)  IN 940

                             1000*  CONTROL DEVICE/TREATMENT PROCESS OPERATING PARAMETERS (R
                                    G IN 800)
                               1010*  OP-DEVICE NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1000)
                               1050*  OPERATING PARAMETERS (RG IN 1000)
                                 1060*  OPERATING PARAMETER  NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER  99  IN 105
                                        0)
                                 1064*
1065*

1066*
1067*

1068*

1069*

1070*
                                                                               NAME X IN  105
                                                                                X IN  1050)
                                                                                DECIMAL  NUMB

                                                                                INTEGER  NUMB

                                                                                  NAME XC24)
(NON-KEY  NAME X(24)
           OPERATING PARAMETER HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY
           0)
           OPERATING PARAMETER NAME  (NON-KEY  NAME X(30) IN 105
           0)
           OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE  (NON-KEY  NAME
           OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE MAN (NON-KEY
           ER 9.99 IN 1050)
           OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE EXP (NON-KEY
           ER 99 IN 1050)
           OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY
            IN 1050)
           OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT VALUE
           IN 1050)
1100*  RECEPTOR OPERATING DATA (RG IN 000)
1200*  SAMPLE GROUP (RG IN 800)
  1203*  SMPL-NUMBER (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN  1200)
  1206*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD TYPE (NAME X IN 1200)
  1209*  MEASUREMENT INST/METHOD NAME (NAME X(30) IN 1200)
  1212*  SMPL-START TIME (NON-KEY  INTEGER  NUMBER 9999 IN 1200)

  1215*  SMPL-DURATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  999 IN 1200)
  1218*  SMPL-MA5S/VOLUMETRIC FLOWRATE  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL NUMBER
          9(5).9 IN 1200)
  1219*  SMPL-FLOWRATE  UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6) IN 1200)
  1221*  SMPL-FLOURATE  MEASUREMENT METHOD  (NAME  X(20)  IN 1200)
  1224*  SMPL-VELOCITY  (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER  999.9  IN 1200)
  1227*  SMPL-TEMPERATURE  (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  9999  IN  1200
         )
  1230*  SMPL-PRESSURE  (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  999 IN 1200)
  1233*  SMPL-MOISTURE  CONTENT  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL NUMBER  99.9  IN
          1200)
  1236*  SMPL-DENSITY  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL  NUMBER 99.9 IN 1200)
  1239*  SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION  (NON-KEY   INTEGER  NUMBER  9
         IN 1200)
  1242*  SAMPLING LOCATION  DESCRIPTION  (NON-KEY   NAME  XC30)  IN
         1200)
  1243*  INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE  (NON-KEY INTEGER NUMBER  9999  I
         N  1200)
  1244*  INSTRUMENT PRESSURE  (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  999 IN  12

-------
ro
 i
en
1245*
1246*

1247*

1248*

1251*
1254*
1257*

1260*
1262*
1264*
1266*
1268*
1270*

1274*

1276*
1278*

1280*

1282*

1290*
1291*
1292*
1293*
1300*
  1303*
  1305*
                                     00)
                                     SAMPLING LOCATION CODE (NAME X IN 1200)
                                     INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE  (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN
                                       1200)
                                     SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE NUMBER  (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN
                                     1200)
                                     VOLUME OF SAMPLE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 12
                                     00)
                                     TOTAL MASS (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.99 IN 1200)
                                     MASS UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME XX IN  1200)
                                     PERCENT ISOKINETIC SAMPLING (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9
                                     99 IN 1200)
                                     CO-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
                                     CO (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
                                     0-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
                                     N-2 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1200)
                                     TRACE GASES IN PPM (NON-KEY  TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
                                     DILUTION FACTOR (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 120
                                     0)
                                     COLLECTION SURFACE/SUBSTRATE (NON-KEY  TEXT X(55) IN 1
                                     200)
                                     PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200)
                                     PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS (INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN 1200
                                                                       DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
                                                                       INTEGER NUMBER 9 IN
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER (NON-KEY
9 IN 1200)
CALIBRATION/CALCULATION (NON-KEY
1200)
                          TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
                          TEXT X(65) IN 1200)
                (NON-KEY
                (NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 1 (NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 2 (NON-KEY
SMPL-COMMENTS 3
SMPL-COMMENTS 4
                                                               TEXT XC65)  IN 1200)
                                                               TEXT X(65)  IN 1200)
                                     COMPONENT (RG IN 1200)
                                       COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO (INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
                                       SAMPLING EQUIPMENT COMPONENT NAME  (NAME X(12) IN 130
                                       0)
                                1310*  STAGE/FILTER CUT SIZE (DECIMAL NUMBER 99.99 IN 1300)
                                1312*  MASS HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1300)
                                1313*  MASS MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
                                1316*  MASS EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 1300)
                                1320*  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS LAB NAME (NAME X(39) IN 1300)
                                1321*  CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
                                1324*  RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS LAB NAME (NAME X(40) IN 1300)
                                1325*  RAD-QA-QC CODE (NAME XXX IN 1300)
                                1330*  COMPONENT ALIQUOT MASS-VOL (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER
                                       9999.999 IN 1300)
                                1335*  COMPONENT ALIQUOT UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(5) IN 1300)

                                1349*  UG CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOU (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1300)
                                1350*  UG-DNCM-STAGE-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99 IN 1
                                       300)
                                1351*  UG-DNCM-STAGE-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 130
                                       0)
                                1352*  CUM-PCT-LESS THAN D50 (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 999.9
                                       9  IN 1300)
                                1353*  CUM-UG-ACM  LESS  THAN D50 MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBE

-------
ro
i
-•4
                                 1354*

                                 1355*

                                 1356*

                                 1357*

                                 1358*

                                 1359*
                                 1360*
                                 1361*
                                 1362*
                                 1363*

                                 1364*

                                 1365*
           INTEGER NUHBE

            DECIMAL NUMB

            INTEGER NUMB
CUH-UG-ACH LESS THAN D50 EXP (NON-KEY
R 99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 MAN  (NON-KEY
ER 9.99 IN 1300)
CUM-UG-DNCM LESS THAN D50 EXP  (NON-KEY
ER 99 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-MAN  (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.9
9 IN 1300)
GEOMETRIC MEAN DIAM-EXP  (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99
IN 1300)
                      DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
                      INTEGER  NUMBER 99  IN  1300)
                      DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.99 IN 1300)
                      INTEGER  NUMBER 99  IN  1300)
                            DECIMAL NUMBER  9.99 IN 1
INTEGER NUMBER 99 IN 130
                                                                           IN  1300)
                                                                           IN  1300)
                                                                           IN  1300)
                                                                           IN  1300)
        DM-DLOG-MAN  (NON-KEY
        DM-DLOG-EXP  (NON-KEY
        DN-DLOG-MAN  (NON-KEY
        DN-DLOG-EXP  (NON-KEY
        NO-DNCM-STAGE  MAN  (NON-KEY
        300)
        NO-DNCM-STAGE  EXP  (NON-KEY
        0)
        NO-DNCM-HIGH-LOM  (NON-KEY   NAME  X  IN  1300)
        EC-COMMENT 1  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)
 1450*   EC-COMMENT 2  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)
 1860*   IA-COMMENT-1  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)
 1870*   IA-COMMENT-2  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)
 2610*   L10A-COMMENT-1  (NON-KEY TEXT  X(63)  IN  1300)
 2620*   L10A-COMMENT-2  (NON-KEY TEXT  X(63)  IN  1300)
 3050*   RN-COMMENT 1  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)  IN  1300)
 3051*   RN-COMMENT 2  (NON-KEY   TEXT X(63)  IN  1300)
 1410*   EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS (R6 IN  1300)
   1420*  EC-PARAMETER  (NAME X(12)  IN  1410)
   1423*  EC-DETECTION  LIMIT-HIGH-MAN  (NON-KEY
         ER 99.99 IN  1410)
   1424*  EC-DETECTION  LIMIT-HIGH-EXP  (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 1410)
   1425*  EC-ANALYSIS  METHOD (NAME  XX  IN 1410)
   1426*  EC-DETECTION  LIMIT -LOW MAN  (NON-KEY
         ER 9.99 IN 1410)
   1427*  EC-DETECTION  LIMIT -LOH EXP  (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 1410)
   1428*  EC-DETECTION  LIMIT -  UNITS (NON-KEY
         1410)
   1429*  EC-VALUE TYPE (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1410)
   1430*  EC-VALUE (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9 IN 1410)
   1431*  EC-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 1410)
   1432*  EC-TEXT VALUE (NON-KEY  NAME X(13) IN 1410)
1820*  INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC SPECIES (RG I
       N 1300)
  1830*  IA-SPECIES-ID-TYPE (NAME  X IN 1820)
  1835*  IA-SPECIES-ID (NAME  X(10)  IN 1820)
  1840*  IA-ANALYSIS-METHOD (NAME  XX IN 1820)
  1841*  IA-DETECTION  LIMIT-HIGH-MAN (NON-KEY
         ER  99.99  IN 1820)
  1842*  IA-DETECTION  LIMIT-HIGH-EXP (NON-KEY
         ER  99  IN  1820)
  1843*  IA-DETECTION  LIMIT-LOM-MAN (NON-KEY
         R 99.99 IN  1820)
         IA-DETECTION  LIMIT-LOM-EXP (NON-KEY   INTEGER NUMBE
            DECIMAL  NUMB

            INTEGER  NUMB
                                                                                DECIMAL NUMB
                                                                                INTEGER NUMB

                                                                               NAME X(9) IN
                                                                                DECIMAL  NUMB
                                                                                INTEGER  NUMB
                                                                              DECIMAL NUMBE

-------
ro
i
oo
         R 99 IN 1820)
  1845*  IA-DETECTION UNIT (NON-KEY  NAME X(8) IN 1820)
  1850*  IA-CONCENTRATION HAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9.99
          IN 1820)
  1852*  IA-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 99 I
         N 1820)
  1846*  IA-TOTAL MG RECOVERED (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9(5
         ).999 IN 1820)
  1847*  IA-HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 1820)
  1836*  IA-SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 1820)
2520*  LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS (RG IN 1300)
  2530*  L10A-FRACTION-ID (NAME XXX IN 2520)
  2540*  L10A-FRACTION-TCO (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.99
          IN 2520)
  2550*  L10A-FRACTION-GRAV (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.9
         9 IN 2520)
  2560*  L10A-FRACTION-TOTAL (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER 9999.
         99 IN 2520)
  2570*  L10A-FRACTION-EXTENDED-DATA (RG IN 2520)
    2580*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES TYPE (NAME X IN 2570)
    2582*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES (NAME X(10) IN 2570)
    2583*  L10AFED-CATEGORY/SPECIES-PRIORITY (NAME X IN 257
           0)
    2585*  L10AFED-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 2570)
    2586*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIM
           AL NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
    2587*  L10AFED-DETECTIOH LIMIT - HIGH EXP
           EGER NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
    2588*  L10AFED-DETECTIOH LIMIT - UNITS
           (8) IN 2570)
    2590*  L10AFEO-INTENSITY (NON-KEY
           N 2570)
    2595*  L10AFED-HIGH-LOH (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 2570)
    2600*  L10AFED-CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
           ER 9.99  IN 2570)
    2605*  L10AFED-CONCENTRATION EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMB
           ER 99 IN 2570)
    2608*  L10AFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOU-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMA
           L NUMBER 99.99 IN 2570)
    2609*  LIOAFED-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGE
           R NUMBER 99 IN 2570)
3020*  RADIONUCLIDE-SPECIES CONCENTRATION (RG IN 1300)
  3025*  RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID (NAME X(8) IN 3020)
  3028*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMB
         ER 99.99 IN 3020)
  3029*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH EXP (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 3020)
  3030*  RN-ANALYSIS METHOD (NAME XX IN 3020)
  3031*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT-LOW-MAN (NON-KEY
         R 99.99 IN 3020)
  3032*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT -LOW EXP (NON-KEY
         ER 99 IN 3020)
  3033*  RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS (NON-KEY
         3020)
  3034*  RN-CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW (NON-KEY  NAME X IN 3020
                                                                              (NON-KEY  INT
                                                                           (NON-KEY  NAME X
                                                                       INTEGER NUMBER 999 I
                                                                               INTEGER NUMB
                                                                              DECIMAL NUMBE

                                                                               INTEGER NUMB

                                                                              NAME X(8) IN
                                  3035*   RN-CONCENTRATION MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER  9.99

-------
ro
i
           IN
    WO*  RH-CONCENmilOW tXP tWJH-KtN   IHTtGtH HUHBW W  1
           N  3020)
3200*  BIOASSAY DATA (RG IN 1200)
  3205*  BIO-TEST TYPE (NAME X(25) IN 3200)
  3210*  BIO-TEST NAME (NAME XC30) IN 3200)
  3215*  BIO-TEST DURATION (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9(6) IN  3
         200)
  3220*  BIO-SAMPLE ID (NON-KEY  NAME XXXX IN 3200)
  3225*  BIO-TEST LAB NAME (NAME X(41) IN 3200)
  3226*  BIO-TEST QA-QC (NAME XXX IN 3200)
  3230*  BIO-TEST START (NON-KEY  DATE IN 3200)
  3235*  BIO-TEST END (NON-KEY  DATE IN 3200)
  3240*  BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9(
         8) IN 3200)
  3245*  BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(6) IN 3200)
  3280*  BIO-VALUE TYPE (NAME XXXX IN 3200)
  3285*  BIO-VALUE-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.99 IN 3200)

  3286*  BIO-VALUE-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER  NUMBER 99 IN 3200)
  3290*  BIO-VALUE UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(8>  IN 3200)
  3295*  BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY  DECIMAL  NUMBER 9.99
         IN 3200)
  3296*  BIO-HI-CONF-L1MIT-EXP (NON-KEY  INTEGER  NUMBER 99 IN
          3200)
  3300*  BIO-LOH-CONF-LIMIT-MAN (NON-KEY   DECIMAL NUMBER  9.99
          IN  3200)
  3301*  BIO-LOW-CONF-LIMIT-EXP (NON-KEY   INTEGER NUMBER  99  I
         N  3200)
  3305*  BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-MAN  (NON-KEY   DECIMAL  NUMBER
          9.999 IN  3200)
  3306*  BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-DOSE-EXP  (NON-KEY   INTEGER  NUMBER
          99  IN 3200)
  3310*  BIO-M-A-D-UNITS  (NON-KEY  NAME X(9)  IN 3200)
  3315*  BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY  (NAME  X(14)  IN  3200)
  3320*  BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN  RESPONSE  (NAME  X(14) IN  3200)
  3325*   BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN  (NON-KEY  DECIMAL NUMBER  9.99 I
         N  3200)
  3326*   BIO-MJN-EFF-CONC-EXP  (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER  99 IN
         3200)
  3330*   BIO-MIN EFFECTIVE CONCEN. UNITS (NON-KEY  NAME X(7)
         IN 3200)
 3335*   BIO-APPROX-CONCENTRATION-FACTOR (NON-KEY  NAME X(17)
         IN 3200)
 3250*  BIO-ORGANISMS (RG IN 3200)
   3255*  BIO-ORGANISMS/STRAINS (NAME X(65) IN 3250)
 3360*  BIO-COMMENTS SUMMARY (RG IN 3200)
   3365*  BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER (NON-KEY  INTEGER NUMBER 9
          9 IN 3360)
   3370*  BIO-COMMENT (NON-KEY  TEXT X(63) IN 3360)

-------
APPENDIX A.3



  GLOSSARY

-------
       The following table is a glossary of the data elements in the EADS
waste stream data bases.  While this encompasses all the data elements in
EADS, note that no single data system (fine particles, gaseous, liquids,
or solids) contains all of the data elements.  As an example, data element
C300 is the NPDES number which occurs only in the Liquid Effluents Data
System.
       The table lists the name of the data element  (in the  order  it
appears on the input forms), the data base variable  name (as it  is  defined
in the data base definition), the corresponding component  number(s)  and
field  size or format (from the data  base definition),  and  a  description  of
the  data  element.   For  further clarification  on these  definitions,  refer
to Section 4, the  detailed encoding  instructions.
        In the field size  or  format,  X(20)  means  an  alphanumeric field
20 characters  long. The  format  9(5) means an integer field, five numbers
 long,  and 9(3).9(2) represents  a decimal  number field with three numbers
before the  decimal point  and two after.
        The  exponential format requires two data elements,  a decimal number
 for  the mantissa, and  an  integer number for the exponent.    In the
 description of the data element, the exponential format is  written
 nn.nn E + nn.
                                     A.3-1

-------
                                                                            FORM 1  —  Source Description
OJ
 I
PO
                    Data Element Name
                                                                             Data  Base
                                                                             Component
                                                 Data Base Variable Name       Numbers
                                            Field  Size/Format
                                                                                                                                          Description
FPEIS Test Series Number FPEIS TEST SERIES NUMBER C101
6EDS Test Series Number GEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER CIOZ
LEDS Test Series Nuaber LEDS TEST SERIES NUMBER C103
SDDS Test Series Number SDOS TEST SERIES NUMBER C104
(Not on Form) TEST SERIES KEY C105
(Not on Form) OB KEY C106
Source Category SOURCE CATEGORY C110
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9(5)
Name X(6)
Name X
Name X(20)
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EAOS
Program Manager to each test series in the Fine
Particle Emissions Information System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series in the Gaseous
Emissions Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series 1n the Liquid
Effluents Data System.
The permanent, unique number assigned by the EADS
Program Manager to each test series In the Solid
Discharge Data System.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F. G,
L, or S) and the Test Series Number for data retrieval
purposes.
The code letter which identifies the data base (F, G,
L, or S), for data retrieval purposes.
The grouping of major generic industries or source
                 Source Type



                 Product/Device Type


                 SIC Code


                 Process Type


                 Design Process Rate

                 Process Rate Units


                 Feed Material Category



                Source Name

                Site  Name
SOURCE TYPE                   C120          Name  X(20)



PRODUCT/DEVICE                C125          Name  X(20)


SIC CODE                      C270          Integer  9999


PROCESS TYPE                  C130          Name  X(30)


DESIGN PROCESS RATE           C140          Integer  9(6)

DESIGN PROCESS RATE UNITS     CHS          Name  X(6)


FEED MATERIAL CATEGORY        C150          Name  X(10)



SOURCE NAME                   C180          Name  X(23)

SITE NAME                     C190          Name X(25)
classes; i.e., the broadest description  of a source
(e.g., COMBUST-ENERGY, CHEMICAL MANUFAC,  METALS,  and
NATURAL PRODUCTS).

The kind of source within a source category (e.g.,
INDUSTRIAL, INORGANIC ACIDS, PRIMARY FERROUS,  and
WOOD).

The general device or specific product (e.g.,  BOILER,
SULFURIC ACID, STEEL, and PULP AND PAPER).

The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard  Industrial
Classification code.

The unique process being tested (e.g., TANGENTIAL,
CONTACT PROCESS, BLAST FURNACE, and SULFATE PULPING).

The design capacity of the process.

The design process rate units, reflecting the  type of
process tested.

The general category of the process feed  material or
fuel (e.g., COAL, OIL, GAS, WOOD,  SOLIOWASTE,  and MTL
SCRAP).

The name of the  source.

The name of site  where the  source  is  located.

-------
                                                                                 FORM  1  —  Continued
CO
 I
CO
Data Element Name
Street /Box Number
City
State
Zip Code
Country
Data Base Variable Name
ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP CODE
COUNTRY
Data Base
Conponent
Numbers
C200
C210
CZZO
C230
C232
Field Size/Format
Name X(20)
Name X(18)
Name XX
Integer 9(5)
Name X(5)
Description
The number and name of the street address of
The name of the city, township, or area.
The two- letter code for the state or Canadian
The zip code for the address of the site.
The abbreviation for the country in which the

the site.

province.

source Is
 FPE15 Test Series Nuafcer





 SODS Test Series Hunter




 BEDS Test Series MuMber




 LEDS  Test  Series Hunter




NPDES Hunter



Start Date

Finish Date

(Not on Form)
                                                FPEIS TSN CROSS REFERENCE
                                                              C235
                                               SODS  TSH  CROSS REFERENCE       C240
GEOS TS* CROSS REFERENCE      C250
                                               LEDS TSN CROSS REFERENCE      C.260
                                               MPDES NVMBEft



                                               SERIES START DATE

                                               SERIES FINISH DATE

                                               DATE  Of ENTRY
                              C300



                              C340

                              C350

                              C355
 Integer 9(5)





 Integer 9(5)




 Integer 9(5)




 Integer 9(5)




Name  X(9)



Date

Date

Date
 located.

 The Fine Particle Emissions Information  System Test
 Series Number associated with the fine participate
 information which was collected from the state  source
 and at the same time  as  the data for the test  series
 currently being encoded.

 The Solid Discharge Data System Test Series Number
 associated with the solid discharge  Information which
 was collected from the same source and at the  same tine
 as  the data for the test series  currently being encoded.

 The Gaseous Emissions Data System Test Series  Number
 associated with the gaseous information  which  was
 collected  from the same  source  and at the sane time as
 the data for  the  test series currently being encoded.

 The Liquid Effluents Data  System  Test Series Number
 associated  with the liquid  effluent  information which
 was  collected  from the sane  source and at the  sane tine
 as  the  data for the test series currently being encoded.

 The  National Pollutant Discharge  Elimination System
 number  assigned by Permit Sections of the State or EPA
 Regional Offices.

 The  starting date of  the sampling activity.

 The  finishing date of the sampling activity.

The date indicating when  the test series  data  were
 loaded  into the data  base, used for  internal records.

-------
FORM 1 — Concluded
Data Element Name
Sponsor Organization
Contract Number
TO/TD Number
Name of Sampling Group/
Contractor
Reference Report Title
Reference Report Author
Reference Report Number
• Reference Report

-------
                               FORM 1A ~ Wastewater Collection System Effluent Identification
Data Element Name
Site Latitude
Site Longitude
Fraction Design Rate of
Industrial Origin
Contributing Industrial
Category Number
I ndu s try/CoiMerc 1 a 1
SIC Number
Category Flow Contribution
Number of Establishments
Data Base Variable Name
SITE LATITUDE
SITE LONGITUDE
FRACTION DESIGN RATE IND
ORIGIN
CONTRIBUTING INDUSTRIAL
CATEGORY NUMBER
INDUSTRY -COMMERCIAL SIC
NUMBER
CATEGORY FLOW CONTRIBUTION
NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C370
C372
C374
C378
C380
C382
C384
Field Size/Format
Decimal 99.99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.9999
Integer 9(5)
Integer 9999
Decimal 9.999
Integer 9999
Description
The site latitude in units of degrees North.
The site longitude in units of degrees west.
The fraction of the Influent stream that Is from
industrial sources.
The sequential number for the category of Industry or
commercial activity that contributes waste flow to the
source.
The U.S. Department of Commerce Standard Industrial
Classification code.
The fraction of flow contributed by the Industry or
commercial activity.
The number of establishments In the service area.
en

-------
FORM 2 — Stream Design Characteristics and Control Device/Treatment Process Data
Data Element Name
Stream Number
Flowrate
Flowrate Units
Velocity
Temperature
Pressure
Moisture Content
Stack Height
Stream Name
Stream Comments as Text
Device Number
Generic Device/Process Type
Design Type
Specific Process/
Device Type
Device/Process Class
Device/Process
Commercial Name
Data Base Variable Name
STREAM NUMBER
MASS/VOLUMETRIC FLOWRATE
FLOW RATE UNITS
VELOCITY -SAMPLING LOCATION
TEMPERATURE-SAMPLING
LOCATION
PRESSURE-SAMPLING LOCATION
MOISTURE CONTENT
STACK HEIGHT
STREW NAME
STREAM-COMMENTS 1: 2
DEVICE/PROCESS NO
GENERIC DEVICE/PROCESS TYPE
DESIGN TYPE
SPECIFIC PROCESS/
DEVICE TYPE
DEVICE/PROCESS CLASS
DEVICE/PROCESS
COMMERCIAL NAME
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C410
C430
C432
C440
C450
C460
C470
C475
C420
C4SO:
C4S1
C505
C510
C515
C520
C530
C540
Field Si2e/Format
Integer 99
Decimal 9(5). 9
Name X(6)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 99.9
Decimal 9999.9
Name X(34)
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Integer 99
Name X<20)
Name X(33)
Name X(20)
Name X(l?)
Name X(30)
Description
The sequential number assigned to each effluent stream
sampled at the source.
The design total mass or volumetric flowrate of the
effluent in the sampled stream at normal maximum
operating conditions.
The appropriate units of the stream flowrate.
The design velocity of the effluent stream 1n m/sec at
normal maximum operating conditions.
The design temperature of the effluent stream In
degrees Celsius at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design absolute pressure in units of kPa of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The design moisture content In percent by volume of the
effluent stream at normal maximum operating conditions.
The height of the stack In meters, relative to ground
level.
The name of the effluent stream sampled at the source
(e.g., boiler flue gas. process wastewater, bottom ash,
etc.).
The comments on the stream data.
The number assigned to each control device or
treatment, storage, or recovery process, unique within
a test series.
The type of generic control device or treatment process.
The control device/treatment process design type.
The control device/treatment process specific type.
The device/process class.
The commercial name and model number of the
device/process.

-------
                                                      FORM 2 -- Concluded
CO
Data Element Name
Manufacturer
Sequence Number
Device/Process Keyword
Parameter Number
Design Parameter Name
Value T>pe
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Text/Units
Data Base Variable Name
MANUFACTURER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
SEQ NUMBER
DEVICE/PROCESS CATEGORY
KEYWORD
DES-PARAMETER NUMBER
DES-PARAMETER NAME
DES-PARAMETER TYPE
DES-PARAMETER VALUE
HAN; EXP
DES-PARAMETER TEXT VALUE;
VALUE UNITS
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C550
C585
C590
C610
C620
C621
C622;
C623
C630;
C624
Field Size/Format
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Name X
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(24);
Name X(24)
Description
The name of the device/process manufacturer.
The sequential number assigned to each device/
process keyword.
The word that best describe the control device/
treatment process in greater detail.
The sequential number for the design parameter.
The name of the design parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric value of the design parameter. In
exponential format, nn.nn E + nn.
The text value of the design parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the design parameter.

-------
                  FORM 3 —  Test Identification and Control Device/Treatment Process Operating Parameters
CO
00
Data Element Name
Test ID Number
Test Date
Start Time
End Time
Operating Node
Percent of Design Capacity
Device/Process Nunfcer
Operating Parameter Number
Operating Parameter Name
Value Type
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Parameter Value
Operating Parameter
Text/Units
Convents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
TEST- ID- NUMBER
TEST -DATE
TEST-START TIHE
TEST-STOP TIHE
OPERATING MODE
PERCENT OF DESIGN CAPACITY
OP-OEVlCe HUKIBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NUMBER
OPERATING PARAMETER NAME
OPERATING PARAMETER TYPE
OPERATING PARAMETER
HIGH-LOW
OPERATING PARAMETER VALUE
MAN: EXP
OPERATING PARAMETER TEXT
VALUE; VALUE UNITS
TEST-COMMENT-1; -2; -3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C810
C820
C830
C840
C850
C860
C1010
C1060
C1065
C1066
C1064
C1067;
C1068
C1070;
C1069
C861;
C862;
C86J
Field Size/Format
Integer 999
Date
Integer 9999
Integer 9999
Text X{31)
Decimal 999.9
Integer 99
Integer 99
Name X(30)
Name X
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(24);
Name X(24)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The sequential number for each test. A test is defined
as a sample or series of samples at a given point in
time for a particular source/control operating
condition.
The date the test was conducted or begun.
The test starting time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The test finish time on the basis of a 24-hour day.
The mode of operation of the source at the time of the
test (e.g., batch, continuous, cyclic, etc.).
The percent of the design capacity at which the source
is operating during the test.
The unique number previously assigned to each control
device/treatment process.
The sequential number for each control device operating
parameter.
The name of the operating parameter.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for nunfcer.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The numeric value of the operating parameter, in
exponential format, n.nn E * nn.
The text value of the operating parameter, or the units
of the numeric value of the operating parameter.
The comnents on the test operating conditions.

-------
FORM  4 —  Fuels  and Feedstocks
Data Element Name
Source Feed Material

Feed Material Rate and Units

Feed Material Sample Mass
Feed Material Mass Units
Sequence Number

Laboratory Name

QA/QC Code

> Feed Material Sample Volume
V Volume Units
to
Proximate Analysis Parameter

Value
Units
Ultimate Analysis Parameter

Value

Parameter Name



Value Type

Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Data Base Variable Name
FF-SOURCE FEED MATERIAL

FF-FEED MATERIAL RATE

FF-SAMPLE MASS
FF-SAMPLE MASS UMTS
FF-SEQUENCE NUMBER

FF-LABORATORr NAME

FF-QA-qC CODE

FF-SAMPLE VOLUME
FF-SAMPLE VOLUME UNITS

FF-PA-PARAMETER

FF-PA-PARAMETER VALUE
FF-PA-PARAMETER-UNJTS
FF-UA-PARAMETER

FF-UA-PARAMETER VALUE

FF-PARAMETER



FF- VALUE TYPE

FF-PARAMETER VALUE HIGH-LOW
Data Base
Conponent
Numbers
C870

C873

C874
C875
C869

C877

C878

CB76
C879

C885

C890
C895
C905

C910

C9Z3



C930

C935
Field Size/Format
Text X(30)

Text X(17)

Decimal 999.99
Te»t X(6)
Integer 9

Name X(40)

Name XXX

Decimal 999.99
Text X(7)

Name X(16J

Decimal 9(7). 99
Name X(5)
Name X(10)

Decimal 999.99

Name X(12)



Name X

Name X
Description
The specific name of the source feed material (e.g.,
Western PA Bituminous, Kraft Pulp, etc.).
The measured operating (not design) input rate of the
source with the appropriate units.
The mass of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample mass.
The sequential number that identifies each feed
material or fuel type used.
The name of the laboratory that performed the fuels and
feedstocks analysts.
The quality assurance/quality control code for the
laboratory.
The volume of the feed material sample.
The units of the feed material sample volume.

The parameter associated with the proximate fuel
analysis, as per ASTM 03172-73.
The value of the proximate analysis parameter.
The units of the proximate analysts parameter value.
The parameter associated with the ultimate fuel
analysis, «s per ASTM 03176-74.
The value of the ultimate analysis parameter in units
of percent by weight.
The name of the fuels and feedstocks parameter analyzed
(e.g., bulk density, viscosity, pour point, etc.),
excluding inorganic trace elements and organic chemical
species and compounds.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or K for number.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
                                than or greater than a value.

-------
FORM 4 — Concluded
Data Element Name Data Base Variable Name
Value FF-PARAMETER VALUE
MAN; EXP
Units FF-VALUE UNITS;
FF-TEXT VALUE
Analytical Method FF-ANALYSIS METHOD
High Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
MAN; EXP
Low Detection Limit FF-DETECTION LIMIT -
LOW MAN; EXP
Detection Limit Units FF-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
*
U)
(— *
o
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C931;
C934
C932;
C933
C926
C924;
C925
C927;
C928
C929


Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(18);
Name X(18)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)


Description
The value of the parameter, In exponential format
n.nn E + nn.
The text value of the parameter, or the units of the
numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.



-------
FORM 5 ~ Fuels and Feedstocks — Chemical Analysis
Data Element Name
Chemical ID Type
Category/Species 10
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Forwj
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Y* Detection Limit Units
t— •
Total Milligrams Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Concentration
Actual Concentration Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
FF-C-CS-TYPE
FF-C -CATEGORY/SPECIES
FF-C-CS-PRIORITY
FF-C-ANALYSIS METHOD
FF-C-OETECTION LIMIT
HIGH NAN; EXP
FF-C-OETECTION LIMIT
LOU-NAN; -EXP
FF-C-DETECTION LIMIT
UNIT
FF-C-TOTAL MG RECOVERED
FF-C -CONCENTS ATION-HIGH-LOW
FF-C-CATEGORV/SPECIES
CONCENTRATION MAN; EXP
FF-C-CONCENTRATION UNITS
FF -COMMENT 1; 2; 3
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C946
C945
C947
C950
C948;
C949
C953;
C951
C952
C9S5
C964
C965;
C967
C969
C970;
C971;
C972
Field Size/Format.
Name X
Name X(10)
Name X
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X{8)
Decimal 9(5). 999
Name X
Decimal 9.99
Integer 99
Name X(ll)
Text X(65);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
chemical ID used (C for CAS number or M for MEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species is a
NRDC Consent Decree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E i nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found in
the sample.
The appropriate sign Indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual concentration of the category/species, In
exponential format, n.nn E » nn.
The units of the actual concentration.
The comments on the analysis of the fuels and
feedstocks.

-------
                                                                FORM  6  —  Sampling  Activity Description
CO

I—»
ro
Data Element Name
Sample Number
Method type
Measurement Instrument/
Method Name
Sailing Start Time
Sampling Duration
Measured Stream Velocity
Measured Stream Temperature
Data Base Variable Name
SMPL-NUMBER
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD TYPE
MEASUREMENT INST/
METHOD NAME
SMPL-START TIME
SMPL-DURATION
SMPL-vaocm
SMPL-TEMPERATURE
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1203
C1206
C1209
C1212
C1215
C1224
C1227
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X
Name X(30)
Integer 9999
Integer 999
Decimal 999.9
Integer 9999
Description
The sequential number for each sample, unique within a
Test ID. A sample is the measurement or group of
measurements taken with a single measurement method to
define the composition of a stream at a given point in
tine.
The code letter for the type of measurement instrument/
method; I for inert ial impaction (e.g., impactor,
SASS). or X for other.
The name of the measurement instrument/method.
The start time of the sample collection on the basis of
a 24-hour day.
The duration of the sample collection activity in
minutes.
The measured velocity of the effluent stream In m/sec.
The measured temperature of the effluent stream in
                 Measured  Stream Pressure
                 Measured Stream Moisture
                 Content

                 Density
                 Density Determination


                 Sample Volume
                 Measured Stream Flowrate       SMPL-MASS/VOLUMETRIC
                                               FLOWRATE
SMPL-PRESSURE                C1230


SMPL-MOISTURE CONTENT        C1233


SMPL-DENSITY                 C1236



SMPL-DENSITY DETERMINATION    C1239


VOLUME OF SAMPLE             C1248


                             mis
                 Flour ate Units
                                               SMPL-FLOWRATE  UNITS
                                                                            C1219
                 Flowrate Measurement Method    SMPL-FLOWRATE MEASUREMENT     C1221
                                               METHOD
                        units of  degrees Celsius.

Integer 999             The measured absolute pressure of the effluent  stream
                        at  the  sampling location. In units of kPa.

Decimal 99.9            The measured moisture content of the  effluent stream at
                        the sampling location, fn units of percent by volume.

Decimal 99.9            The particle density of a participate laden gas stream,
                        or  the  bulk density of a solid discharge  stream,  In
                        g/cm3.

Integer 9               The number I for measured density, or 0 for assumed
                        density.

Decimal 999.99          The total volume collected for the sample in units of
                        m3  (or  liters for  a liquid sample).

Decimal 9(5).9          The measured total  mass or volumetric  flowrate of the
                        effluent stream at  the sampling location.

Name X(6)                The units of the effluent stream flowrate.

Name X(20)               The technique or equipment used to determine the
                        effluent stream flowrate.

-------
FORM 6  —  Continued
Data Element Name
Sample Total Mass
Mass Units
Sampling Location Code




Device/Process Number

Sampling Location Description



Instrument Temperature

Instrument Pressure

Instrument Flowrate
Percent Isokfnctlc

C02

CO

02

"2

Dilution Factor
data Base Variable Name
TOTAL MASS
MASS UNITS
SAMPLING LOCATION CODE




SAMPLING LOCATION DEVICE
NUMBER
SAMPLING LOCATION
DESCRIPTION


INSTRUMENT TEMPERATURE

INSTRUMENT PRESSURE

INSTRUMENT FLOWRATE
PERCENT ISOKINET1C SAMPLING

CO-Z

CO

0-2

N-2

DILUTION FACTOR
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1251
C1254
C1245




C1247

C1242



C1243

C1244

Cl?46
C12S7

C1260

C1262

Cl?64

C1J66

C1270
Field Size/Format
Decimal 999.99
Name XX
Name X




Integer 99

Name It (30)



Integer 9999

Integer 999

Decimal 9999.9
Integer 999

Decimal 99.99

Decimal 99.99

Decimal 99.99

Decimal 99.99

Decimal 9999.9
Description
The total mass of the sample collected.
The units of the sample mass.
The code letter for the sampling location; I for inlet
of control device/treatment process or for uncontrolled/
untreated, 9 for outlet of control device/treatment
process, G for treatment plant inlet, H for treatment
plant outlet, or S for final sludge disposal outlet.
The number which identifies to which device or process
the sampling location code refers.
The sampling location description in terms of proximity
to control devices and discharge points, including any
Information that affects the sampling and transport of
discharges or emissions.
The temperature of the sampling Instrument In degrees
Celsius.
The Inlet absolute pressure of the sampling instrument
in kPa.
The Instrument flowrate In liters/minute .
The percent 1sok1net1c sampling achieved at the
sampling location.
The amount of CO; as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of CO as a percent of total gat on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of Oj as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The amount of N? as a percent of total gas on a dry
basis as determined by gas analysis.
The ratio of aerosol concentration (on either a mass or
                                number basis) in the original gas stream to that of the
                                measured sample.  The number 1 if the aerosol is not
                                diluted, as  is ttie usual case when sampling with
                                imp actors.

-------
                                                   FORM 6 -- Concluded
CO
I
Data Element Name
Particle Diameter Basis
Particle Concentration Basis
Upper Boundary Diameter
Calibration/Calculation
Trace Gases In PPM
Collection Surface/
Substrate
Convents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
PARTICLE DIAMETER BASIS
PARTICLE CONCENTRATION BASIS
UPPER BOUNDARY DIAMETER
CAL I BRAT ION/CALCULATION
TRACE SASES IN PPM
COLLECTION SURFACE/
SUBSTRATE
SMPL -CWWENTS 1; 2;
3; 4
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1276
C1278
C1280
C1282
C1268
C1Z74
C1290;
C129V;
C1292;
C1293
Field Size/Format
Integer 9
Integer 9
Decimal 999.99
Integer 9
Text X(65)
Text X(55)
Text X(65);
Text M6S);
Text X(65);
Text X(65)
Description
The number 0 for Stokes particle diameter, 1 for
classic aerodynamic particle diameter, or 2 for
aerodynamic impact ion particle diameter.
The number 1 if the instrument/method measures mass, or
0 if it measures the number of particles.
The upper boundary diameter in units of microns.
The number 1 for calibrated instrument cut diameters,
or 0 for calculated instrument cut diameters.
The results of trace gas analysis, with the chemical
symbol followed by a dash and the value In parts per
million (e.g., S92-15).
The description of any surface or substrate used for
sampling.
The comments on the sampling activity.

-------
                                  FORM 7 or 7A — Component Data  and  Effluent Characteristics
3»
•

OJ


t-*
tn
Data Element Name
Component Sequence Hunter
Component Name
Stage/Filter Cut Sl2e
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Stage Height/
Component Mass/
Concentration
Mass Concentration/Stage
(Not on Fora]
NuMber Concentration/Stage
(Not on Fora)
Cumulative Mass Percent
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Cumulative Mass/Actual
Cubic Meter Less than
Stage Size
(Not on For*)
Cumulative Mass/
Dry Normal Cubic Heter
Less Than Stage Size
(Not on Form)
Geometric Mean
Diameter/Stage
(Not on For*)
Data Base Variable Name
COMPONENT SEQUENCE NO
SAW LING EQUIPMENT
COMPONENT NAME
STAGE/ FILTER CUT SIZE
MASS HIGH-LOW;
UG CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW;
HO-DNCM-HIGH-LOM
MASS MAN;
EXP
UG-DN CM- STAGE -MAN;
-EXP
NO-DNCM-STAGE MAN;
EXP
CUH-PCT-LESS THAN 050
CUM-UG-ACH LESS THAN
050 MAN; EXP
CUM-UG-DNCH LESS THAN
D50 MAN; EXP
GEOMETRIC MEAN
DIAM-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1303
C1305
C1310
C1312;
C1349;
C1365
C1313;
C1316
C1350;
CI351
C1363;
C1364
C1352
C1353;
C1354
C1355;
C1356
C1357;
C13S8
Field Size/Format
Integer 99
Name X(12)
Decimal 99.99
Name X;
Name X;
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 999.99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Description
The sequential number for each component of the
measurement instrument /method analyzed.
The specific component of the sampling equipment (e.g.,
the 10 micron cyclone of a SASS train, the filtrate of
a liquid sample, etc.).
The particle boundary diameter 1n units of microns.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The stage weight (FPEIS), component weight (BEDS, LEDS),
or mass (SODS) in milligrams; or the mass concentration
(FPEIS) in micrograms/dry normal cubic meter; or the
number concentration (FPEIS) in number of particles/dry
normal cubic meter, for the sampling system component,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated mass concentration per stage
in micrograos/dry normal cubic meter, in exponential
format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated number concentration per
stage fn number of particles per dry normal cubic
meter, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative percent of the
total m«ss less than the stage sire (dSOJ.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per actual cubic meter, in expo-
nential format, n.nn E * nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated cumulative mass concentra-
tion in micrograms per dry normal cubic meter, 1n expo-
nential format, n.nn E +_ nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated average of the logarithms
of the maximum and minimum particle sizes found on the
stage. In exponential format, n.nn E * nn.

-------
FORM 7 or 7A — Concluded
Data Element Name
Differential Mass
Concentration/Stage
(Not on Form)
Differential Number
Concentration/Stage
(Not on For*)
Chemical Analysis
Laboratory Name
Chemical QA/QC Code
Radiological QA/QC Code
Radiological Analysis
Laboratory Name
Component (Aliquot)
Mass/Volume
Mass/Volume Units
:>
Y* Effluent Parameter Name
i-«
ot
Value Type
Value
Value Units
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection L1*1t
Detection Limit Units
Comments as Text
Data Base Variable Name
DM-DLOG-MAN; -EXP
DN-DLOG-MAN;
-EXP
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
CHEMICAL QA-QC CODE
RAD-QA-QC CODE
RADIONUCLIDE ANALYSIS
LAB NAME
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
NASS-VOL
COMPONENT ALIQUOT
UNITS
EC-PARAMETER
EC-VALUE TYPE
EC-VALUE;
EC-TEXT VALUE
EC-VALUE UNITS
EC-ANALYSIS METHOD
EC-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH-
MAN; -EXP
EC-OETECTION LIMIT -LOW
MAN; EXP
EC-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
EC-COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1359;
C1360
C1361;
C1362
C1320
C1321
C1325
C1324
C1330
C1335
C1420
C1429
C1430;
C1432
C1431
C1425
C1423;
C1424
C1426;
C1427
C1428
C1440;
C1450
Field Size/Format
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(39)
Name XXX
Name XXX
Name X(40)
Decimal 9999.999
Name X(5)
Name X(12)
Name X
Decimal 9999.9;
Name X(13)
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(9)
Text X(63);
Text X(63)
Description
FPEIS Only: The calculated change in mass concentra-
tion due to particles caught on this stage (DM/DlogD),
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
FPEIS Only: The calculated change in number concentra-
tion due to particles caught on this stage (DN/DlogD),
In exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
chemical analysis on the samples.
The QA/QC code for the chemical analysis laboratory.
The QA/QC code for the radionuclide analysis laboratory.
The name of the laboratory which performed the
radionuclide analysis on the samples.
The mass or volume of the sample aliquot.
The appropriate units of the sample aliquot.
The name of the effluent parameter (e.g., opacity, pH,
oil and grease, odor, etc.), excluding organic and
inorganic species measurements.
The code letter for the type of parameter value; T for
text or N for number.
The numeric or text value of the effluent parameter.
The units of the numeric value of the parameter.
The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E +_ nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
n.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The comments on the effluent characteristics.

-------
                                    FORM 8 —  Inorganic Analysis/Non-Level  1 Organic Analysis
OJ
I
Data Element Name
ID Type

Category/Species ID

Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Not on Form)
Analytical Method

High Detection Unit

Low Detection Limit

Detection Halt Units
Total Milligrams
Recovered
Less Than/Greater Than Sign

Actual Source Concentration



Coiments as Text

Data Base Variable Name
IA- SPECIES- ID- TYPE

IA-SPECIES-ID

lA-SPEClES-PRIORlTY



IA-ANALYS1S-METHOD

IA-OETECTIOH LIMIT-
HIGH-MAtt; -CXP
1A-DETECTION LIMIT-
LOW-HAN; -EXP
IA-DCTECTIOK UNIT
1A-TOTAL MG RECOVERED

1A-HIGH-LOU

lA-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP


IA-COMHENT-1; -2

Data Base
Component
Numbers
C1830

C1835

C1836



C1840

C1841;
C1842
C1843;
C1844
C1845
C1846

C1847

C1850;
C185Z


C1860;
C1870
Field Sire/Format
Name X

Name X(10)

Nane X



Name XX

Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decinal 99.99;
Integer 99
Nane X(8)
Decimal 9(5). 999

Name X

Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99


Text 1(63);
Text X(63)
Description
The chemical entry code which determines the type of
enemies 1 ID used (C for CAS number or M for KEG number).
The chemical ID for the organic category or species, or
the inorganic species.
Identification of whether the chemical species is a
NROC Consent Degree Priority Pollutant or a Section 311
Hazardous Pollutant, or both.

The two-character code for the chemical analysis method
used.
The upper detection Unit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E +. nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format.
nn.nn E * nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The total milligrams of the category/species found 1n
the sample.
The appropriate sign indicating if the data are less
than or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the category/species, in exponential format,
n.nn E + nn; In micrograms per cubic meter (FPEIS and
GEDS), per liter (LEOS), or per gram (SDOS).
The conments on the inorganic/non-Level 1 organic
analysis data.

-------
                                             FORM 9 -- Level  1 Organic  Analysis
co
Data Element Name
Fraction 10
TCO
Grav.
(Calculated Data - Not
On Form)
IB Type
Category/Species 10
Species Priority/
Hazardous Pollutant
Designation
(Hot on For*)
Analytical Method
High Detection Unit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Unit Units
Intensity
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Caments a tat
Data Base Variable Name
Ll
-------
                                                 FORM 10 — Radionuclide Data
CJ

»-•
<£>
Data Element Name
Radionucllde 10
Analytical Method
High Detection Limit
Low Detection Limit
Detection Limit Units
Less Than/Greater Than Sign
Actual Source Concentration
Contents as Text
Data Base Variable Name
RN-RADIONUCLIDE ID
RN- ANALYSIS METHOD
RN-DETECTION LIMIT-HIGH
NAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT
-LOU-MAN; EXP
RN-DETECTION LIMIT - UNITS
RN-CONCENTRATION HIGH-LOW
RN-CONCENTRATION MAN;
EXP
RN -COMMENT 1; 2
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3025
C3030
C3028;
C3029
C3031;
C3032
C3033
C3034
C3035;
C3040
C3050;
C3051
Field Size/Format
Name X(8)
Name XX
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 99.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Name X
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Text X(63);
Text X{63)
Description
The name of the isotope assayed, as a symbol followed
by a dash and the mass number (e.g., RA-226, U-235,
etc.).
The two-character code for the assay (analysis) method
used.
The upper detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E *_ nn.
The lower detection limit, in exponential format,
nn.nn E + nn.
The units of the upper and lower detection limits.
The appropriate sign Indicating if data are less than
or greater than a value.
The actual source concentration for this component of
the isotope, in exponential format, n.nn E + nn, in pCi
per cubic meter (FPEIS and GEOS), per liter (LEDS), or
per gram (SODS).
The comments on the radlonuclide data.

-------
                                                                   FORM 11 — Bioassay  Data
GO
 I


8
Data Element Name
Test Type
Test Name
Test Duration
Lab Sample ID
Test Laboratory Name
Lab QA/QC Code
Test Start
Test End
Sample Quantity
Sample Quantity Units
Test Organisms/Strains
Type of Value
Value
Value Units
High Confidence Limit
Low Confidence Limit
Maximum Applicable Dose
Data Base Variable Name
BIO-TEST TYPE
BIO- TEST NAME
BIO-TEST DURATION
BIO-SAMPLE ID
BIO-TEST LAB NAME
BIO- TEST QA-QC
BIO-TEST START
BIO- TEST END
BIO-TEST SAMPLE QUANTITY
BIO-TEST SAMPLE UNITS
BIO- ORGANISMS/STRAINS
BIO- VALUE TYPE
BIO-VALUE-MAN; -EXP
BIO-VALUE UNITS
BIO-HI-CONF-LIMIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-LOH-CONF-LIMIT-
MAN; -EXP
BIO-MAX-APPLICABLE-
DOSE-MAN; -EXP
Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3205
C3210
C3215
C3220
C3225
C3226
C3230
C3235
C3240
C3245
C3255
C3280
C3285;
C3286
C3290
C3295;
C3296
C3300;
C3301
C3305;
C3306
Field Size/Format
Name X(25)
Name X(30)
Integer 9(6)
Name XXXX
Name X(41)
Name XXX
Date
Date
Integer 9(8)
Name X(6)
Name X(6S)
Name XXXX
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(8)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Decimal 9.999;
Integer 99
Description
The name of the broad category of bioassay test type.
The exact name of the bioassay test (a subset of Test
Type).
The duration of the test in hours.
The unique sample ID assigned by the test laboratory.
The name of the bioassay testing laboratory.
The bioassay laboratory QA/QC code.
The start date of the bioassay test.
The end date of the bioassay test.
The quantity of sample submitted for analysis.
The units of the sample quantity.
The name of the specific test organism used (e.g.,
SALMONELLA TYPHIMURIUM TA-1538 or TA-98, etc.).
The value type (e.g.. LD50, LC50, EC 50, etc.) depending
on the assay.
The value of the assay results, in exponential format,
n.nn E +_ nn.
The units of the assay results value.
The upper confidence limit of the assay results value,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The lower confidence limit of the assay results value,
in exponential format, n.nn E + nn.
The technical limitation on the dose allowed in a
particular assay, in exponential format, n.nnn E + nn.
                Maximum Applicable Dose

                Units
                                           BIO-M-A-D-UNITS
                                                                      C3310
Name X(9)
The units of the maximum applicable dose.

-------
FORM 11 - Concluded






3>
•
GO
1
ro
Data Element Name
Level of Toxic Ity
Bacteria Mutagenldty
Response
Minimum Effective
Concentration
Minimum Effective
Concentration Units
Approximate Concentration
Factor
Line Number
CoMents as Text

Data Base Variable Name
BIO-LEVEL OF TOXICITY
BIO-BACT. MUTAGEN RESPONSE
BIO-MIN-EFF-CONC-MAN;
-EXP
BIO-MIN-EFFECTIVE CONCEN.
UNITS
B 10- APPROX -CONCENTR AT ION -
FACTOR
BIO-COMMENT LINE NUMBER
BIO-COMMENT

Data Base
Component
Numbers
C3315
C3320
C3325;
C3326
C3330
C3335
C3365
C3370

Field Size/Format
Name X(14)
Name X(14)
Decimal 9.99;
Integer 99
Name X(7)
Name X(17)
Integer 99
Text X(63)

Description

The qualitative bloassay result, as HIGH, MODERATE,
LOW, or NOT DETECTABLE.
The Ames test response, as POSITIVE or NEGATIVE.

The minimum effective concentration, in exponential
format n.nn E * nn.
The units of the minimum effective concentration
•
The factor which accounts for any aliquot taken during
the bioassay lab procedures; not the process stream
flow.
The line number for the bloassay comments.
The comnents on the bioassay data.





-------
     APPENDIX A.4



FPEIS DATA INPUT  FORMS

-------
wEPA  EADStFIPIO
 U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PflOTECTION AGENCT
 IERL-RTP ReworcH Tiionsle Pork. N.C. 277)1
                           FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
                                                                      FORM 1
                                                                                   2/80
A - SOURCE

F

Test
Series






DESCRIPTION
No.
"I



ffy\





>
'"I"

Card
No. Source Categi

•wy Sourc
Tl??]73|74l^l36l-l?Bl?9l^lMl1?^UJ 35^171
f " " - '" " Li-
iCordl Desk
|No. 1 Process Type Proce
(A i|
(No. (Site Name
||4 I5P6 17 IB IV 20 2
(A 2\


21 23 24 25 26 27 28 W 30 31 32 33 34 35 30 37 3

(Cardl 1 1 Wttt i SODS 1 G£D5
JNo. 1 Zip Code I Country j KN J TSN j TSN
|l< ISJI6 17 18JI9 20pl
felt ir±
|aJZ)|M|2j|M]27 31 »J30J i: 32 33 3< 35|30J 37 3
T i rrn n 1 1
e Type


n Process
ss Rate Rate Units







Feed Material
Category
U|_
Street/ Box Number


47' 48 49




50| i

LEDS 1 NPOES
TSN 1 Nuntef
6 3» 40 41 42 43 44 
Product/ Device 7/pe
~T~
1


Source Name

! -


|c;-y
Mi9|60|6^<
! [ j
A/
12

Kordl I
[No. (Sponsor Organization (Contract Numbe>



IA 4|
Cord
No. Reference Repa
A 5
A £
[Cord
[No. Reference Repoi
Il4 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21
£7



tt Title

• •• _L
	 ^ -1 	
_ T








^J

53 & 5i



i : i i
Start Da
to Da
56 >7 58

TO/TD
Number
~^-
e
Yr
5? 60

^,63


±1


64
±ti

~l"



|6i 6(
J.. J L L
Finish Date
Mo Da | Yr
6

J 63

6*jtt *
1
L
^
6? 66 {6?! 70 >'
L
W"
r
» 21


t-—



T?2 73 74 7
i

?1

73 73 « 7

SIC Cade



State — i
5 76 77 78 79 80

j
>«>»»{*
1 r
Nome of Sampling Group/Contractor










^fYi-
i

t Author (Reference Report Number
2J 23 14 25 26 27 !8J ?» 30|]' 12 13 14 :5 16 1; it
" 1 J ' ZL
(Cordj Reference Report 1
|NO. f NTIS Number ]





1



P* !3ll* <7 II 19 20 ?1
IA B!
27 ?3 24 75J ?6 2?1 2B i^! 30J1' 3? hi ""• 35fc» J7 M
., it ,. r ~t~rr~:..
J» 40 4 47 i 4!,1 44 1 4^46 47:4SJ4? 50
Jill 1


)f 4O 41(43 «j|44 44 41
~ Xlt
!4)

n

90

:!


it

44*45'
H±:L
e : 3.' •» '

•> SO
1
it
*i fr?| ft3

i

52

B W 5*

rt 57 54 S1

>40

(1 43

w


"
04

«










[ keferenc
1J
e Re
•tfH 67 6B[* «J
1 1 i i 1
tt <**

V &M



»

i-










wrt Publication Date
71

72 71 74 75


rt:

ft 73 « • JB-

76, 77 7t TV K


fw *>• *3 ^9K
IE
B - TEST SEtttS COMMENTS
Teit
Series No.
1 2
F
3


4


5


6


f

i
•
*F
I

«*


n


»ia
1


Cord
No.
14
t.
B
ft
t
6
15
0
0
0

•>
line
No.
11





17





Camnenti <• Text
ii1





19





20





71





22


-
73





,'4





i-j 26'27i 28(29] 30! ! 32 r ' ^

i : Ilia , ^_»
ht] I \T\ I IT I-

"1 ' i — I T i
1 i i J — u_l — L_J — I — i

T.;.tr;,f)s
! i 1

i 1 !
- 4 1 J~
1 "
39




40 ! * i
T-

U^4'5|« 4',;46'4 -48149, A-V|>; -/>'->. . X,' J '" •'• *'t: 4. '- ' ( * ;6i 1 66^/( « j 
-------
       wEPA   EADSF^IO
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

       IERI-RTP Reieorcri Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
                                     FINE PARTICLE  EMISSIONS  INFORMATION SYSTEM


                                                  DATA INPUT FORMS
FORM 2
               2/80
C - STREAM
DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
r Stream No.
Test
Series No.
I 2
I1

3













i
f




«|MttjM»
±11.1

9 50 5ll52J53
ttu
r*T T"1
^Hll^J"
111


1 * i
i : ;
58

58




59


-1

•SO

6,

a

0.5 j 04

6J

66J67


61


63


63


M


6AJ6*
!



6*

69

70

71

72 73 74 75 76 T . '8 : 7VJ80
, T i !

67

A*

69

70

i
71


7? 7} 74 >5]7fi ."^l^|80
. i ! i
! Ill
       D - CONTROL DEVICE/TOATrVtfNT PROCESS


Test
Seti.
1 2
r

3




r-S
s No.
4


5


6

!
!
i
i


ream No.

• |M|lt1)l
1 I '1


a






Card
No.

D

0
De-
vice
No.




Generic Device/ Process Type




20

21

22

23

24

25

26

!7

28

r>

30

31

32

33

34

35

Card)
fs|Q I Specific Process/ Device Type

D

ll
Card
No.

O
»
2
Card
No.
14
D
D
D
15
3
3
3






20

21

22

23

24

25

26

77

2>

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

J»

37

Design Type
3«

39

40

4

42
^"p
46

47
f-
Device/ Process Class
3<

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45
4A

Manufacturer




No.
14



17







20

21

22

23

24

25

26

77

28

29

30

3!

12

13
34
35
1 1
34

37

31

39

40

41

42

43

44

431

4?

4.

49| 50)51


52
" P*
55

S4

57

i«

59
03

61162
1
63

64

65

66

67

6< 69
* !
Device/ Process Commercial Name
48

49

50
51
i j
52


4*

O

Device/ Process Keyword
it



19



20



21



22



23



24



25



26



77



2t



29



30



31



12



33



34



35



34



37



It



39



40



41



42J43






44145






46


47


1
4M

*w

Seq.
No.
48



49



»

V

w

53|54

»


55
56

57

58

59

60l6l]62


63

64

65
66

67


M

»

H>

s»

»»

»

41 j*
1
*>

64

1*

M

«

Device/ Process Keyword
5O



51



52



53


54



J5



M



57



58

-
59


40



61 I 6?f
)
15
4
4
4
4
4
4
[
r
6 17







— -Parameter No.
Design Parameter Name
1*







19







20







2







22







23







24







T,







26







27







78







29







30






_l
3







32







33







34







35







36







37







38







39







40







41

42

I










43







44







45







46







47







I
4«







-Value Type
Parameter Valu
t
49






(
50




-U
j
><




>4^
.-if,



Ti
E
E
E
t
[
54



-I
1
e
—

Is*
i
i
I
j




•-
Parameter Value Text/Units
57






a
MjMM.




1
|



t
1

tf
• 	 r









63







64







65







66




67





j


68







a







70J7I

r— r— 1
\










72







73







74







75







76







77







71







7»







80







       •Owner** fttpvritiv* Data Ftatun at Strv*l

       NOtft Wlwi«^a«iip*M.
         Poo.	of.

-------
                                                              10:
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCy
IERL-RTP Research  Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                                      FINE  PARTICLE  EMISSIONS  INFORMATION  SYSTEM
                                                                                                                                               FORM 3
                                                                                                                                                                           2/80
E - TEST

1
161'
Test
Series
2

3

IDENTIFICATION
r Stream No.
No.
1 5

6

i
7 0

Test
ID.
No.
9

10

11


Sfi)

Card
No.
14
E
13
0
Te
Mo
16 17

st Da
Da
IB

19

re
Yr
20

21

Start
Time
22

23

24

25

End
Time
26

27

28

29

Operating Mode*
30 31 32 33 34 35 3t 37 38 39 40 41 «2 43 « 1 45 46 47 48 49|»!51
i J !
52

53

54


55
	
54

57

58


59

to

c-
Design
Capacity"
«1 62

63

64

Form Completed by

a

t: 

9*

71;

71

te

74

MJJ76
?\
77

TO

Tf

a»

Operating Parameter Text/Units
57









5G









5»






SO








61









62









43







«<










65









AS









67









69









69









70









71









72









73









74









75









'6









77









70









»a









-








SI

-&

9

S3

•«

:ffiS

Value Type
Parameter Value
f +
49


50
51
A
52
53 54 i5
E
1 E
I |
1 £
A

^
— 1 _jl.
-H

41,42




"to|«!45
— f-t—


I

46
47



40



49
20





S.

E
E
E
_,.£

56






E

E
r i £

51
52





	 1






53|54|S5

j





31

S3

S5

C

41

a

Operating Para
57 58



5« 40 61 1 62



01

C*

neter
— r"

-T-T-,
1 ]







1 l










-h—
—

— ,

59





j

a

a


r
id

a

33

MjE

ft

W

a

KJ

«n


Text/Units
65









66









67









6B








69








1
70









7t









72









73









74









75









'6









77









rg










62







WlM 65



i



66



67



69



69



70



71



72



73


	
74



75



74



77



78



79









79



3)










f"



 *Denot« Repetitive Data Feature at Test Level
 NOTE: When encoding data, use a ft for alpha character and 0 For numeric zero.
Page	of _

-------
-r/EPA   EADS

U.S. tNVMMMIENIAl PROTECTION AGHCI
IEKL-P.I? Retearck Triangle ?arlc, N.C. 27T11
                                  FINE PART..CIE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
                                                                                          FORM 4
                                                                                                            2/80
f - FUELS
AND f
Test
Seftet No.
t








i
££D

<•

sroc
tream
KS
No.
Test
10.
No.



?ir

Corf
No.
F
0

Source Feed Material*



















— 1



/Cord1!
Lip I Laboratory Name*


Lu
IT
li|l» 17 K 1' 10 II 71 23(24
± __ - ±
ulu
1
J7

»

»

30

3>

a

a

M

3i

U

37

»

W

Uo

k>

«





Feed Material Rote 1. Units*




JForrrr


QV
JQC
_ _ _ Kode
4JJ44


«

46 47 46 «* iO 31 i2 M WJSSliA 57
t 1
5*


~
-•eed Material
Saniple Mass*

:eed Mater a.
Volume*
5*

00

61

C2

W




Completed by

Feed
Material
Mass Units'


Volume
Units*
W 65

M

V

*

tt



70
^-i




-W1-
Sea.
n1

7»

n

M 7S P* 77

I1

1
»4°
n
F ~ FUtLS ANO FEtD5TOCK5 —

          r- Stream No.
                        ANALYSIS
Test
Series No.
1 2
F








i




Test
ID.
No.


11

J

in



Card
No.
w
F

F
F
u
2

2
*
rtroxiiwtfe Analyiil
Parameter
1*
M

S
i
17
0

U
r
K
*

i
i
H
S

f
c
»
r

u
i
21
U

f
f
27
ft


1
23
E


t
24-




15



G
U



R
27

T

A
a



V
2»



1
JO


31


"1
r
Y
Value*
'B




33




K




35




M


^

37
k



IS




Units
J»
*
%
%

4CJ4IJ42
W
w
w

T
I
T



Proximate Analysis
Parameter
«p
*.u
F
H

1
*5]«

X E
E A]T
47|48|49
I
D
1 S

X
C
0

x>
51

A R
N

T

52

a
E

53

0
N

M
N
sslwTvlsa

T








I
5?

*o|el


1 1
Value *
U
U]M
u
i


1
i \


ttJ67
i



M




LWfs
tf
%
%
p.

70
W
W
J

71
T
r
!/

[73 In


K



K5

Seq . No.— i
j]
74




n




M




77




n




n so




F - FUtlS AND FEEDSTOCKS — UUI1MATE ANALYSIS

          rSlieoir
Test
Series Ma.
i '














i






ID.
No.



to


M



*


M


Card
Kb.
M
F
F
U
3
3
Ufliviate Aitaiyus
Pararwter
K
C
A
ir
A
S
I*
ft
H
tf
1

20
0

?i In
N



n


24


K


Value*
>«J


?7


»


2»


X)


Ultimate Analysis
Parameter
31
H
C
n
Y
M
33
D
L
34
It
0
V,
- Type*
Value1
$ ±



,
t_j__
k

A
1 i

i
f ,
_J A


4
A
' A
r 1














1'
1
E
E
E
f
I
I
t
i
f
t
£
F























1










Analytical Method
Units*
-



j




j_













i







h
i
















' ' i
'










i



-P


|







1


I













iy T"1 ; p

J i


J 	 L_

1 •


. L
I





j i


{ j







1
1


\—





















	

'





!


J

High Oerection
Limit * £
57jsfi_^9
1 *
, i

|







1


J










E
t
E
t

j
i
_

E 1
r
E

5
E
E


i

t




E











Low Detection
Limit" +
ill".

-4-?*\




I '












i









- 1
E[
'f
t
E
E




E
I
£
E




















i








Seq. No
Detection
Jmit Units*
1
	 1


































































j






1












•Oonato Ibpctitivv Data Feature at T«t Uvel


NOTE: Wn»n •ncadinfl oVna. w> «/(or ajpha ctnmctn and 0 for mmric zxra.
of

-------
1
tn
tvEPA EADS
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 27711
F - FUELS AND FEEDSTOCKS - CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
r Stream No.

l
f
Test
Series No.







F -FUELS

F
F
F
Test
Series











1
Test rCtiemieal ID Tyw
i ID. Card 1
* No. No. + Category/Spec!

\ f 5








F 5

F 5
f 5
c
5
F 5
F 5
F 5
• 5
F 5
f 5
F 5
F 5














>IB|D) sn(^
IPlr -E,U©

FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS
DATA INPUT
p Analytical Method
High Detection
a ID • Limit 1
n 24 25 24 27 21 ff X 31 32 13 34 35 34
E
_j E
E

E
Ej
I
E
E 4
,i_ E i
E
E
,, E '
E ,
E
Jt E
IL E
E
E
E
E T
(i E
1 ,, E
t ,. E
t f'
E j
E
: . E
E
E

IE |
' E :'

' i 1
E i
_j 	 E
Low Detect
Lirr t
3! 3« j«

f
— i_i.

! J
; ;

i



4t

-(V
E
E
: E
+-{
i E
' E
:E
E
] E


E
E
on
±
i—



1




1



N F O RM AT
FORMS


i

H

44



4-
t—

T

1 —
TE T '







_

1


IE












4
j f j


E
E
E
E
E
E




L_




E
E
E
j
1
1
L





*~
E
E
E j
r
E
E
> , i



I











1 i i
-' 4- ; i£ ; -
i E i ' :
11 E , ' '
' I i E • ;
^ 1
;E|



Oe
Lin-
45J V
:







(
4-
-j—
-1 —
4-
r~
ec
7=
1
-1 —
ia
I
T
ION SYSTEM
T
ts
1**
-f"
I
T~T
-i— | — 1 -
tibi""
-t—
j 	
4 —
1
!

i —
f-

H —










~






































i i !















	 <




-i



Rec
f»|5l[52 53|i4
T-
1-
r
j
!
-i —
j"
1 —



















rr
44
_L
' i
"4^"-
'jl"


" '
1






i







1
i





r'




i
1 ;

I




AND FEEDSTOCKS - COMMENTS
r-Stream No.
No.






Test
ID. Card
f^ No. Comments as Text *
-4— F 7
F B
^ F 9


Wwj.
- ^- +-
i i 1 i J 1 1 . . . i i I !
' (t ' 'It'll
_1 i 1 i - -: j _L . i
-,[
-+
.4
1'



V


-i«i



,




!
»r
l
•Denotes Repetitive Dato Feature ot T«t Level



1 i
it Milligrams
svered ^
i5 56 i,' i8j59 60 01 *
=










































J




r


	 j i_j__^_ _j
tL. 1 J
_^ _J
i i !
FORM 5 2/80

Form Completed by
Actuo
Concentration ActuaJ
+ Concentration
i 43 44 U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
_ E
E
r~ E
E
E
E
E
E
E '
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
5
E


k- E

f- E- -
HO » f T* T\ 717 7






































Seq . No .-
Units
n » n 7* n



































!
1

1

Tt "H'*"^"*"^

; . . ;^-f4Tttn:^
i*,':: i i , . i ' i ; ,
Seq. No.-i
75 74 T> J7» J» !0

f 1

Page of
NOTE;  Wh«n eocodino data, we o f for olpho enaroeler and 0 for numeric lero.

-------
       wEPA   EADSlFtPiD
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGBVOr
       IERL-RTP Research Triangle Pork. N.C. 27711
                                  fINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INfORMATION SYSTEM
                                                                                  FORM 6
                                                                                                2/80
H - SAMPLING ACTIVITY
p Stream
Test
Series No.
(
f»

1




















\
\



DATA INPUT FO
DESCRIPTION
No
Test
SO.
No.









5>mpl
No.
















Caid
No.

h

0
Card
No.
14
H
15
1
Cord
No.
4
H
15
2
Card
No.
t4
H
15
3
I


/elhod Type (I = Inertial Impaction, X = Other)
Measurement Instrument/ Method
Name*




19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

Meas. Stream 1 Flowrate
Flowrate* | Units *
16

i
16

17 lie
j
>ampl
rc
17

18

% Iso-
kinettc
6

17

18

19

20
,
21J22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

3O

31

32
33

34 35


36

37

38

39

40 4

RMS

42 1 43 (44

Flowrate Measurement Method*
28

It

30 3IJ32

1
33

34
35
I
36

37

38

39

40 4

42



43

ng Location Code
Jevice/Process Number
Sampling Location Description*
19

20

21

22

C02'
19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

*
CO
33

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

P
02*
27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

article Dia
N2*
31

32

33

34

35

36

37 38

39

meter Basis *-
Dilution
Factor *
35

36

37

38

39

40 4

11
40 4

1 42 [43
I

44


44


45



*6

Sampling Duration*
Sampling
Start
Time
47

Tsf*^


45


47

4849
J_
50

i
S1J52J53



Meas.
Stream
Velocity*
54

55

5*

Sample |Mass|
Total Mass* |Units|
57

(Win)
Meas.
Stream
Temp.*
56
59
!

60


61

Meas.
Stream
Pressure
t


63


64

Form Completed by
Meas. S
Moist .
Con.*
65

66

67

tream
Density
a

69

70

r
71

1 Density Determination*
Sample I
Volume |
72

n

74

75

76 ur
\
»

i* n


nQEaEEEDSdDDnacGcctrGCGCQaasDaaac-

i i i
i nstrument
(Temp.
-»«

~ Particle Con
Upper
Diameter
> Boundary*
1 42

43
44 45
Ao
A
Cordl
No. 1 Trace Gases in PPM*
M
H
15|l*
4
Card
No.
14 hi
H|5
Card
No.
4
H
H
H
H
ii
t
7
t
9
17

18

19

202,

22

23

24

25

2627

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35
36

37

36

39

40 4

1 42

43

CoJI«crion Surf ace/ Substrate*
6

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35
36

3?

3e
39
I
40 4

1 42
43

Comments as Text *
16




17




1*




19




20




21




22




23




24




23




26




27




28




29




30




31




32




33


34




35




36




37




38




39|40 4
1



1 *2
J



44


44


43144



j i




45

47

cer
r
47

48)49
_i_
30

51

52

Instr.
Press
53

54

L_-
i i


:
tnslrument |
Flowrate 1
55(56

57]

58

59

60UI
.
Oration Basis *
— Calibration/Calculation *
*


*6
47

48


45


«5




4«J47

IB
«

»

Si

S*

m

it

»
»
{

49

50
51

52

53

54
55


49
SO 51
1



52

53

54

55


«8 49(50|5'









i 1 i
52




53

54

56


56




j




j

s?f»£»*
HI

57

56

59


57
58
59




.










60


60


60



a«


SI

«


6

62


6i &



a


63


63

1 H I t i \ i 1 1 i i 1 J

«!

It

M

tf\

m

4*1

«»4n

3*

n

7*

75

74

/?}n

"F
Is

ttjtl
r
***!«
1
*

n

n

n

n

a

15

r*

n

•»

""Pi
J

64

65J66
1
67
68

69

70

i

n

71

74

75

76

77

78

79 80

1

65

66
67
69

69
70|71
1
a

n

74

a

•«

»*»

9 H





6J


!
I

«,64







«i



66


67


'
6B


6V
/O
|



i '



1 i •
Ti
'j






'«




n




/6




77




78




TV 80




CTi
      *D*nol« fttpetltive Data Fearure ot Sample Level
      •NC)TE: MAwn encoding data, use of for alpha character and 0 far numeric zero.
of_

-------
          &EPA    EADS
          U.S. BDV1WMCNTU. PROTECTION AGENCY
          IERL-RTP R«eorch  Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
                                10!
                                                       FINE  PARTICLE  EMISSIONS  INFORMATION  SYSTEM
                                                                                                                                   FORM 7
                                                                                                                                                          2/80
K - COMPONENT


F
T«r
Series









No.





•
'

I
f Stream
[


No.
ID.
No.








DATA
Smpl.
Mo.







Card
No.

K.

0
Card
No.

K

1
r


j





Component Sequence Number
omponent Name


20

t>

22

J 24

25

26 27

28 2»

Stage/
f Iter
Cut Size
JO

Jl

U

Jj

1 N P U 1 t- O R M 5 Icri^jL
Form Completed by
Stage Weight or
Concentration
s ±
!<

35 3
JL^
_, D , Componenl Sequence Number
i_nem. Kad.
QVQCQA/QC
Code ICode 1 Radiological Analysis Laboratory




20J21
|
22 ;

act
\
25

26 27

28 2«

30

Jl

•a

33134

35 J.

6 3f

38
E
39

40

41

Chemical Analysis Laboratory Name*
IJ 43 44 45 46 47 46 49 50 51 \S2 S3 54 55 56 57 5» 5? 60

61

62

63

Name*
S 37
1
38

3»

40

41

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50(51 |52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
"I
61

a

63

164 65 i


£ 67


68 69


70 71


72

73

!
74

75 7i 77 7* 79 80 j
1
Component 1
(Aliquot) JMass/VolumeJ f
Masj/Volume | Units | j
64 65 6
_
.67



7O|71
|
n

73

74

75ki TT n tt mi
i: ~ 3
           K - EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS


i
f

Series No.
'













r Stream No.



Test
ID.
No.



10


11


Smpl. Card
•*>. No. *
M 11 U IS It
K 2
K i
K 2
K 2
K 2
( 2
K 2
?
2
2
2
2
K 2
K 2
C 2
K 2
K 2









T Component Sequence Number r
FtTuertf Parameter Name <
17 \> l» 20 I












j








32






















j
It IT
T
: 	 L
23













24





































U 26





















27 28 » 3C




















j
!
'
i
i j
Tt,
Value Type*
Value*
31 32 33 34 '





















i : 4
J
4
i i i
if ^ , ^
Value Units*
36












37














38













3.4C






















41 |42 43 *-


























1 ;






!




1




]


I


' j' :
; L 1





1 !,
J-i-U
J 1 1


] 	 Analytical Method
j High Detection
+ Limit- ±
< 45 46





47



















46 49










i




.. -it




50
£
E
E
E
E










— ,



E
E
t
E
E
t
E
E
E
51 J5Z














53








T











L|
F
b





-( i E

. 1
--4-4-.-,
A .
t- i ;
f

'
f ! 1
L i"1 ^ ! ]


, •• I i r- * ' ^


i ,
TTl

1
Low Detection
Limit* ±
54
5.
A




















j^
I


i

56
















1

^
I
t
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
b
E
t
E
i ' i E
58 5t(
                          ID.
                          No.
Smpt
Mo.
Cord
No.
	Component Sequence Number


  Comments ai Text

  ^t T» 2obl 7»|?3['a4|2lJ'27J27T29|/>]'KJlT32'l3iTl4T35Ta6^37T3« i9J4oT4l^ •^\*^ f» i] 4*J47l 4tJ4»]^ol i' i » T i ;"| M Tjlftt
                                                           ;
                                                         I  t  i  i
                                             t
           *0cnor*« lUpetitivc Data Feature at Component Uvcl
           NOTE:  When encoding data, use a$ for alpha characteti and 0 for numeric zero
                                                                                  ATTENTION FPEIS
                                                                    ^: Ui*- rorn' 7A !! no chemicci! or raoiological data ore to be reported.
                                                                      Ohe'v-me '^5e Forrr 7. B, 9. and 10 en needed tor nny component of the
                                                                      measure fir M injlrume ".r/mfthod .                      „

-------
          &EPA    EADS
          U.S. BNIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCT
          lERL-RTP Reieorcri Triangle Pa,k, N.C. 27711
          K - PARTICU SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA.
                                                  FINE  PARTICLE  EMISSIONS  INFORMATION  SYSTEM


                                                                  DATA  INPUT  FORMS
                                        FORM 7a


                                        1 roim Completed b.
                                                                                                                                         2/80
Te«t
Series









No.










-



Test
ID.
No.






II


tapl.
No.
1]


13


Cord
No.

K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
s
5
J
5
s
5
J
4
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5


0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0







1
1
t
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
J
3
J
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
•
9
0
1
2
3
4
$
t
7
*
f
o

2
3
4
5
«
7
•
»
0
t
2
3
4
5
6
7
e
9
0
-Component Sequence Number
Component Name









































»








































X








































11








































n








































n








































M








































u








































14








































Z7















M






























































If








































Stage /
Filter
Cut Size
(fj m)
M








11







































































12


33





I


























































Stage Weight/
Concentration
$ I
34








































35




J



































It








































37

it h«
£
E
E
'
It
rti







h

























t
f
E
[
E
t
E
I
t
t
I
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E





^
-
40






"I
41










i j



1






























r















































«








































a








































w


41












































<•'







i
































































4?






41







































































ft








































JO








































5!








































SI





























a






























i


















M








































a








































M










57


































































t»








































if








































*








































•1








































t]








































i]










44



*S




'T "







1























































































4*










(7











1




























_.


























•







4* »







I
-T-




































































































Tt



n



I
I



































_

































TJ








































M








































K








































M







































W








































»








































7» •








































-p*
 I
00
           NOTE: When «ncod!r>g data, use o0 for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.
ATTENTION FPEIS USER:  Use form 7A if no chemical Or radiological data are to be reported.

                 Otherwise, use Form 7, 8, 9. and 10 as needed for any component of the

                 meaiuremenf instrument/method.

                                                     Page	

-------
vo
       vVEPA   EADS

       U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
       IERL-RTP R«earch Triangle Porl. N.C. 27711
ID!
L-

F
FINE PARTICLE EMI
DAT
INORGANIC ANALYSIS/ NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS
r— Sl.eam No.
Test
Series



No.



1


7«
ID
No







r-Component Seqix
i r A \ — ID Type
impl. Card . '^
No. No. t » Cotegory/Sp
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0 .
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0 J
L 0
L 0
L C
L 0 ~j
Q
L 0
0
0
L 0
L 0
L 0 ~^f
L 0
L 0
L 0
L 0

S S 1 O N S
A INPUT
cnce Number i- Analytical Method
High Detect an
ecies ID * Limit +
I E


4 ^ '

1 j E
^_ i n. E
	 1 i E
' I '' E
i j E
I , E
T E
j E
j E
-<.- -L
E
E
r] E
E
E
£
T E
j. E
j E
_^ IT
c
^ E
E
f
	 1 —

H 	 +—
j


f f
] )









1
I J




















i









, t i
_j E
F
j, E
' ' J 1 ^ i
j E




-4
E
if ±ip ifin

.!>.:£
— 1
• 	 1


— r — -
^

Low
1 N
F


FORMATION SYSTEM
D R M S

+
A ! ' E*

i


A

A


\ 4,
i
IT
t
L __
L
i '
,

4







A
—A


i 4
4
t
i
t
i
4
_L.i
j +

A

1 i



.
\

i

E
'- t
q
1 1
E
£
E
E
E
|E
IE
E
1
E
t
E
it

i —
4 -


"


\ 	 r—
^

— r







I 1












E \

\



'"1-


1
E
I
t
TT
E
T,
E
1 E.
Ill


— i



	 L






-—


— -

LifT

t uniti
^lfJ4«|M[f
" ' ' i
1 • f i i .
1 ' . '-
. i i :
' . . ' :

i

1 I

' ;

i
• • : | •
	 	 ~ — i — I---



' 1 !

1 I

; \
] i ' !

1


• : 1
• '• i i :
1 . : .


	 1 	 1 	









r -r—
| : :

. ; : . :
T
R
FORM 8 2/80
Form Comp eted by
Actual Source
^covered ^ -f
T i ^ r~ .. E
_^ i L E


j
























1 " 4 c
t I E
TIE
I I E
1 1 E
E
t
E
1 .. ^ ,E--
E
E

E
E
"E
I " f
i. E
r
E
J
£
C
f

1 ,. E
, ,. E
1 IE
"*" ' . i " ..",. ,,E I
I ., E
t




j " £
f
f
_j!_ |E
Jk E
... ,.j,. !.... .
J







" -- •

















J












       L- INORGANIC ANALYSIS/NON-LEVEL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS

T«l
Serin No.
1 2
F
f
3


4


i


6



7


r- Stream No.

1


Ten
ID
No.
9


10


ir


imp!.
No.
13


13


Card
No.
u
L
L
15
1
2
r<
i
i«


17


3o«npon«nt Sequence Number
Comments os Text
11


19


»


21


22


23


24|2i
4]
!«ji?!28J;«[30
iu4T
-ttt-t-
3H32

f
— L_
a3
1 —
34 333* 37 3«|19 40 41 « «U4 4S 4* 47 «I 49 5Cl!l ;5r.33lMl5S!»(S-!Hl>»l«C «l U 0! jM 115 [it M 1 «•!» 70 71 77|73 |74 75 |76
~ + t I ' t T f 1 | ' • J ' ' ' •'.'' , I :iT|] *
+ LJ J L i _L 4 1 ;_ , , . , . , . . 4 , . . i . t . t t -1 1 J • -1
. I I i ( I 1 i i 1 ! i . I . . . i . i i , ! . , , : , . ! . : I . ] i I I I
C"FI1SFS
1 ! r
I
       NOTE: When encoding data, use a 0 for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.

-------
        &EPA   EADS
        U.S. EMVIKMMENTM. PROTECTION *'
uttjjwjttju^
"I-



-J
"1






	 •
- — t



—


|
is
ST




	 <
J
	 1
itens
«1
e»



1
-i



^

1








i


'













-J










1



1
t
I


























_ i





r


























i


i



















1
70

71 r




; 1







i









I •





















1
Actual Source
Concentration (^ig/mj
^ *
n



































4











75 76




77
E
E
E




t
E
, IE





i
I










































|



t
7* 1 nl







1

E

























r
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
t
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E














































00



































-p*
t
         M - UVtL 1 ORGANIC ANALYSIS COMMENTS

Tcit
S.rl.t No.
1 3
*
F
















r-Mream rw.




Ten
ID.
No.



10


II


S-npl
No.
12


13


Cant
No.
14
M
M
13
1
2
r
i<


17


— Component Sequence Number
ComnerAi as Text
II


n


20


it


22


23


74


25


2«


27


21


29


30


31


32


J3


]4


35


M


37


It


OT


U


4!


42


43


44


45

«.[«'! 4l|«»
liil

sojsijsjju
1
! 1 1
54


35


5*j sr


18


S»|MJ«
j
| |
»2|W
i
|
M


U


M


&7


«0


*»


?0


71


77

73


7*


75


76


77


7t


7»>C


        NOTE: When •ncoding data, uw a^ for alpha character* and 0 far numeric zero.

-------
        &EPA    EADS
        U.S. ENVmONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCT
        IERL-RTP Rejeorch Triangle Pork. N.C. 27711
Iffi
                                        FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
                                                                                              FORM 10
                                                                                                               2/80
R -

l
F
RADIONUCLI
Seri<




!S NO.








1
DATA NPUT FORMS
DE DATA
p Stream No. . 	 Component Sequence Number
,



Test
ID.
No.
t


10


u


impl Card
No. No. i Rodionuclide
12 13 U 15 It. 17 II 1* X 21 I2\
R 0



o


o
o
It 0
R 0
R 0
0
0
0
0
0
o
J
0
It 0
* 0
It 0
ft 0
R 0
1 )
! 0
0
0






1 	 Anolytica Method
High Detection
ID 1 Limit +
3 I 2o : 2B M J 31 32 13 34 3
£
_f


































— '


V



































3>



l
        R - RAOIONUCUOE DATA COMMENTS

T«t
Serin No.
f ~
T











pitrtom No. ,—Component Sequence INumber



Tett
ID.
No.






Smpl.
Mo.




Card
No.

1
1
7
1




Comment t en Text







































































I














H^





I










i


i—
7T

,













1



77

71


7* 30


        NOTE: WKen encoding data, we a f for alpha character! and 0 for numeric i«ro.
                                                          Page	 of_

-------
       wEPA   EADSLHPiO
       U.S. ENVIRONMENTS PROTECTION AGENCY
       IERL-RTP Research Triangle Park. N.C. 277)1
                                      FINE PARTICLE EMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM
                                                                                        FORM 11
                                                                                                        2/80
T -

!
t

BIOASSAY [
Test
Series No















JA1
i


\
A
s





•ream
No.
Test
ID.
No.






DATA NPUT FORMi
Smpi.
No.





Card
Ho.



0
Card
No

T

1
Cord
No.
u
T
15
2
Card
No.
14
T
T
1
15
3
3
3
Card
No.
14
T
15
4
Cord
No.
14
T
15
5
Test Type*








20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

Test Name *
41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55
Form C
1 	
76


57l 58 1 59

60
e;
1 1 1 : ^
Test Laboratory Name *






19

20

21

22

23

Sample
Quantity
16

»7

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

3!

32

33

34

35 3Q j Oa I >r
sn
Al 1 &2J4ll A4
IH

65
66

ompleted by


67

T
Mo
^1

«

M

a

U

M

U

M


60) 61

I


62



63



64



65



Maximum
Applicable
Dose Units
5: 58

59 [60, *' ti2

I I
actof
55
|
56 57 58


iv

60

63

64l65


66



67

68

69

;s* En
Da
68

A9

70

Test
Duration (Hr)
71

d
Yr
70

71

72

73

74

75

76

Lab.
Sample
ID.
77

78

79 SO


n

nlw

9*

7»

7JJ»
r
***


a

it

<•

*t

n

»

n

•

»







Tff


67



66



69



70



71 1 72






73



74



75



76



77



71



\7t 80



Level of Toxicify • I
66

67

Ml w
1
70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

7t




H

C

M

«•

B

u^^
**!•':
}
4»

•»

3*

n

n

1*

«•

Nti^vl^y)tt:
f i I i
tm
In
I
ro
        T - BIOASSAY COMMENTS
                i-Stream No.

1
F
Test
Series









No".





J


1


Test
ID.
No.



10


M

Smpl
No.
11


13




Card
No.
14
T
T
T
T
T
r
T
T
15
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Line
No.
16








\l








Comments as Text •
II








19








20








21








22








23|J4















25








26








27








21








J9








30








31








32








33








14








35








36








37








38








39








40








41








42








43








44








45







44







|
47








48








49








50








51








52








53








54








55








56








57158











59



I








60








61








43







43








64








65








66








47








61








49








70








71








72








n








74








75








76








77








71








7»








SO








       •Denotes Repetitive Data Feature al Sample Level
       NOTE: When encoding data, use a f for alpha characters and 0 for numeric zero.
Page	of_

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Initnictiuns on the reverse before completing)
  REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/8-80-007
  TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Environmental Assessment Data Systems  User Guide:
  Fine Particle Emissions Information  System
            5. REPORT DATE
              January  1980
            6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
                                                           RECIPIENT'S ACCESSIOI^NO.
  AUTHORISI

  J. P. Reider, R. J. Larkin,  Editors
                                                          8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Midwest Research  Institute, 425  Volker Boulevard
  Kansas City, Missouri 64110
  Acurex Corporation, Energy  &  Environmental  Division,
  485 Clyde Avenue, Mountain  View,  California 94042
            10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
              EHE624
            11. CONTHACT/GRANT NO.

              68-02-2641;  68-02-2699
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
  EPA, Office of Research and  Development
  Industrial Environmental  Research  Laboratory
  Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
             13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
              Final;  9/78 -  9/79
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
              EPA/600/13
 15 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
  'IERL-RTP project officer  is  Gary  L.  Johnson, Mail Drop 63, 919/541-2745.
  This report replaces  EPA-600/8-78-006.
 16. ABSTRACI
          The report  is a user guide to the Fine Particle Emissions  Information
  System (FPEIS), a computerized data base on particulate emissions  from stationary
  point sources.  The  FPEIS is one  of four waste stream data bases which are com-
  ponents of the Environmental Assessment Data Systems (EADS).  The  EADS concept
  has been designed to  aid  researchers in environmental assessment,  emissions
  characterization, and control  technology development.  The FPEIS contains data
  from source sampling  which may include:  .particle size distributions;  design and
  typical operating data on control technology applied to the  particle-laden effluent
  stream; analysis of any fuel or feedstock to the process  producing the effluent
  stream; results of  chemical, physical, radiological, and  biological/ecological tests
  of particulate samples; process descriptions of  the  sources; and descriptions of
  the sampling  equipment and techniques employed.  The FPEIS protocol is consistent
  with Level 1  and 2  reporting requirements.  The  guide gives  detailed instructions
  for encoding  FPEIS  data sets, defines procedures for submitting and retreiving
  data, and  contains  standard nomenclature to facilitate data  encoding.   It also
  contains a program  library that describes analytical software available to the user
  and provides  instructions for its use.   The report  also  discusses  procedures which
  will allow its  users to  access the FPEIS.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
   Pollution
   Assessments
   Dust
   Data Storage
                                             b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                          c.  COSATI Held/Group
 Pollution Control
 Stationary Sources
 Particulate
 Fine Particle Emissions
   Information System
 Environmental Assessment
   Data Systems      	
13B
14B
11G
09B
7s. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

   Release to Public
19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report!
 Unclassified	
                          21
 NO. OF PAGES
  318
                                             20. SECURITY CLASS (This pagef
                                               Unclassified
                                                                        22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)

-------